form10k.htm


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K

 x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

OR

o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____ to ____

Commission file number 1-10816

MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

WISCONSIN
39-1486475
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
MGIC PLAZA, 250 EAST KILBOURN AVENUE,
 
MILWAUKEE, WISCONSIN
53202
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

(414) 347-6480
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 
Title of Each Class:
Common Stock, Par Value $1 Per Share
   
Common Share Purchase Rights
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which
 
 
Registered:
New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 
Title of Class:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes T No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No T

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes T No o
 


 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
Yes T Noo

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer T
Accelerated filer o

Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).
o Yes T No

State the aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2011: Approximately $1.2 billion*

* Solely for purposes of computing such value and without thereby admitting that such persons are affiliates of the Registrant, shares held by directors and executive officers of the Registrant are deemed to be held by affiliates of the Registrant. Shares held are those shares beneficially owned for purposes of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 but excluding shares subject to stock options.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of common stock as of February 15, 2012: 201,467,075
 
The following documents have been incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, as indicated:

Document
 
Part and Item Number of Form 10-K Into Which Incorporated*
Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual
 
Items 10 through 14 of Part III
Meeting of Shareholders
 
 

* In each case, to the extent provided in the Items listed.
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PART I
 
 
1
 
35
 
62
 
62
 
62
 
64
PART II
 
 
65
 
67
 
69
 
136
 
136
 
210
 
210
 
210
PART III
 
 
210
 
211
 
211
 
211
 
212
PART IV
 
 
212
213
EX-10.12
 
EX-10.2.18
 
EX-10.2.19
 
EX-10.6
 
EX-21
 
EX-23
 
EX-31.1
 
EX-31.2
 
EX-32
 
EX-99.6  

 
PART I

Business.

A. General

We are a holding company and through wholly-owned subsidiaries we are the largest private mortgage insurer in the United States, as measured by $172.9 billion of primary insurance in force at December 31, 2011. In 2011, our net premiums written were $1.1 billion and our new insurance written was $14.2 billion. As of December 31, 2011, our primary risk in force was $44.5 billion. For further information about our results of operations, see our consolidated financial statements in Item 8. As of December 31, 2011, our principal subsidiary, Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation (“MGIC”), was licensed in all 50 states of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and Guam. During 2011, MGIC wrote new insurance in each of those jurisdictions. We have capitalized MGIC Indemnity Corporation (“MIC”) to begin writing new insurance in certain jurisdictions if MGIC no longer meets, and is unable to obtain a waiver of, the minimum capital requirements of those jurisdictions. For more information about the formation of MIC and our plans to utilize it to continue writing new insurance in those jurisdictions, see the risk factor titled “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” in Item 1A. In addition to mortgage insurance on first mortgage loans, we, through subsidiaries other than MGIC, provide lenders with various underwriting and other services and products related to home mortgage lending.

Overview of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry

We established the private mortgage insurance industry in 1957 to provide a private market alternative to federal government insurance programs. Private mortgage insurance covers losses from homeowner defaults on residential mortgage loans, reducing and, in some instances, eliminating the loss to the insured institution if the homeowner defaults. Private mortgage insurance plays an important role in the housing finance system by assisting consumers, especially first-time homebuyers, to affordably finance homes with less than a 20% down payment, thereby expanding homeownership opportunities. In this annual report, we refer to loans with less than 20% down payments as “low down payment” mortgages or loans. During 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, approximately $193 billion, $82 billion, $70 billion and $76 billion, respectively, of mortgages were insured by private mortgage insurance companies.

The Federal National Mortgage Association, commonly known as Fannie Mae, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, commonly known as Freddie Mac, purchase residential mortgages from mortgage lenders and investors as part of their governmental mandate to provide liquidity in the secondary mortgage market. In this annual report, we refer to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac collectively as the “GSEs.” The GSEs cannot buy low down payment loans without certain forms of credit enhancement, one of which is private mortgage insurance. Therefore, private mortgage insurance facilitates the sale of low down payment mortgages in the secondary mortgage market to the GSEs. Private mortgage insurance also reduces the regulatory capital that depository institutions are required to hold against low down payment mortgages that they hold as assets.

The GSEs have been the major purchaser of the mortgages underlying flow new insurance written by mortgage insurers. As a result, the private mortgage insurance industry in the U.S. is defined in part by the requirements and practices of the GSEs. These requirements and practices, as well as those of the federal regulators that oversee the GSEs and lenders, impact the operating results and financial performance of companies in the mortgage insurance industry. In September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) was appointed as the conservator of the GSEs. As their conservator, FHFA controls and directs the operations of the GSEs. The financial reform legislation passed in July 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act” or “Dodd-Frank”) required the U.S. Department of the Treasury to report its recommendations regarding options for ending the conservatorship of the GSEs. This report was released on February 11, 2011 and while it does not provide any definitive timelines for GSE reform, it does recommend using a combination of federal housing policy changes to wind down the GSEs, shrink the government’s footprint in housing finance, and help bring private capital back to the mortgage market. Members of the House of Representatives and the Senate have since introduced several bills intended to scale back the GSEs. As a result of the matters referred to above, it is uncertain what role the GSEs, Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) and private capital, including private mortgage insurance, will play in the domestic residential housing finance system in the future or the impact of any such changes on our business. In addition, the timing of the impact on our business is uncertain. Any changes would require Congressional action to implement and it is difficult to estimate when Congressional action would be final and how long any associated phase-in period may last. See the risk factor titled “Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses” in Item 1A.


The U.S. single-family residential mortgage market experienced long-term growth, including an increase in mortgage debt outstanding every year between 1985, when our principal subsidiary, MGIC, began operations, and 2007. The rate of growth in U.S. residential mortgage debt was particularly strong from 2001 through 2006. In 2007, this growth rate began slowing and, since 2007, U.S. residential mortgage debt has decreased. During the last several years of the period of growth and continuing through 2007, the mortgage lending industry increasingly made home loans at higher loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratios, to individuals with higher risk credit profiles and based on less documentation and verification of information regarding the borrower. Beginning in 2007, job creation slowed and the housing markets began slowing in certain areas, with declines in certain other areas. In 2008 and 2009, payroll employment in the U.S. decreased substantially and nearly all geographic areas in the U.S. experienced home price declines. Together, these conditions resulted in significant adverse developments for us and our industry. After earning an average of approximately $580 million annually from 2004 through 2006 and $169 million in the first half of 2007, we had aggregate net losses of $4.4 billion for the years 2007-2011, including $486 million for 2011. The insurer financial strength rating of MGIC was downgraded a number of times by the rating agencies from 2008 through 2012. See the risk factor titled “MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements” in Item 1A.

The insurance laws or regulations of 16 jurisdictions, including Wisconsin, our domiciliary state, require a mortgage insurer to maintain a minimum amount of statutory capital relative to the risk in force (or a similar measure) in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new business. We refer to these requirements as the “Capital Requirements.” Although we currently meet the Capital Requirements of the jurisdictions in which we write business, we requested and received from the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance for Wisconsin (“OCI”), a waiver of its Capital Requirements in order to prepare for the likelihood that we will not meet those requirements in the future, and we will request waivers in all other jurisdictions that have Capital Requirements before they are needed. We also funded MGIC Indemnity Corporation (“MIC”), a direct subsidiary of MGIC, and obtained the required state and GSE approvals for MIC to write new business in jurisdictions where MGIC no longer met, or was not able to obtain a waiver of, the Capital Requirements. The GSEs have only approved MIC for use in certain states. The OCI or other insurance departments may modify or terminate MGIC’s existing waivers or fail to grant them or renew them when they expire. In 2011, one of our competitors ceased writing new business after the waiver of Capital Requirements it received from its domiciliary state expired. Also in 2011, another competitor, and the subsidiary it had established to write new business if it was no longer able to, ceased writing new business. Each of these competitors has been placed under the supervision of the insurance department of its respective domiciliary state and each is paying claim payments under a partial payment plan. For additional information see our risk factor titled “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” in Item 1A.


Beginning in late 2007, we implemented a series of changes to our underwriting guidelines that are designed to improve the risk profile of our new business. The changes primarily affect borrowers who have multiple risk factors such as a high loan-to-value ratio, a lower FICO score and limited documentation or are financing a home in a market we categorize as higher risk and the changes included the creation of “restricted markets.” Our underwriting criteria for restricted markets do not allow insurance to be written on certain loans that could be insured if the property were located in an unrestricted market. While we expect our insurance written beginning in the second quarter of 2008 will generate underwriting profits as a result of these underwriting guideline changes, the loans insured from 2006 until the effectiveness of the new guidelines continue to experience significantly higher than historical claim rates and incurred losses. For more information, see the risk factor titled “We have reported net losses for the last five years, expect to continue to report annual net losses, and cannot assure you when we will return to profitability” in Item 1A.

From time to time, in response to market conditions, we change the types of loans that we insure and the guidelines under which we insure them. In addition, we make exceptions to our underwriting guidelines on a loan-by-loan basis and for certain customer programs. Together, the number of loans for which exceptions were made accounted for fewer than 4% of the loans we insured in 2010 and fewer than 5% of the loans we insured in 2011. A large percentage of the exceptions were made for loans with debt-to-income ratios slightly above our guideline. Beginning in September 2009, we have made changes to our underwriting guidelines that have allowed certain loans to be eligible for insurance that were not eligible prior to those changes and we expect to continue to make changes in appropriate circumstances in the future. Our underwriting guidelines are available on our website at http://www.mgic.com/guides/underwriting.html.

In 2011, the factors that influence our incurred losses were mixed. We believe that modestly increasing payroll employment and a modestly decreasing unemployment rate, combined with a reduced number of loans in force, resulted in approximately 18% fewer new delinquent notices being reported to us in 2011 compared to 2010. However, the total level of unemployment remained materially higher than the levels of 2007 and home prices in most regions continued to decline, albeit at a slower pace. These conditions contributed to the level of loans that cured their delinquency status not improving as much as we expected at the beginning of the year. For more information, see the risk factor titled “Because loss reserve estimates are subject to uncertainties and are based on assumptions that are currently very volatile, paid claims may be substantially different than our loss reserves” in Item 1A.

Although loan modification programs continued to mitigate our losses in 2011, the number of completed loan modifications in 2011 was significantly less than in 2010. Recent announcements by the U.S. Treasury have extended the end date of the Home Affordable Modification Program ("HAMP") through 2013, expanded the eligibility criteria of HAMP and increased lenders’ incentives to modify loans through principal forgiveness. Approximately 68% of the loans in our primary delinquent inventory are guaranteed by the GSEs. The GSEs have informed us that they already use expanded criteria (beyond the HAMP guidelines) for determining eligibility for loan modification and currently do not offer principal forgiveness. Therefore, we currently expect new loan modifications will continue to only modestly mitigate our losses in 2012. For more information, see the risk factor titled “Loan modifications and other similar programs may not continue to provide material benefits to us and our losses on loans that re-default can be higher than what we would have paid had the loan not been modified” in Item 1A. Finally, although our loss reserves as of December 31, 2011 continued to be significantly impacted by expected rescission activity, the impact was less than as of December 31, 2010. We expect that the reduction of our loss reserves due to rescissions will continue to decline because our recent experience indicates new notices in our default inventory have a lower likelihood of being rescinded than those already in the inventory. For more information, see the risk factor titled “Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper” in Item 1A.


The mortgage insurance industry competes with governmental agencies and products designed to eliminate the need to purchase private mortgage insurance. For flow business, we and other private mortgage insurers compete directly with federal and state governmental and quasi-governmental agencies that sponsor government-backed mortgage insurance programs, principally the FHA and, to a lesser degree, the Veterans Administration (the “VA”). During 2011 and 2010, the FHA and VA accounted for approximately 78.6% and 83.9%, respectively, of the total low down payment residential mortgages that were subject to FHA, VA or private mortgage insurance, a substantial increase from an approximately 22.7% market share in 2007, according to statistics reported by Inside Mortgage Finance. The increase in market share of the FHA and VA, coupled with the decrease in the level of mortgage loan originations overall, has led to a decrease in our new insurance written from $76.8 billion in 2007 to $14.2 billion in 2011.

As noted above, the combined market share of the FHA and VA decreased in 2011 compared to 2010, a trend that has been positive for the mortgage insurance industry. This decrease may have been influenced by the different rate structures and changes to underwriting criteria implemented by several mortgage insurers, including MGIC, during 2010 and 2011, as well as changes to FHA’s pricing that became effective in October 2010. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Consolidated Operations – New Insurance Written,” in Item 7.

Dodd-Frank requires a securitizer to retain at least 5% of the risk associated with mortgage loans that are securitized, and in some cases the retained risk may be allocated between the securitizer and the lender that originated the loan. This risk retention requirement does not apply to mortgage loans that are “Qualified Residential Mortgages” (“QRMs”) or that are insured by the FHA or another federal agency. In March 2011, federal regulators issued the proposed risk retention rule that includes a definition of QRM. The proposed definition of QRM contains many underwriting requirements, including a maximum loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”) of 80% on a home purchase transaction, a prohibition on seller contributions toward a borrower’s down payment or closing costs, and certain limits on a borrower’s debt-to-income ratio. The LTV is to be calculated without including mortgage insurance. The following table shows the percentage of our new risk written by LTV for 2011 and 2010.

   
Percentage of new risk written
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
LTV:
           
80% and under
    0 %     0 %
80.1% - 85%
    6 %     7 %
85.1% - 90%
    41 %     48 %
90.1% - 95%
    50 %     44 %
95.1% - 97%
    3 %     1 %
> 97%
    0 %     0 %

The regulators requested public comments regarding an alternative QRM definition, the underwriting requirements of which would allow loans with a maximum LTV of 90%, higher debt-to-income ratios than allowed under the proposed QRM definition, and that may consider mortgage insurance in determining whether the LTV requirement is met. We estimate that approximately 22% of our new risk written in 2011 was on loans that would have met the alternative QRM definition. The regulators also requested that the public comments include information that may be used to assess whether mortgage insurance reduces the risk of default. We submitted a comment letter, including studies to the effect that mortgage insurance reduces the risk of default. The public comment period for the proposed rule expired on August 1, 2011. At this time we do not know when a final rule will be issued. Under the proposed rule, because of the capital support provided by the U.S. Government, the GSEs satisfy the Dodd-Frank risk-retention requirements while they are in conservatorship. Therefore, lenders that originate loans that are sold to the GSEs while they are in conservatorship will not be required to retain risk associated with those loans.


Due to the changing environment described above, as well as other factors discussed below, at this time we are facing the following particularly significant challenges:

 
Ÿ
Whether we may continue to write insurance on new residential mortgage loans due to actions our regulators or the GSEs could take upon deterioration in our capital position or based upon their projections of future deterioration in our capital position. For additional information about this challenge, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Capital” in Item 7 and our risk factors titled “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis,” “MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements” and “We have reported losses for the last five years, expect to continue to report annual net losses, and cannot assure you when we will return to profitability” in Item 1A.

 
Ÿ
Whether we will prevail in legal proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper. For additional information about this challenge and other potentially significant challenges that we face, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Rescissions” in Item 7 and our risk factors titled “Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper” and “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future” in Item 1A. An adverse outcome in these matters would negatively impact our capital position. For more information regarding our capital position, refer to the first challenge listed above.

 
Ÿ
Whether private mortgage insurance will remain a significant credit enhancement alternative for low down payment single family mortgages. A definition of QRM that significantly impacts the volume of low down payment mortgages available to be insured, or a possible restructuring or change in the charters of the GSEs, could significantly affect our business. For additional information about this challenge, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Qualified Residential Mortgages” and “— GSE Reform” in Item 7 and the risk factors titled “Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses” and “The amount of insurance we write could be adversely affected if the definition of Qualified Residential Mortgage results in a reduction of the number of low down payment loans available to be insured or if lenders and investors select alternatives to private mortgage insurance” in Item 1A.

General Information About Our Company

We are a Wisconsin corporation organized in 1984. Our principal office is located at MGIC Plaza, 250 East Kilbourn Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 (telephone number (414) 347-6480).


As used in this annual report, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to MGIC Investment Corporation’s consolidated operations. Less than majority-owned joint ventures and investments are not consolidated with us for financial reporting purposes, are not our subsidiaries and are not included in the terms “we,” “us” and “our.” The discussion of our business in this document generally does not apply to our Australian operations, which have historically been immaterial. The results of our operations in Australia are included in the consolidated results disclosed. For information about our Australian operations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Australia” in Item 7.

Our revenues and losses may be materially affected by the risk factors applicable to us that are included in Item 1A of this annual report. These risk factors are an integral part of this annual report. These risk factors may also cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by forward looking statements that we may make. Forward looking statements consist of statements which relate to matters other than historical fact. Among others, statements that include words such as we “believe,” “anticipate” or “expect,” or words of similar import, are forward looking statements. We are not undertaking any obligation to update any forward looking statements or other statements we may make even though these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward looking statements or other statements were made. No reader of this annual report should rely on these statements being current at any time other than the time at which this annual report was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

B. Our Products and Services

Mortgage Insurance

In general, there are two principal types of private mortgage insurance: “primary” and “pool.” We are currently not issuing new commitments for pool insurance and expect that the volume of any future pool business will be insignificant to us. In our industry, a “book” is a group of loans that a mortgage insurer insures in a particular period, normally a calendar year. We refer to the insurance that has been written by MGIC as the “MGIC Book.”

Primary Insurance. Primary insurance provides mortgage default protection on individual loans and covers unpaid loan principal, delinquent interest and certain expenses associated with the default and subsequent foreclosure (collectively, the “claim amount”). In addition to the loan principal, the claim amount is affected by the mortgage note rate and the time necessary to complete the foreclosure process, which can be lengthened due to foreclosure moratoriums and suspensions. For the effect of foreclosure moratoriums and suspensions on the claim amount, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Overview — Loan Modification and Other Similar Programs” in Item 7. The insurer generally pays the coverage percentage of the claim amount specified in the primary policy, but has the option to pay 100% of the claim amount and acquire title to the property. Primary insurance is generally written on first mortgage loans secured by owner occupied single-family homes, which are one-to-four family homes and condominiums. Primary insurance is also written on first liens secured by non-owner occupied single-family homes, which are referred to in the home mortgage lending industry as investor loans, and on vacation or second homes. Primary coverage can be used on any type of residential mortgage loan instrument approved by the mortgage insurer.

References in this document to amounts of insurance written or in force, risk written or in force and other historical data related to our insurance refer only to direct (before giving effect to reinsurance) primary insurance, unless otherwise indicated. References in this document to “primary insurance” include insurance written in bulk transactions that was supplemental to mortgage insurance written in connection with the origination of the loan or that reduces a lender’s credit risk to less than 51% of the value of the property. For more than the past five years, reports by private mortgage insurers to the trade association for the private mortgage insurance industry have classified mortgage insurance that is supplemental to other mortgage insurance or that reduces a lender’s credit risk to less than 51% of the value of the property as pool insurance. The trade association classification is used by members of the private mortgage insurance industry in reports to Inside Mortgage Finance, a mortgage industry publication that computes and publishes primary market share information.


Primary insurance may be written on a flow basis, in which loans are insured in individual, loan-by-loan transactions, or may be written on a bulk basis, in which each loan in a portfolio of loans is individually insured in a single, bulk transaction. New insurance written on a flow basis was $14.2 billion in 2011 compared to $12.3 billion in 2010 and $19.9 billion in 2009. No new insurance for bulk transactions was written in 2011, 2010 or 2009. We expect the volume of any future business written through the bulk channel will be insignificant to us. As noted in “- Bulk Transactions” below, in the fourth quarter of 2007, we stopped writing bulk insurance for mortgage loans included in home equity (or “private label”) securitizations, which are the terms the market uses to refer to securitizations sponsored by firms other than the GSEs or Ginnie Mae, such as Wall Street investment banks. We refer to portfolios of loans we insured through the bulk channel that we knew would serve as collateral in a home equity securitization as “Wall Street bulk transactions.”

The following table shows, on a direct basis, primary insurance in force (the unpaid principal balance of insured loans as reflected in our records) and primary risk in force (the coverage percentage applied to the unpaid principal balance) for the MGIC Book as of the dates indicated:

Primary Insurance and Risk In Force

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In millions)
 
Direct Primary Insurance In Force
  $ 172,873     $ 191,250     $ 212,182     $ 226,955     $ 211,745  
                                         
Direct Primary Risk In Force
  $ 44,462     $ 48,979     $ 54,343     $ 58,981     $ 55,794  

For loans sold to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, the coverage percentage must comply with the requirements established by the particular GSE to which the loan is delivered. For other loans, the lender determines the coverage percentage we provide, from the coverage percentages that we offer.

We charge higher premium rates for higher coverage percentages. Higher coverage percentages generally result in increased severity, which is the amount paid on a claim, and lower coverage percentages generally result in decreased severity. In accordance with GAAP for the mortgage insurance industry, reserves for losses are only established for loans in default. Because, historically, relatively few defaults occur in the early years of a book of business, the higher premium revenue from higher coverage has historically been recognized before any significant higher losses resulting from that higher coverage may be incurred. See “- Exposure to Catastrophic Loss; Defaults; Claims; Loss Mitigation - Claims.” Our premium pricing methodology generally targets substantially similar returns on capital regardless of the depth of coverage. However, there can be no assurance that changes in the level of premium rates adequately reflect the risks associated with changes in the coverage percentage.

The GSEs have different loan purchase programs that allow different levels of mortgage insurance coverage. Under the “charter coverage” program, on certain loans lenders may choose a mortgage insurance coverage percentage that is less than the GSEs’ “standard coverage” and only the minimum required by the GSEs’ charters, with the GSEs paying a lower price for such loans. In 2011, nearly all of our volume was on loans with GSE standard coverage.


In general, mortgage insurance coverage cannot be terminated by the insurer. However, we may terminate or rescind coverage for, among other reasons, non-payment of premium, and in the case of fraud, certain material misrepresentations made in connection with the issuance of the insurance policy or if the loan was never eligible for coverage under our policy. See “— Exposure to Catastrophic Loss; Defaults; Claims; Loss Mitigation — Loss Mitigation.” Mortgage insurance coverage is renewable at the option of the insured lender, at the renewal rate fixed when the loan was initially insured. Lenders may cancel insurance written on a flow basis at any time at their option or because of mortgage repayment, which may be accelerated because of the refinancing of mortgages. In the case of a loan purchased by Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae, a borrower meeting certain conditions may require the mortgage servicer to cancel insurance upon the borrower’s request when the principal balance of the loan is 80% or less of the home’s current value.

Under the federal Homeowners Protection Act, or HPA, a borrower has the right to stop paying premiums for private mortgage insurance on loans closed after July 28, 1999 secured by a property comprised of one dwelling unit that is the borrower’s primary residence when certain loan-to-value ratio thresholds determined by the value of the home at loan origination and other requirements are met. Generally, the loan-to-value ratios used in this annual report represent the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the dollar amount of the first mortgage loan to the value of the property at the time the loan became insured and do not reflect subsequent housing price appreciation or depreciation. In general, under the HPA a borrower may stop making mortgage insurance payments when the loan-to-value ratio is scheduled to reach 80% (based on the loan’s amortization schedule) or actually reaches 80% if the borrower so requests and if certain requirements relating to the borrower’s payment history, and the absence of junior liens and a decline in the property’s value since origination are satisfied. In addition, a borrower’s obligation to make payments for private mortgage insurance generally terminates regardless of whether a borrower so requests when the loan-to-value ratio (based on the loan’s amortization schedule) reaches 78% of the unpaid principal balance of the mortgage and the borrower is or later becomes current in his mortgage payments. A borrower’s right to stop paying for private mortgage insurance applies only to borrower paid mortgage insurance (see below for a discussion of borrower paid versus lender paid mortgage insurance). The HPA requires that lenders give borrowers certain notices with regard to the cancellation of private mortgage insurance.

In addition, some states require that mortgage servicers periodically notify borrowers of the circumstances in which they may request a mortgage servicer to cancel private mortgage insurance and some states allow borrowers to require the mortgage servicer to cancel private mortgage insurance under certain circumstances or require the mortgage servicer to cancel private mortgage insurance automatically in certain circumstances.

Coverage tends to continue in areas experiencing economic contraction and housing price depreciation. The persistency of coverage in these areas coupled with cancellation of coverage in areas experiencing economic expansion and housing price appreciation can increase the percentage of an insurer’s portfolio comprised of loans in economically weak areas. This development can also occur during periods of heavy mortgage refinancing because refinanced loans in areas of economic expansion experiencing property value appreciation are less likely to require mortgage insurance at the time of refinancing, while refinanced loans in economically weak areas not experiencing property value appreciation are more likely to require mortgage insurance at the time of refinancing or not qualify for refinancing at all and thus remain subject to the mortgage insurance coverage.

The percentage of primary risk written with respect to loans representing refinances was 24.3% in 2011, compared to 28.0% in 2010, and 36.0% in 2009. When a borrower refinances a mortgage loan insured by us by paying it off in full with the proceeds of a new mortgage that is also insured by us, the insurance on that existing mortgage is cancelled, and insurance on the new mortgage is considered to be new primary insurance written. Therefore, continuation of our coverage from a refinanced loan to a new loan results in both a cancellation of insurance and new insurance written. When a lender and borrower modify a loan rather than replace it with a new one, or enter into a new loan pursuant to a loan modification program, our insurance continues without being cancelled, assuming that we consent to the modification or new loan. As a result, such modifications or new loans, including those modified under the Home Affordable Refinance Program, are not included in our new insurance written.


In addition to varying with the coverage percentage, our premium rates for insurance vary depending upon the perceived risk of a claim on the insured loan and thus take into account, among other things, the loan-to-value ratio, whether the loan is a fixed payment loan or a non-fixed payment loan (a non-fixed payment loan is referred to in the home mortgage lending industry as an adjustable rate mortgage), the mortgage term and whether the property is the borrower’s primary residence. Historically, only our premium rates for A-, subprime loans and certain other loans varied based on the location of the borrower’s credit score within a range of credit scores. In general, in this annual report we classify as “A-” loans that have FICO credit scores between 575 and 619 and we classify as “subprime” loans that have FICO credit scores of less than 575. However, in this annual report we classify loans without complete documentation as “reduced documentation” loans regardless of FICO credit score rather than as prime, “A-” or “subprime” loans, although as discussed in footnote 4 to the table titled “Default Statistics for the MGIC Book” in “ — Exposure to Catastrophic Loss; Defaults; Claims; Loss Mitigation — Defaults” below, certain “doc waiver” GSE loans are included as “full doc” loans by us in accordance with industry practice. A FICO credit score is a score based on a borrower’s credit history generated by a model developed by Fair Isaac Corporation.

Premium rates cannot be changed after the issuance of coverage. Because we believe that over the long term each region of the United States is subject to similar factors affecting risk of loss on insurance written, we generally utilize a nationally based, rather than a regional or local, premium rate policy for insurance written through the flow channel. However, beginning in 2008, changes in our underwriting guidelines implemented more restrictive standards in markets and for loan characteristics that we categorize as higher risk.

The borrower’s mortgage loan instrument may require the borrower to pay the mortgage insurance premium. Our industry refers to loans having this requirement as “borrower paid.” If the borrower is not required to pay the premium, then the premium is paid by the lender, who may recover the premium through an increase in the note rate on the mortgage or higher origination fees. Our industry refers to loans in which the premium is paid by the lender as “lender paid.” Most of our primary insurance in force and new insurance written, other than through bulk transactions, is borrower paid mortgage insurance. New insurance written through bulk transactions was generally paid for by the securitization vehicles or investors that hold the mortgages, and the mortgage note rate generally does not reflect the premium for the mortgage insurance. In February 2008, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae informed us and the rest of our industry that they were reviewing the appropriateness of all mortgage insurers’ lender-paid insurance premium rates. We are uncertain of the status of these reviews.

There are several payment plans available to the borrower, or lender, as the case may be. Under the monthly premium plan, the borrower or lender pays us a monthly premium payment to provide only one month of coverage. Under the annual premium plan, an annual premium is paid to us in advance, and we earn and recognize the premium over the next twelve months of coverage, with annual renewal premiums paid in advance thereafter and earned over the subsequent twelve months of coverage. The annual premiums can be paid with either a higher premium rate for the initial year of coverage and lower premium rates for the renewal years, or with premium rates which are equal for the initial year and subsequent renewal years. Under the single premium plan, the borrower or lender pays us a single payment covering a specified term exceeding twelve months.


During each of the last three years, the monthly premium plan represented more than 90% of our new insurance written. The annual and single premium plans represented the remaining new insurance written.

Pool Insurance. Pool insurance is generally used as an additional “credit enhancement” for certain secondary market mortgage transactions. Pool insurance generally covers the excess of the loss on a defaulted mortgage loan which exceeds the claim payment under the primary coverage, if primary insurance is required on that mortgage loan, as well as the total loss on a defaulted mortgage loan which did not require primary insurance. Pool insurance may have a stated aggregate loss limit for a pool of loans and may also have a deductible under which no losses are paid by the insurer until losses on the pool of loans exceed the deductible.

We are currently not issuing new commitments for pool insurance and expect that the volume of any future pool business will be insignificant to us. We wrote no new pool risk in 2011 or 2010, compared to $4 million in 2009. Our direct pool risk in force was $1.9 billion ($0.7 billion on pool policies with aggregate loss limits and $1.2 billion on pool policies without aggregate loss limits) at December 31, 2011, compared to $2.7 billion ($1.2 billion on pool policies with aggregate loss limits and $1.5 billion on pool policies without aggregate loss limits) at December 31, 2010 and $3.4 billion ($1.5 billion on pool policies with aggregate loss limits and $1.9 billion on pool policies without aggregate loss limits) at December 31, 2009.

Bulk Transactions. In bulk transactions, the individual loans in the insured portfolio are generally insured to specified levels of coverage. The premium in a bulk transaction, which is negotiated with the securitizer or other owner of the loans, is based on the mortgage insurer’s evaluation of the overall risk of the insured loans included in the transaction and is often a composite rate applied to all of the loans in the transaction.

In the fourth quarter of 2007, we stopped writing bulk insurance for loans included in Wall Street bulk transactions. These securitizations represented approximately 41% of our new insurance written for bulk transactions during 2007, and 8% of our risk in force and 66% of our bulk risk in force, at December 31, 2011. We wrote no new business through the bulk channel after the second quarter of 2008. We expect the volume of any future business written through the bulk channel will be insignificant to us. In general, the loans insured by us in Wall Street bulk transactions consisted of loans with reduced underwriting documentation; cash out refinances that exceed the standard underwriting requirements of the GSEs; A- loans; subprime loans; and jumbo loans. A jumbo loan has an unpaid principal balance that exceeds the conforming loan limit. The conforming loan limit is the maximum unpaid principal amount of a mortgage loan that can be purchased by the GSEs. For more information about conforming loan limits, see footnote 5 to the table titled “Characteristics of Primary Risk in Force” in “— Risk in Force and Product Characteristics of Risk in Force” below. For more information about new insurance written through the bulk channel, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Consolidated Operations — Bulk Transactions” in Item 7.

Geographic Dispersion

The following tables reflect the percentage of primary risk in force in the top 10 states and top 10 core-based statistical areas for the MGIC Book at December 31, 2011:


Dispersion of Primary Risk in Force

Top 10 States
     
         
1.
Florida
    7.3 %
2.
California
    7.3  
3.
Texas
    7.0  
4.
Pennsylvania
    4.8  
5.
Illinois
    4.5  
6.
Ohio
    4.4  
7.
New York
    3.7  
8.
Michigan
    3.7  
9.
Georgia
    3.3  
10.
Wisconsin
    3.0  
Total
    49.0 %

Top 10 Core-Based Statistical Areas
     
         
1.
Chicago-Naperville-Joliet
    3.2 %
2.
Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta
    2.3  
3.
Houston-Baytown-Sugarland
    2.2  
4.
Washington-Arlington-Alexandria
    2.0  
5.
San Juan-Caguas-Guaynabo
    1.7  
6.
Philadelphia
    1.7  
7.
Los Angeles-Long Beach-Glendale
    1.7  
8.
New York-White Plains-Wayne
    1.6  
9.
Dallas-Plano-Irving
    1.5  
10.
Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington
    1.4  
Total
    19.3 %

The percentages shown above for various core-based statistical areas can be affected by changes, from time to time, in the federal government’s definition of a core-based statistical area.


Insurance In Force by Policy Year

The following table sets forth for the MGIC Book the dispersion of our primary insurance in force as of December 31, 2011, by year(s) of policy origination since we began operations in 1985:

Primary Insurance In Force by Policy Year

Policy Year
 
Flow
   
Bulk
   
Total
   
Percent of
Total
 
   
(In millions)
       
1985-2002
  $ 6,310     $ 1,667     $ 7,977       4.6 %
2003
    5,847       1,418       7,265       4.2  
2004
    7,910       1,621       9,531       5.5  
2005
    12,839       3,539       16,378       9.5  
2006
    17,025       6,088       23,113       13.4  
2007
    39,679       4,743       44,422       25.7  
2008
    26,223       271       26,494       15.3  
2009
    13,830       -       13,830       8.0  
2010
    10,937       -       10,937       6.3  
2011
    12,926       -       12,926       7.5  
Total
  $ 153,526     $ 19,347     $ 172,873       100.0 %

Risk In Force and Product Characteristics of Risk in Force

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, 96% and 95%, respectively, of our risk in force was primary insurance and the remaining risk in force was pool insurance. The following table sets forth for the MGIC Book the dispersion of our primary risk in force as of December 31, 2011, by year(s) of policy origination since we began operations in 1985:

Primary Risk In Force by Policy Year

Policy Year
 
Flow
   
Bulk
   
Total
   
Percent of
Total
 
   
(In millions)
       
1985-2002
  $ 1,682     $ 460     $ 2,142       4.8 %
2003
    1,631       436       2,067       4.7  
2004
    2,203       459       2,662       6.0  
2005
    3,499       1,075       4,574       10.3  
2006
    4,420       1,877       6,297       14.2  
2007
    10,190       1,164       11,354       25.5  
2008
    6,485       69       6,554       14.7  
2009
    2,946       -       2,946       6.6  
2010
    2,656       -       2,656       6.0  
2011
    3,210       -       3,210       7.2  
Total
  $ 38,922     $ 5,540     $ 44,462       100.0 %

The following table reflects at the dates indicated the (1) total dollar amount of primary risk in force for the MGIC Book and (2) percentage of that primary risk in force, as determined on the basis of information available on the date of mortgage origination, by the categories indicated.


Characteristics of Primary Risk in Force

   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
             
Primary Risk in Force (In Millions):
  $ 44,462     $ 48,979  
                 
Loan-to-value ratios:(1)
               
100s
    26.0 %     27.1 %
95s
    32.6       30.5  
90s(2)
    37.4       37.5  
80s
    4.0       4.9  
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Loan Type:
               
Fixed(3)
    92.2 %     91.3 %
Adjustable rate mortgages (“ARMs”)(4)
    7.8       8.7  
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Original Insured Loan Amount:(5)
               
Conforming loan limit and below
    95.0 %     94.8 %
Non-conforming
    5.0       5.2  
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Mortgage Term:
               
15-years and under
    1.5 %     1.3 %
Over 15 years
    98.5       98.7  
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Property Type:
               
Single-family(6)
    89.5 %     89.3 %
Condominium
    9.5       9.7  
Other(7)
    1.0       1.0  
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Occupancy Status:
               
Primary residence
    94.5 %     94.0 %
Second home
    3.0       3.2  
Non-owner occupied
    2.5       2.8  
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Documentation:
               
Reduced documentation(8)
    8.7 %     9.8 %
Full documentation
    91.3       90.2  
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %
FICO Score:(9)
               
Prime (FICO 620 and above)
    91.5 %     91.3 %
A Minus (FICO 575 – 619)
    6.6       6.8  
Subprime (FICO below 575)
    1.9       1.9  
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %

(1)
Loan-to-value ratio represents the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the dollar amount of the first mortgage loan to the value of the property at the time the loan became insured and does not reflect subsequent housing price appreciation or depreciation. Subordinate mortgages may also be present. For purposes of the table, loan-to-value ratios are classified as in excess of 95% (“100s”, a classification that includes 97% to 103% loan-to-value ratio loans); in excess of 90% loan-to-value ratio and up to 95% loan-to-value ratio (“95s”); in excess of 80% loan-to-value ratio and up to 90% loan-to-value ratio (“90s”); and equal to or less than 80% loan-to-value ratio (“80s”).

(2)
We include in our classification of 90s, loans where the borrower makes a down payment of 10% and finances the associated mortgage insurance premium payment as part of the mortgage loan. At each of December 31, 2011 and 2010, 0.9% and 1.3%, respectively, of the primary risk in force consisted of these types of loans.


(3)
Includes fixed rate mortgages with temporary buydowns (where in effect the applicable interest rate is typically reduced by one or two percentage points during the first two years of the loan), ARMs in which the initial interest rate is fixed for at least five years and balloon payment mortgages (a loan with a maturity, typically five to seven years, that is shorter than the loan’s amortization period).

(4)
Includes ARMs where payments adjust fully with interest rate adjustments. Also includes pay option ARMs and other ARMs with negative amortization features, which collectively at December 31, 2011 and 2010, represented 2.7% and 3.1%, respectively, of primary risk in force. As indicated in note (3), does not include ARMs in which the initial interest rate is fixed for at least five years. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, ARMs with loan-to-value ratios in excess of 90% represented 1.7% and 1.9%, respectively, of primary risk in force.

(5)
Loans within the conforming loan limit have an original principal balance that does not exceed the maximum original principal balance of loans that the GSEs are eligible to purchase. The conforming loan limit is subject to annual adjustment and was $417,000 for 2007 and early 2008; this amount was temporarily increased to up to $729,500 in the most costly communities in early 2008 and remained at such level through September 30, 2011. The limit was decreased to $625,500 in high cost communities for loans originated after September 30, 2011. Non-conforming loans are loans with an original principal balance above the conforming loan limit.

(6)
Includes townhouse-style attached housing with fee simple ownership.

(7)
Includes cooperatives and manufactured homes deemed to be real estate.

(8)
Reduced documentation loans, many of which are commonly referred to as “Alt-A” loans, are originated under programs in which there is a reduced level of verification or disclosure compared to traditional mortgage loan underwriting, including programs in which the borrower’s income and/or assets are disclosed in the loan application but there is no verification of those disclosures and programs in which there is no disclosure of income or assets in the loan application. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, reduced documentation loans represented 5.0% and 5.5%, respectively, of risk in force written through the flow channel and 34.8% and 37.4%, respectively, of risk in force written through the bulk channel. In accordance with industry practice, loans approved by GSE and other automated underwriting (AU) systems under “doc waiver” programs that do not require verification of borrower income are classified by us as “full documentation.” Based in part on information provided by the GSEs, we estimate full documentation loans of this type were approximately 4% of 2007 new insurance written. Information for other periods is not available. We understand these AU systems grant such doc waivers for loans they judge to have higher credit quality. We also understand that the GSEs terminated their “doc waiver” programs in the second half of 2008.

(9)
Represents the FICO score at loan origination. The weighted average FICO score at loan origination for new insurance written in 2011 and 2010 was 759. The FICO credit score for a loan with multiple borrowers is the lowest of the borrowers’ “decision FICO scores.” A borrower’s “decision FICO score” is determined as follows: if there are three FICO scores available, the middle FICO score is used; if two FICO scores are available, the lower of the two is used; if only one FICO score is available, it is used.

Other Products and Services

Risk Sharing Arrangements. We have participated in risk sharing arrangements with the GSEs and captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements with subsidiaries of certain mortgage lenders that reinsure a portion of the risk on loans originated or serviced by the lenders which have MGIC primary insurance.

In response to requests or subpoenas, we provided information regarding captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements to the New York Department of Insurance (now known as the New York Department of Financial Services), the Minnesota Department of Commerce and the Department of Housing and Urban Development, commonly referred to as HUD. In January 2012, we received correspondence from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) indicating that the CFPB had opened an investigation into captive mortgage reinsurance premium ceding practices by private mortgage insurers. In that correspondence, the CFPB also requested certain information regarding captive mortgage reinsurance transactions in which we participated. Seven mortgage insurers, including MGIC, were involved in litigation alleging that “inflated” captive reinsurance premiums were paid in violation of RESPA. MGIC's settlement of this class action litigation against it became final in October 2003. Since December 2006, class action litigation has been brought against a number of large lenders alleging that their captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements violated RESPA. On December 11, 2011, seven mortgage insurers (including MGIC) and a large mortgage lender (which was the named plaintiffs’ lender) were named as defendants in a complaint, alleged to be a class action. On December 30, 2011, a similar complaint was filed by different plaintiffs against the same seven mortgage insurers and another large lender. The complaints in both cases alleged various causes of action related to the captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements of these two mortgage lenders, including that the defendants violated RESPA by paying excessive premiums to the lenders’ captive reinsurer in relation to the risk assumed by that captive. MGIC denies any wrongdoing and intends to vigorously defend itself against the allegations in the lawsuits. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to further litigation under RESPA or that the outcome of any such litigation, including the lawsuits mentioned above, would not have a material adverse effect on us. For more information, see our risk factor titled “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future” in Item 1A.


In addition to the risk-sharing arrangements discussed above, we periodically participate in risk sharing arrangements with persons unrelated to our customers. When we reinsure a portion of our risk through such a reinsurer, we make an upfront payment or cede a portion of our premiums in return for a reinsurer agreeing to indemnify us for its share of losses incurred. Although reinsuring against possible loan losses does not discharge us from liability to a policyholder, it can reduce the amount of capital we are required to retain against potential future losses for rating agency and insurance regulatory purposes.

For further information about risk sharing arrangements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Results of Consolidated Operations—Risk Sharing Arrangements” in Item 7 and Note 11, “Reinsurance,” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Contract Underwriting and Related Services. We perform contract underwriting services for lenders in which we judge whether the data relating to the borrower and the loan contained in the lender’s mortgage loan application file comply with the lender’s loan underwriting guidelines. We also provide an interface to submit data to the automated underwriting systems of the GSEs, which independently judge the data. These services are provided for loans that require private mortgage insurance as well as for loans that do not require private mortgage insurance. The complaint in the RESPA litigation that we settled in 2003 and that is described in our risk factor titled “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future” in Item 1A, alleged, among other things, that the pricing of contract underwriting provided by us violated RESPA.

Under our contract underwriting agreements, we may be required to provide certain remedies to our customers if certain standards relating to the quality of our underwriting work are not met, and we have an established reserve for such obligations. The cost of remedies provided by us to customers for failing to meet these standards has not been material to our financial position or results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. Claims for remedies may be made a number of years after the underwriting work was performed. A material portion of our new insurance written through the flow channel in recent years, including for 2006 and 2007, involved loans for which we provided contract underwriting services. We believe the rescission of mortgage insurance coverage on loans for which we provided contract underwriting services may make a claim for a contract underwriting remedy more likely to occur. Beginning in the second half of 2009, we experienced an increase in claims for contract underwriting remedies, which continued throughout 2011. Hence, there can be no assurance that contract underwriting remedies will not be material in the future.

In February 2008, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae informed us and the rest of our industry that they were reviewing all mortgage insurers’ business justifications for activities, such as contract underwriting services, that have the potential for creating non-insurance related contingent liabilities. We are uncertain of the status of these reviews.


Other. We provide various mortgage services for the mortgage finance industry, such as portfolio retention and secondary marketing of mortgage-related assets.

Customers

Originators of residential mortgage loans such as savings institutions, commercial banks, mortgage brokers, credit unions, mortgage bankers and other lenders have historically determined the placement of mortgage insurance written on a flow basis and as a result are our customers. To obtain primary insurance from us written on a flow basis, a mortgage lender must first apply for and receive a mortgage guaranty master policy from us. Our top 10 customers, none of whom represented more than 10% of our consolidated revenues, generated 26.7% of our new insurance written on a flow basis in 2011, compared to 27.2% in 2010 and 39.3% in 2009. In the fourth quarter of 2009, Countrywide and an affiliate (“Countrywide”) commenced litigation against us as a result of its dissatisfaction with our rescission practices shortly after it ceased doing business with us. See the risk factor titled “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future,” in Item 1A as well as Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” for more information about this litigation and the arbitration case we filed against Countrywide regarding rescissions. Countrywide and its Bank of America affiliates accounted for approximately 8% of our new insurance written in the first three quarters of 2009. Another customer with whom we still do business accounted for approximately 9% of our flow new insurance written in 2011 compared to approximately 11% in 2010.

Sales and Marketing and Competition

Sales and Marketing. We sell our insurance products through our own employees, located throughout all regions of the United States and in Puerto Rico.

Competition. Our competition includes other mortgage insurers, governmental agencies and products designed to eliminate the need to purchase private mortgage insurance. As noted above in “Overview of the Private Mortgage Insurance Industry,” for flow business, we and other private mortgage insurers compete directly with federal and state governmental and quasi-governmental agencies, principally the FHA and, to a lesser degree, the VA. These agencies sponsor government-backed mortgage insurance programs, which during 2011 and 2010 accounted for approximately 78.6% and 83.9%, respectively, of the total low down payment residential mortgages which were subject to governmental or private mortgage insurance, a substantial increase from approximately 22.7% in 2007, according to statistics reported by Inside Mortgage Finance. We believe that the FHA’s market share increased, in part, because mortgage insurers have tightened their underwriting guidelines (which has led to increased utilization of the FHA’s programs) and because of increases in the amount of loan level delivery fees that the GSEs assess on loans (which result in higher costs to borrowers). Furthermore, the FHA’s loan limits were raised to be more on par with those of the GSEs in high cost markets.

As noted above, the combined market share of the FHA and VA decreased in 2011 compared to 2010, a trend that has been positive for the mortgage insurance industry. This decrease may have been influenced by the different rate structures implemented by several mortgage insurers, including MGIC, during 2010 as well as changes to FHA’s pricing that became effective in October 2010. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Consolidated Operations – New Insurance Written,” in Item 7.

In addition to competition from the FHA and the VA, we and other private mortgage insurers face competition from state-supported mortgage insurance funds in several states, including California and New York. From time to time, other state legislatures and agencies consider expanding the authority of their state governments to insure residential mortgages.


Private mortgage insurers are also subject to competition from the GSEs to the extent that they are compensated for assuming default risk that would otherwise be insured by the private mortgage insurance industry. For a number of years, the GSEs have had programs under which, on certain loans, lenders could choose a mortgage insurance coverage percentage that was only the minimum required by their charters, with the GSEs paying a lower price for these loans (“charter coverage”). The GSEs have also had programs under which on certain loans they would accept a level of mortgage insurance above the requirements of their charters but below their standard coverage without any decrease in the purchase price they would pay for these loans (“reduced coverage”). Freddie Mac eliminated its reduced coverage program in 2009. Effective January 1, 2010, Fannie Mae broadly expanded the types of loans eligible for charter coverage and, in the second quarter of 2010, Fannie Mae eliminated its reduced coverage program. In 2011 nearly all of our volume was on loans with GSE standard coverage. We charge higher premium rates for higher coverage percentages. To the extent lenders selling loans to the GSEs in the future choose charter coverage for loans that we insure, our revenues would be reduced and we could experience other adverse effects. See the risk factor titled “Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses” in Item 1A for a discussion of how potential changes in the GSEs’ business practices could affect us.

The capital markets and their participants have historically competed with mortgage insurers by offering alternative products and services and may further develop as competitors to private mortgage insurers in ways we cannot predict. Competition from such alternative products and services was substantial prior to 2007 but declined materially in late 2007 and their presence was insignificant in 2008 through 2011.

Prior to 2008, we and other mortgage insurers also competed with transactions structured to avoid mortgage insurance on low down payment mortgage loans. These transactions include self-insuring, and “80-10-10” and similar loans (generally referred to as “piggyback loans”), which are loans comprised of both a first and a second mortgage (for example, an 80% loan-to-value ratio first mortgage and a 10% loan-to-value ratio second mortgage), with the loan-to-value ratio of the first mortgage below what investors require for mortgage insurance, compared to a loan in which the first mortgage covers the entire borrowed amount (which in the preceding example would be a 90% loan-to-value ratio mortgage). Competition from piggyback structures was substantial prior to 2007 but declined materially later in 2007, and declined further in 2008 and remained low in 2009 through 2011.

The private mortgage insurance industry is highly competitive. We believe that we currently compete with other private mortgage insurers based on underwriting guidelines, pricing, issuer financial strength ratings, customer relationships, name recognition, reputation, the ancillary products and services provided to lenders (including contract underwriting services), the strength of management teams and field organizations, the depths of databases covering insured loans and the effective use of technology and innovation in the delivery and servicing of insurance products. Our relationships with our customers could be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including rescission of coverage on loans that affects the customer and our decision to discontinue ceding new business under excess of loss captive reinsurance programs. In the fourth quarter of 2009, Countrywide commenced litigation against us as a result of its dissatisfaction with our rescission practices shortly after it ceased doing business with us. See the risk factor titled “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future” in Item 1A as well as Item 3, “Legal Proceedings,” for more information about this litigation and the arbitration case we filed against Countrywide regarding rescissions. Information about some of the other factors that can affect a mortgage insurer’s relationship with its customers can be found in our risk factor titled “Competition or changes in our relationships with our customers could reduce our revenues or increase our losses” in Item 1A.


The U.S. private mortgage insurance industry currently consists of six active mortgage insurers and their affiliates. The newest mortgage insurer began to write new business in 2010 and has reported that JPMorgan Chase, one of our customers, is an investor. The names of these mortgage insurers can be found in “Competition or changes in our relationships with our customers could reduce our revenues or increase our losses” in Item 1A. At December 31, 2011, we had the largest book of direct primary insurance in force. According to Inside Mortgage Finance, through 2010, we had been the largest private mortgage insurer (as measured by new insurance written) for more than ten years. It appears that in 2011, we had the third largest market share (as measured by new insurance written), with our market share decreasing to approximately 20.4% from 22.0% in 2010 and 26.0% in 2009. During the third quarter, two of our competitors stopped writing new business and, based on public disclosures, these competitors approximated slightly more than 20% of the private mortgage insurance industry volume in the first half of 2011. For more information regarding these competitors see our risk factor titled “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis.” Most of the market share of these two former competitors has gone to other mortgage insurers and not to us because, among other reasons, some competitors have materially lower premiums than we do on single premium policies, one of these competitors also uses a risk weighted pricing model that typically results in lower premiums than we charge on certain loans and one of these competitors has effectively delegated underwriting to the GSEs. We continuously monitor the competitive landscape and will make adjustments to our pricing and underwriting guidelines as warranted as long as they meet our return hurdles. In the first quarter of 2012, we made changes to streamline our underwriting guidelines and lowered our premium rates on loans with credit scores of 760 or higher. Loans with credit scores of 760 or higher represented approximately 55% of our new insurance written in 2011. If the lower premium rates had been in place during 2011, our average premium rate on new business would have decreased from approximately 61 basis points to approximately 57 basis points, all other things being equal. While a decrease in premium rates on a significant portion of our new insurance written will reduce revenue, it is possible that our new insurance written will increase in the future as a result of the lower premium rates and it is unclear what the net effect of the changes will be on our future premiums.

The mortgage insurance industry historically viewed a financial strength rating of Aa3/AA- as critical to writing new business. At the time that this annual report was finalized, the financial strength of MGIC, our principal mortgage insurance subsidiary, was rated B1 by Moody’s Investors Service (the outlook for this rating is negative) and B by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (the outlook for this rating is negative). In January 2010, at our request, Fitch Ratings withdrew its ratings of MGIC. MGIC could be further downgraded by either or both of these rating agencies. As a result of MGIC’s financial strength rating being below Aa3/AA-, it is operating with each GSE as an eligible insurer under a remediation plan. For further information about the importance of MGIC’s ratings, see our risk factor titled “MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements” in Item 1A. In assigning financial strength ratings, in addition to considering the adequacy of the mortgage insurer’s capital to withstand very high claim scenarios under assumptions determined by the rating agency, we believe rating agencies review a mortgage insurer’s historical and projected operating performance, franchise risk, business outlook, competitive position, management, corporate strategy, and other factors. The rating agency issuing the financial strength rating can withdraw or change its rating at any time.


Risk Management

We believe that mortgage credit risk is materially affected by:

 
Ÿ
the borrower’s credit strength, including the borrower’s credit history, debt-to-income ratios and cash reserves, and the willingness of a borrower with sufficient resources to make mortgage payments to do so when the mortgage balance exceeds the value of the home;

 
Ÿ
the loan product, which encompasses the loan-to-value ratio, the type of loan instrument, including whether the instrument provides for fixed or variable payments and the amortization schedule, the type of property and the purpose of the loan;

 
Ÿ
origination practices of lenders and the percentage of coverage on insured loans;

 
Ÿ
the size of loans insured; and

 
Ÿ
the condition of the economy, including housing values and employment, in the area in which the property is located.

We believe that, excluding other factors, claim incidence increases:

 
Ÿ
for loans to borrowers with lower FICO credit scores compared to loans to borrowers with higher FICO credit scores;

 
Ÿ
for loans with less than full underwriting documentation compared to loans with full underwriting documentation;

 
Ÿ
during periods of economic contraction and housing price depreciation, including when these conditions may not be nationwide, compared to periods of economic expansion and housing price appreciation;

 
Ÿ
for loans with higher loan-to-value ratios compared to loans with lower loan-to-value ratios;

 
Ÿ
for ARMs when the reset interest rate significantly exceeds the interest rate of loan origination;

 
Ÿ
for loans that permit the deferral of principal amortization compared to loans that require principal amortization with each monthly payment;

 
Ÿ
for loans in which the original loan amount exceeds the conforming loan limit compared to loans below that limit; and

 
Ÿ
for cash out refinance loans compared to rate and term refinance loans.

Other types of loan characteristics relating to the individual loan or borrower may also affect the risk potential for a loan. The presence of a number of higher-risk characteristics in a loan materially increases the likelihood of a claim on such a loan unless there are other characteristics to lower the risk.

We charge higher premium rates to reflect the increased risk of claim incidence that we perceive is associated with a loan, although not all higher risk characteristics are reflected in the premium rate. There can be no assurance that our premium rates adequately reflect the increased risk, particularly in a period of economic recession, high unemployment, slowing home price appreciation or housing price declines. For additional information, see our risk factors in Item 1A, including the one titled “The premiums we charge may not be adequate to compensate us for our liabilities for losses and as a result any inadequacy could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.”


Beginning in late 2007, we implemented a series of changes to our underwriting guidelines that were designed to improve the risk profile of our new business. The changes primarily affect borrowers who have multiple risk factors such as a high loan-to-value ratio, a lower FICO score and limited documentation or are financing a home in a market we categorize as higher risk and the changes included the creation of “restricted markets.” Our underwriting criteria for restricted markets do not allow insurance to be written on certain loans that could be insured if the property were located in an unrestricted market. Beginning in September 2009, we have made changes to our underwriting guidelines that have allowed certain loans to be eligible for insurance that were not eligible prior to those changes and we expect to continue to make changes in appropriate circumstances in the future. For information about changes to our underwriting guidelines, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Results of Consolidated Operations — New insurance written” in Item 7.

Delegated Underwriting and GSE Automated Underwriting Approvals. Delegated underwriting is a program under which approved lenders are allowed to commit us to insure loans originated through the flow channel. Until January 2007, lenders were able to commit us to insure loans utilizing only their own underwriting guidelines and underwriting evaluation. In addition, from 2000 through January 2007, loans approved by the automated underwriting services of the GSEs were automatically approved for MGIC mortgage insurance. As a result, during this period, a substantial majority of the loans insured by us through the flow channel were approved as a result of loan approvals by the automated underwriting services of the GSEs or through delegated underwriting programs, including those utilizing lenders’ proprietary underwriting services. Beginning in 2007, loans that did not meet our underwriting guidelines would not automatically be insured by us even though the loans were approved by the underwriting services described above. As a result, our delegated underwriting program began requiring lenders to commit us to insure only loans that complied with our underwriting guidelines.

Exposure to Catastrophic Loss; Defaults; Claims; Loss Mitigation

Exposure to Catastrophic Loss. The private mortgage insurance industry has from time to time experienced catastrophic losses similar to the losses currently being experienced. For background information about the current cycle of such losses, refer to “General – Overview of Private Mortgage Insurance Industry” above. Prior to the current cycle of such losses, the last time that private mortgage insurers experienced substantial losses was in the mid-to-late 1980s. From the 1970s until 1981, rising home prices in the United States generally led to profitable insurance underwriting results for the industry and caused private mortgage insurers to emphasize market share. To maximize market share, until the mid-1980s, private mortgage insurers employed liberal underwriting practices, and charged premium rates which, in retrospect, generally did not adequately reflect the risk assumed, particularly on pool insurance. These industry practices compounded the losses which resulted from changing economic and market conditions which occurred during the early and mid-1980s, including (1) severe regional recessions and attendant declines in property values in the nation’s energy producing states; (2) the lenders’ development of new mortgage products to defer the impact on home buyers of double digit mortgage interest rates; and (3) changes in federal income tax incentives which initially encouraged the growth of investment in non-owner occupied properties.

Defaults. The claim cycle on private mortgage insurance begins with the insurer’s receipt of notification of a default on an insured loan from the lender. We define a default as an insured loan with a mortgage payment that is 45 days or more past due. Lenders are required to notify us of defaults within 130 days after the initial default, although most lenders do so earlier. The incidence of default is affected by a variety of factors, including the level of borrower income growth, unemployment, divorce and illness, the level of interest rates, rates of housing price appreciation or depreciation and general borrower creditworthiness. Defaults that are not cured result in a claim to us. See “- Claims.” Defaults may be cured by the borrower bringing current the delinquent loan payments or by a sale of the property and the satisfaction of all amounts due under the mortgage. In addition, when a policy is rescinded or a claim is denied we remove the default from our default inventory.


The following table shows the number of primary and pool loans insured in the MGIC Book, including loans insured in bulk transactions and A- and subprime loans, the related number of loans in default and the percentage of loans in default, or default rate, as of December 31, 2007-2011:

Default Statistics for the MGIC Book

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
                               
PRIMARY INSURANCE
                             
Insured loans in force
    1,090,086       1,228,315       1,360,456       1,472,757       1,437,432  
Loans in default(1)
    175,639       214,724       250,440       182,188       107,120  
Default rate – all loans
    16.11 %     17.48 %     18.41 %     12.37 %     7.45 %
Flow loans in default
    134,101       162,621       185,828       122,693       61,352  
Default rate – flow loans
    13.79 %     14.94 %     15.46 %     9.51 %     4.99 %
Bulk loans in force
    117,573       139,446       158,089       182,268       208,903  
Bulk loans in default(2)
    41,538       52,103       64,612       59,495       45,768  
Default rate – bulk loans
    35.33 %     37.36 %     40.87 %     32.64 %     21.91 %
Prime loans in default(3)
    112,403       134,787       150,642       95,672       49,333  
Default rate – prime loans
    12.20 %     13.11 %     13.29 %     7.90 %     4.33 %
A-minus loans in default(3)
    25,989       31,566       37,711       31,907       22,863  
Default rate – A-minus loans
    35.10 %     36.69 %     40.66 %     30.19 %     19.20 %
Subprime loans in default(3)
    9,326       11,132       13,687       13,300       12,915  
Default rate – subprime loans
    43.60 %     45.66 %     50.72 %     43.30 %     34.08 %
Reduced documentation loans delinquent(4)
    27,921       37,239       48,400       41,309       22,009  
Default rate – reduced doc loans
    37.96 %     41.66 %     45.26 %     32.88 %     15.48 %
POOL INSURANCE
                                       
Insured loans in force
    374,228       468,361       526,559       603,332       757,114  
Loans in default
    32,971       43,329       44,231       33,884       25,224  
Percentage of loans in default (default rate)
    8.81 %     9.25 %     8.40 %     5.62 %     3.33 %

General Notes: (a) For the information presented for 2011 and 2010, the FICO credit score for a loan with multiple borrowers is the lowest of the borrowers’ “decision FICO scores.” For the information presented prior to 2010, the FICO score for a loan with multiple borrowers was the income weighted average of the “decision FICO scores” for each borrower. A borrower’s “decision FICO score” is determined as follows: if there are three FICO scores available, the middle FICO score is used; if two FICO scores are available, the lower of the two is used; if only one FICO score is available, it is used. This change made our reporting consistent with the FICO credit scores that we use for underwriting purposes. (b) Servicers continue to pay our premiums for nearly all of the loans in our default inventory, but in some cases, servicers stop paying our premiums. In those cases, even though the loans continue to be included in our default inventory, the applicable loans are removed from our insured loans in force. Loans where servicers have stopped paying premiums include 9,598 defaults with a risk of $486 million as of December 31, 2011. (c) During the 4th quarter of 2011 we conducted a review of our single life of loan policies and concluded that approximately 21,000 of these policies were no longer in force, and as a result we canceled these policies with insurance in force of approximately $2.3 billion and risk in force of approximately $0.5 billion. It may be possible that some of these policies will be reinstated based on information subsequently provided by our customers.

(1) At December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, 30,250, 36,066, 45,907, 45,482 and 39,704 loans in default, respectively, related to Wall Street bulk transactions and at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, 12,610, 20,898, 16,389, 13,275 and 5,055 loans in default, respectively, were in our claims received inventory.

(2) Among other things, the default rate for bulk loans is influenced by our decision to stop writing the portion of our bulk business that we refer to as “Wall Street bulk transactions.” This decision increases the default rate because it results in a greater percentage of the bulk business consisting of vintages that traditionally have higher default rates.


(3) We define prime loans as those having FICO credit scores of 620 or greater, A-minus loans as those having FICO credit scores of 575-619, and subprime credit loans as those having FICO credit scores of less than 575, all as reported to MGIC at the time a commitment to insure is issued. Most A-minus and subprime credit loans were written through the bulk channel. In this annual report we classify loans without complete documentation as “reduced documentation” loans regardless of FICO credit score rather than as prime, “A-” or “subprime” loans; in the table above, such loans appear only in the reduced documentation category and they do not appear in any of the other categories.

(4) In accordance with industry practice, loans approved by GSE and other automated underwriting (AU) systems under “doc waiver” programs that do not require verification of borrower income are classified by us as “full documentation.” Based in part on information provided by the GSEs, we estimate full documentation loans of this type were approximately 4% of 2007 new insurance written. Information for other periods is not available. We understand these AU systems grant such doc waivers for loans they judge to have higher credit quality. We also understand that the GSEs terminated their “doc waiver” programs in the second half of 2008.

Different areas of the United States may experience different default rates due to varying localized economic conditions from year to year. The following table shows the percentage of primary loans we insured that were in default as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for the 15 states for which we paid the most losses during 2011:

State Default Rates

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
California
    20.71 %     27.30 %     34.22 %
Florida
    39.51       41.00       42.61  
Arizona
    21.91       30.81       33.55  
Michigan
    14.43       17.48       19.25  
Nevada
    35.08       41.07       42.01  
Georgia
    17.72       20.85       22.38  
Texas
    10.00       11.31       12.11  
Illinois
    22.37       21.96       21.70  
Ohio
    12.91       13.67       13.97  
Washington
    15.08       15.73       14.44  
Virginia
    12.36       15.07       16.90  
Minnesota
    13.01       15.38       18.12  
Colorado
    10.37       13.62       14.58  
Maryland
    21.63       22.15       23.91  
Wisconsin
    10.47       11.17       11.35  
All other states
    13.68       13.90       14.01  


The primary default inventory in those same states as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

Primary Default Inventory by State

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
California
    9,542       14,070       19,661  
Florida
    27,533       32,788       38,924  
Arizona
    3,809       6,781       8,791  
Michigan
    7,269       10,278       12,759  
Nevada
    3,001       4,729       5,803  
Georgia
    6,744       9,117       10,905  
Texas
    8,961       11,602       13,668  
Illinois
    11,420       12,548       13,722  
Ohio
    8,357       9,850       11,071  
Washington
    3,467       3,888       3,768  
Virginia
    2,647       3,627       4,464  
Minnesota
    2,778       3,672       4,674  
Colorado
    2,003       2,917       3,451  
Maryland
    3,869       4,264       4,940  
Wisconsin
    3,945       4,519       4,923  
All other states
    70,294       80,074       88,916  
      175,639       214,724       250,440  

Claims. Claims result from defaults that are not cured. Whether a claim results from an uncured default depends, in large part, on the borrower’s equity in the home at the time of default, the borrower’s or the lender’s ability to sell the home for an amount sufficient to satisfy all amounts due under the mortgage and the willingness and ability of the borrower and lender to enter into a loan modification that provides for a cure of the default. Various factors affect the frequency and amount of claims, including local housing prices and employment levels, and interest rates. If a default goes to claim, any premium collected from the time of default to time of the claim payment is returned to the servicer along with the claim payment. This results in a reduction to premiums written and earned.

Under the terms of our master policy, the lender is required to file a claim for primary insurance with us within 60 days after it has acquired title to the underlying property (typically through foreclosure). Depending on the applicable state foreclosure law, generally at least twelve months pass from the date of default to payment of a claim on an uncured default. The rate at which claims are received and paid has slowed in recent years due to various state and lender foreclosure moratoriums and suspensions, servicing delays including as a result of attempts to modify loans, fraud investigations by us, our pursuit of mitigation opportunities and a lack of capacity in the court systems.

Within 60 days after a claim has been filed and all documents required to be submitted to us have been delivered, we have the option of either (1) paying the coverage percentage specified for that loan, with the insured retaining title to the underlying property and receiving all proceeds from the eventual sale of the property (we have elected this option for the vast majority of claim payments in the recent past), or (2) paying 100% of the claim amount in exchange for the lender’s conveyance of good and marketable title to the property to us. After we receive title to properties, we sell them for our own account.

Claim activity is not evenly spread throughout the coverage period of a book of primary business. For prime loans, relatively few claims are typically received during the first two years following issuance of coverage on a loan. This is typically followed by a period of rising claims which, based on industry experience, has historically reached its highest level in the third and fourth years after the year of loan origination. Thereafter, the number of claims typically received has historically declined at a gradual rate, although the rate of decline can be affected by conditions in the economy, including slowing home price appreciation or housing price depreciation. Due in part to the subprime component of loans insured in Wall Street bulk transactions, the peak claim period for bulk loans has generally occurred earlier than for flow loans. Moreover, when a loan is refinanced, because the new loan replaces, and is a continuation of, an earlier loan, the pattern of claims frequency for that new loan may be different from the historical pattern of other loans. Persistency, the condition of the economy, including unemployment, and other factors can affect the pattern of claim activity. For example, a weak economy can lead to claims from older books increasing, continuing at stable levels or experiencing a lower rate of decline. We are currently seeing such performance as it relates to delinquencies from our older books and all of our books are being affected by the condition of the economy and housing price depreciation. As of December 31, 2011, 22% of our primary insurance in force was written subsequent to December 31, 2008, 37% was written subsequent to December 31, 2007, and 63% was written subsequent to December 31, 2006. See “Our Products and Services - Mortgage Insurance - Insurance In Force by Policy Year” above.


Another important factor affecting MGIC Book losses is the amount of the average claim paid, which is generally referred to as claim severity. The main determinants of claim severity are the amount of the mortgage loan, the coverage percentage on the loan and local market conditions. The primary average claim paid on the MGIC Book was $49,887 for 2011, compared to $50,173 for 2010, $52,627 for 2009, $52,239 for 2008, and $37,165 in 2007. The increase in the average claim paid in 2008 through 2011 compared to 2007 was primarily a result of higher loan exposures on paid claims. The decrease in average claim paid in 2010 and 2011 compared to 2009 was primarily a result of flow claims being a higher percentage of claims paid in 2010 and 2011 compared to 2009; flow claims have lower average loan amounts and coverage percentages than bulk loans.

Information about net claims we paid during 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

Net paid claims (In millions)
                 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Prime (FICO 620 & >)
  $ 1,772     $ 1,400     $ 831  
A-Minus (FICO 575-619)
    283       265       231  
Subprime (FICO < 575)
    70       77       95  
Reduced doc (All FICOs)(1)
    429       451       388  
Pool
    480       177       99  
Other
    6       3       5  
Direct losses paid
  $ 3,040     $ 2,373     $ 1,649  
Reinsurance
    (140 )     (126 )     (41 )
Net losses paid
  $ 2,900     $ 2,247     $ 1,608  
LAE
    60       71       60  
Net losses and LAE before terminations
  $ 2,960     $ 2,318     $ 1,668  
Reinsurance terminations
    (39 )     (38 )     (119 )
Net losses and LAE paid
  $ 2,921     $ 2,280     $ 1,549  

(1)
In this annual report we classify loans without complete documentation as “reduced documentation” loans regardless of FICO credit score rather than as prime, “A-” or “subprime” loans; in the table above, such loans appear only in the reduced documentation category and they do not appear in any of the other categories.
 
Primary claims paid for the top 15 states (based on 2011 paid claims) and all other states for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appear in the table below.


Primary paid claims by state (In millions)

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
California
  $ 357     $ 288     $ 253  
Florida
    303       340       195  
Arizona
    203       156       110  
Michigan
    138       130       111  
Nevada
    134       95       75  
Georgia
    130       97       62  
Texas
    108       87       51  
Illinois
    101       91       59  
Ohio
    76       68       54  
Washington
    74       41       21  
Virginia
    66       57       48  
Minnesota
    65       56       52  
Colorado
    54       38       27  
Maryland
    51       50       25  
Wisconsin
    46       36       24  
All other states
    648       563       378  
Total
  $ 2,554     $ 2,193     $ 1,545  
Other (Pool, LAE, Reinsurance)
    367       87       4  
Net losses and LAE paid
  $ 2,921     $ 2,280     $ 1,549  

From time to time, proposals to give bankruptcy judges the authority to reduce mortgage balances in bankruptcy cases have been made. Such reductions are sometimes referred to as bankruptcy cramdowns. A bankruptcy cramdown is not an event that entitles an insured party to make a claim under our insurance policy. If a borrower ultimately satisfies his or her mortgage after a bankruptcy cramdown, then our insurance policies provide that we would not be required to pay any claim. Under our insurance policies, however, if a borrower re-defaults on a mortgage after a bankruptcy cramdown, the claim we would be required to pay would be based upon the original, unreduced loan balance. We are not aware of any bankruptcy cramdown proposals that would change these provisions of our insurance policies. Unless a lender has obtained our prior approval, if a borrower’s mortgage loan balance is reduced outside the bankruptcy context, including in association with a loan modification, and if the borrower re-defaults after such a reduction, then under the terms of our policy the amount we would be responsible to cover would be calculated net of the reduction.

Loss Mitigation. Before paying a claim, we can review the loan file to determine whether we are required, under the applicable insurance policy, to pay the claim or whether we are entitled to reduce the amount of the claim. For example, all of our insurance policies provide that we can reduce or deny a claim if the servicer did not comply with its obligation to mitigate our loss by performing reasonable loss mitigation efforts or diligently pursuing a foreclosure or bankruptcy relief in a timely manner. We also do not cover losses resulting from property damage that has not been repaired. We are currently reviewing the loan files for the majority of the claims submitted to us.

In addition, subject to rescission caps in certain of our Wall Street bulk transactions, all of our insurance policies allow us to rescind coverage under certain circumstances. Because we can review the loan origination documents and information as part of our normal processing when a claim is submitted to us, rescissions occur on a loan by loan basis most often after we have received a claim. Historically, policy rescissions and claim denials, which we collectively refer to as “rescissions” and variations of this term, were not a material portion of our claims resolved during a year. However, beginning in 2008, our rescissions of policies have materially mitigated our paid losses. For further information about our recent rescission rates, See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Results of Consolidated Operations — Losses – Losses Incurred” in Item 7. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline. For further information, see our risk factor titled “Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper” in Item 1A.


When we rescind coverage, we return all premiums previously paid to us under the policy and are relieved of our obligation to pay a claim under the policy, although if the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, the outcome of the dispute ultimately would be determined by legal proceedings. Legal proceedings disputing our right to rescind coverage may be brought up to three years after the lender has obtained title to the property (typically through a foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, although in a few jurisdictions there is a longer time to bring such an action. For the majority of our rescissions that are not subject to a settlement agreement, the period in which a dispute may be brought has not ended. We consider a rescission resolved for financial reporting purposes even though legal proceedings have been initiated and are ongoing. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 450-20, an estimated loss from such proceedings is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, when establishing our loss reserves, we do not include additional loss reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome from ongoing legal proceedings, including those with Countrywide. Countrywide has filed a lawsuit against MGIC alleging that MGIC has denied, and continues to deny, valid mortgage insurance claims. MGIC has filed an arbitration case against Countrywide regarding rescissions and Countrywide has responded seeking damages, including exemplary damages. For more information about this lawsuit and arbitration case, see the risk factor titled, “Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper” in Item 1A as well as Item 3, “Legal Proceedings.”

In addition to the proceedings involving Countrywide, we are involved in legal proceedings with respect to rescissions that we do not consider to be collectively material in amount. Although it is reasonably possible that, when these discussions or proceedings are completed, there will be a conclusion or determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability.

In 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with a lender-customer regarding our rescission practices. In April 2011, Freddie Mac advised its servicers that they must obtain its prior approval for rescission settlements and Fannie Mae advised its servicers that they are prohibited from entering into such settlements. In addition, in April 2011, Fannie Mae notified us that we must obtain its prior approval to enter into certain settlements. We continue to discuss with other lender-customers their objections to material rescissions and have reached settlement terms with several of our significant lender-customers. Any definitive agreement with these customers would be subject to GSE approval. One GSE has approved one of our settlement agreements, but this agreement remains subject to the approval of the other GSE. We believe that it is probable (within the meaning of ASC 450-20) that this agreement will be approved by the other GSE. As a result, we considered the terms of the agreement when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. This agreement did not have a significant impact on our established loss reserves. Neither GSE has approved our other settlement agreements and the terms of these other agreements were not considered when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. There can be no assurances that both GSEs will approve any settlement agreements and the GSEs may approve some of our settlement agreements and reject others based on the specific terms of those agreements.


Our rescissions involve inaccurate information or fraud committed, regarding a borrower’s income, debts or intention to occupy the property, a faulty appraisal, negligence in the origination of the loan, a failure to provide us with documentation we request under our policy (we use this documentation to investigate whether a claim must be paid) or a failure to service a loan in an acceptable manner.

The provisions of our policies provide several remedies related to inaccurate information provided, or fraud committed, in connection with the origination of a loan. For example, provisions in our policies allow us to rescind coverage if a material misrepresentation is made and if the lender or related parties such as the originator and the mortgage loan broker were aware of such misrepresentation. Other provisions in our policies allow us to rescind coverage if the loan was never eligible for coverage under our policy. In many cases, information discovered to be inaccurate (whether as a result of fraud or inadvertence) causes a loan to fail the eligibility criteria applicable to that loan once the correct information is considered. Ultimately, our ability to discover inaccurate information provided, or fraud committed, in connection with the origination of a loan requires a thorough investigation of the facts surrounding the origination of the loan and the discovery of sufficient evidence regarding the inaccurate information or fraud. These types of investigations are very fact-intensive and difficult and often depend on factors outside our control, including whether the borrower cooperates with our investigation.

If an investigation uncovers evidence that leads us to decide we are entitled to rescind coverage, we send a letter to the lender informing them of the investigation’s findings. Although we are not required to do so by our policies, in most cases we allow a period of sixty days to rebut our findings. If a satisfactory rebuttal to our investigation findings is not provided, we rescind coverage and the claim is removed from our default inventory. At this point in the process, we consider the rescission to be resolved. While it is not unusual for lenders to first respond to a findings letter after we have already rescinded coverage, and in certain cases lenders who previously responded to findings letters bring new facts to our attention after we have rescinded coverage, the number of rescission reversals due to such circumstances has been immaterial.

In the second half of 2011, Countrywide materially increased the percentage of loans for which it is rebutting the assertions that we make prior to rescinding a loan. When we receive a rebuttal prior to a rescission, we do not rescind coverage until after we respond to the rebuttal. Therefore, in addition to our substantial pipeline of claims investigations, we have a substantial pipeline of pre-rescission rebuttals that, based on our historical experience with such rebuttals, we expect will eventually result in rescissions. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline after resolution of the rebuttal pipeline.

One of the loss mitigation techniques available to us is obtaining a deficiency judgment against the borrower and attempting to recover some or all of the paid claim from the borrower. Various factors, including state laws that limit or eliminate our ability to pursue deficiency judgments and borrowers’ financial conditions, have limited our recoveries in recent years to less than one-half of 1% of our paid claims.

Loss Reserves and Premium Deficiency Reserve

A significant period of time typically elapses between the time when a borrower defaults on a mortgage payment, which is the event triggering a potential future claim payment by us, the reporting of the default to us, the acquisition of the property by the lender (typically through foreclosure) and the eventual payment of the claim related to the uncured default or a rescission. To recognize the liability for unpaid losses related to outstanding reported defaults, or default inventory, we establish loss reserves, representing the estimated percentage of defaults which will ultimately result in a claim, which is known as the claim rate, and the estimated severity of the claims which will arise from the defaults included in the default inventory. Our loss reserve estimates are established based upon historical experience, including rescission activity. In accordance with GAAP for the mortgage insurance industry, we generally do not establish loss reserves for future claims on insured loans that are not currently in default.


We also establish reserves to provide for the estimated costs of settling claims, general expenses of administering the claims settlement process, legal fees and other fees (“loss adjustment expenses”), and for losses and loss adjustment expenses from defaults that have occurred, but which have not yet been reported to us.

Our reserving process bases our estimates of future events on our past experience. However, estimation of loss reserves is inherently judgmental and conditions that have affected the development of the loss reserves in the past may not necessarily affect development patterns in the future, in either a similar manner or degree. For further information, see our risk factors in Item 1A, including the ones titled “Because we establish loss reserves only upon a loan default rather than based on estimates of our ultimate losses, losses may have a disproportionate adverse effect on our earnings in certain periods,” “Because loss reserve estimates are subject to uncertainties and are based on assumptions that are currently very volatile, paid claims may be substantially different than our loss reserves” and “Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper.”

After our reserves are initially established, we perform premium deficiency tests using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date. We establish a premium deficiency reserve, if necessary, when the present value of expected future losses and expenses exceeds the present value of expected future premiums and already established reserves. In the fourth quarter of 2007, we recorded a premium deficiency reserve of $1,211 million relating to Wall Street bulk transactions remaining in our insurance in force. As of December 31, 2011, this premium deficiency reserve was $135 million.

For further information about loss reserves and the premium deficiency reserve, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Results of Consolidated Operations—Losses” in Item 7 and Note 9, “Loss reserves,” and Note 10, “Premium deficiency reserve,” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

C. Investment Portfolio

Policy and Strategy

At December 31, 2011, the fair value of our investment portfolio and cash and cash equivalents was approximately $6.8 billion. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $487 million of our portfolio was held at the parent company level and the remainder of our portfolio was held by our subsidiaries, primarily MGIC. The portion of our portfolio that is held at the parent company level is held in fixed income securities, 97% of which are rated “A” or better by at least one of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. The portfolio is invested primarily in corporate, government, and taxable municipal securities.

Approximately 52% of our investment portfolio is managed by Wellington Management Company, LLP, although we maintain overall control of investment policy and strategy. We maintain direct management of the remainder of our investment portfolio. Unless otherwise indicated, the remainder of the discussion of our investment portfolio refers to our investment portfolio only and not to cash and cash equivalents.


Our current policies emphasize preservation of capital, as well as total return. Therefore, our investment portfolio consists almost entirely of high-quality, investment grade, fixed-income securities. During 2011 we elected to realize $142.7 in net realized gains given the favorable market conditions. We then reinvested the funds taking into account our anticipated future claim payment obligations. We also continue to reduce the proportion of our investment portfolio in tax exempt municipal securities while increasing the proportion of taxable securities. For statutory purposes, investments are generally held at amortized cost, therefore the realized gains increased our statutory policyholder’s position or statutory capital. We plan to realize additional gains in 2012. Our investment policies in effect at December 31, 2011 limit investments in the securities of a single issuer, other than the U.S. government, and generally limit the purchase of fixed income securities to those that are rated investment grade by at least one rating agency. At that date, the maximum aggregate book value of the holdings of a single obligor was:

U.S. government securities
 
No limit
Pre-refunded municipals escrowed in Treasury securities
 
No limit, subject to liquidity considerations
U.S. government agencies (in total)(1)
 
15% of portfolio market value
Securities rated “AA” or “AAA”
 
3% of portfolio market value
Securities rated “Baa” or “A”
 
2% of portfolio market value
     

(1)
As used with respect to our investment portfolio, U.S. government agencies include GSEs (which, in the sector table below are included as part of U.S. Treasuries) and Federal Home Loan Banks.

At December 31, 2011, approximately 90% of our total fixed income investment portfolio was invested in securities rated “A” or better, with 37% rated “AAA” and 26% rated “AA,” in each case by at least one nationally recognized securities rating organization. For information related to the portion of our investment portfolio that is insured by financial guarantors, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Financial Condition” in Item 7.

Our investment policies and strategies are subject to change depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions and our existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including our tax position.

Investment Operations

At December 31, 2011, tax exempt municipal securities represented 22%, and taxable municipal securities represented 13%, of the fair value of our total investment portfolio and derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio were immaterial. During 2011 we continued to shift our portfolio to a higher concentration of taxable securities, as reflected in the table below. Securities due within one year, within one to five years, within five to ten years, and after ten years, represented 21%, 33%, 16% and 30%, respectively, of the total fair value of our investment in debt securities. Auction rate and mortgage-backed securities represented 3% and 12%, respectively, of the total fair value of our investment in debt securities. Our pre-tax yield for 2011, excluding cash and cash equivalents, was 2.8%, compared to a pre-tax yield of 3.0% in 2010 and 4.0% in 2009. Our pre-tax yield for 2011, including cash and cash equivalents, was 2.4%, compared to a pre-tax yield of 2.6% in 2010 and 3.6% in 2008.


Our ten largest holdings at December 31, 2011 appear in the table below:

   
Fair Value
 
   
(In thousands)
 
1.   General Electric Capital Corp.
  $ 67,842  
2.   Illinois State – (Issuer 452151)
    57,636  
3.   Illinois State – (Issuer 452152)
    54,094  
4.   Credit Suisse Group New York
    44,052  
5.   Berkshire Hathaway Financial
    43,214  
6.   New York NY
    43,141  
7.   Penn State Higher Educ Assist
    40,270  
8.   New York NY City Transitional
    38,657  
9.   North Texas Twy Authority
    37,961  
10. Anheuser-Busch Inbev
    36,159  
    $ 463,026  
         
Note: This table excludes securities issued by U.S. government, U.S. government agencies, GSEs and the Federal Home Loan Banks.
 

The sectors of our investment portfolio at December 31, 2011 appear in the table below:

   
Percentage of
Portfolio’s
Fair Value
 
1.   Corporate
    29 %
2.   Tax-Exempt Municipals
    22  
3.   Asset Backed (see note below)
    15  
4.   Taxable Municipals
    13  
5.   U.S. Treasuries (incl FDIC-guaranteed)
    12  
6.   Student Loans
    3  
7.   Foreign
    3  
8.   Escrowed / Prerefunded Municipals
    3  
      100.0 %
         
Note: GNMA pass through certificates represent approximately one-half of the asset backed securities.
 

For further information concerning investment operations, see Note 6, “Investments,” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

D. Regulation

Direct Regulation

We are subject to comprehensive, detailed regulation by state insurance departments. These regulations are principally designed for the protection of our insured policyholders, rather than for the benefit of investors. Although their scope varies, state insurance laws generally grant broad supervisory powers to agencies or officials to examine insurance companies and enforce rules or exercise discretion affecting almost every significant aspect of the insurance business. Given the recent significant losses incurred by many insurers in the mortgage and financial guaranty industries, our insurance subsidiaries have been subject to heightened scrutiny by insurance regulators. State insurance regulatory authorities could take actions, including changes in capital requirements or termination of waivers of capital requirements, that could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, we are uncertain whether the CFPB, established by the Dodd-Frank Act to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services under federal law, will issue any rules or regulations that affect our business apart from any action it may take as a result of its investigation of captive mortgage reinsurance. Such rules and regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.


In general, regulation of our subsidiaries’ business relates to:

 
Ÿ
licenses to transact business;

 
Ÿ
policy forms;

 
Ÿ
premium rates;

 
Ÿ
insurable loans;

 
Ÿ
annual and other reports on financial condition;

 
Ÿ
the basis upon which assets and liabilities must be stated;

 
Ÿ
requirements regarding contingency reserves equal to 50% of premiums earned;

 
Ÿ
minimum capital levels and adequacy ratios;

 
Ÿ
reinsurance requirements;

 
Ÿ
limitations on the types of investment instruments which may be held in an investment portfolio;

 
Ÿ
the size of risks and limits on coverage of individual risks which may be insured;

 
Ÿ
deposits of securities;

 
Ÿ
limits on dividends payable; and

 
Ÿ
claims handling.

Most states also regulate transactions between insurance companies and their parents or affiliates and have restrictions on transactions that have the effect of inducing lenders to place business with the insurer. For a description of limits on dividends payable to us from MGIC, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 and Note 16, “Dividend restrictions,” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Mortgage insurance premium rates are also subject to state regulation to protect policyholders against the adverse effects of excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory rates and to encourage competition in the insurance marketplace. Any increase in premium rates must be justified, generally on the basis of the insurer’s loss experience, expenses and future trend analysis. The general mortgage default experience may also be considered. Premium rates are subject to review and challenge by state regulators. See our risk factor “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” in Item 1A and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Liquidity and Capital Resources - Capital” in Item 7 for information about regulations governing our capital adequacy, information about our current capital and our expectations regarding our future capital position.

We are required to establish statutory accounting contingency loss reserves in an amount equal to 50% of net earned premiums. These amounts cannot be withdrawn for a period of 10 years, except as permitted by insurance regulations. With regulatory approval a mortgage guaranty insurance company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 35% of net premiums earned in a calendar year. For further information, see Note 17, “Statutory capital,” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.


Mortgage insurers are generally single-line companies, restricted to writing residential mortgage insurance business only. Although we, as an insurance holding company, are prohibited from engaging in certain transactions with MGIC, MIC or our other insurance subsidiaries without submission to and, in some instances, prior approval of applicable insurance departments, we are not subject to insurance company regulation on our non-insurance businesses.

Wisconsin’s insurance regulations generally provide that no person may acquire control of us unless the transaction in which control is acquired has been approved by the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of Wisconsin. The regulations provide for a rebuttable presumption of control when a person owns or has the right to vote more than 10% of the voting securities. In addition, the insurance regulations of other states in which MGIC and/or MIC are licensed insurers require notification to the state’s insurance department a specified time before a person acquires control of us. If regulators in these states disapprove the change of control, our licenses to conduct business in the disapproving states could be terminated. For further information about regulatory proceedings applicable to us and our industry, see “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future” in Item 1A.

As the most significant purchasers and sellers of conventional mortgage loans and beneficiaries of private mortgage insurance, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae impose requirements on private mortgage insurers in order for them to be eligible to insure loans sold to the GSEs. These requirements are subject to change from time to time. Currently, both MGIC and MIC are approved mortgage insurers for both Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae but their longer term eligibility could be negatively affected as discussed, under “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” and “MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements” in Item 1A.

In September 2008, the FHFA was appointed as the conservator of the GSEs. As their conservator, FHFA controls and directs the operations of the GSEs. The appointment of FHFA as conservator, the increasing role that the federal government has assumed in the residential mortgage market, our industry’s inability, due to capital constraints, to write sufficient business to meet the needs of the GSEs or other factors may increase the likelihood that the business practices of the GSEs change in ways that may have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, these factors may increase the likelihood that the charters of the GSEs are changed by new federal legislation. Such changes may allow the GSEs to reduce or eliminate the level of private mortgage insurance coverage that they use as credit enhancement, which could have a material adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations or financial condition. The Dodd-Frank Act required the U.S. Department of the Treasury to report its recommendations regarding options for ending the conservatorship of the GSEs. This report was released on February 11, 2011 and while it does not provide any definitive timelines for GSE reform, it does recommend using a combination of federal housing policy changes to wind down the GSEs, shrink the government’s footprint in housing finance, and help bring private capital back to the mortgage market. Members of the House of Representatives and the Senate have since introduced several bills intended to scale back the GSEs. As a result of the matters referred to above, it is uncertain what role the GSEs, FHA and private capital, including private mortgage insurance, will play in the domestic residential housing finance system in the future or the impact of any such changes on our business. In addition, the timing of the impact on our business is uncertain. Any changes would require Congressional action to implement and it is difficult to estimate when Congressional action would be final and how long any associated phase-in period may last. For additional information about the potential impact that any such changes in the GSE’s roles may have on us, see the risk factor titled “Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses” in Item 1A.


The GSEs have approved the terms of our master policy. Any new master policy, or material changes to our existing master policy, would be subject to approval by the GSEs.

Indirect Regulation

We are also indirectly, but significantly, impacted by regulations affecting purchasers of mortgage loans, such as Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, and regulations affecting governmental insurers, such as the FHA and the VA, and lenders. See “Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses” in Item 1A for a discussion of how potential changes in the GSEs’ business practices could affect us. Private mortgage insurers, including MGIC, are highly dependent upon federal housing legislation and other laws and regulations to the extent they affect the demand for private mortgage insurance and the housing market generally. From time to time, those laws and regulations have been amended to affect competition from government agencies. Proposals are discussed from time to time by Congress and certain federal agencies to reform or modify the FHA and the Government National Mortgage Association, which securitizes mortgages insured by the FHA.

Subject to certain exceptions, in general, RESPA prohibits any person from giving or receiving any “thing of value” pursuant to an agreement or understanding to refer settlement services. See “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future.” in Item 1A.

The Office of Thrift Supervision, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Reserve Board, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation have uniform guidelines on real estate lending by insured lending institutions under their supervision. The guidelines specify that a residential mortgage loan originated with a loan-to-value ratio of 90% or greater should have appropriate credit enhancement in the form of mortgage insurance or readily marketable collateral, although no depth of coverage percentage is specified in the guidelines.

Lenders are subject to various laws, including the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Community Reinvestment Act and the Fair Housing Act, and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are subject to various laws, including laws relating to government sponsored enterprises, which may impose obligations or create incentives for increased lending to low and moderate income persons, or in targeted areas.

There can be no assurance that other federal laws and regulations affecting these institutions and entities will not change, or that new legislation or regulations will not be adopted which will adversely affect the private mortgage insurance industry. In this regard, see the risk factor titled “Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses” in Item 1A.

E. Employees

At December 31, 2011, we had approximately 920 full- and part-time employees, of whom approximately 24% were assigned to our field offices. The number of employees given above does not include “on-call” employees. The number of “on-call” employees can vary substantially, primarily as a result of changes in demand for contract underwriting services. In recent years, the number of “on-call” employees has ranged from fewer than 70 to more than 220.


F. Website Access

We make available, free of charge, through our Internet website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file these materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The address of our website is http://mtg.mgic.com, and such reports and amendments are accessible through the “Investor Information” and “Stockholder Information” links at such address.

 
Risk Factors.

Forward Looking Statements and Risk Factors

As used below, “we,” “our” and “us” refer to MGIC Investment Corporation’s consolidated operations or to MGIC Investment Corporation, as the context requires, and “MGIC” refers to Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation.

Our actual results could be affected by the risk factors below. These risk factors are an integral part of this annual report. These risk factors may also cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by forward looking statements that we may make. Forward looking statements consist of statements which relate to matters other than historical fact, including matters that inherently refer to future events. Among others, statements that include words such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “will” or “expect,” or words of similar import, are forward looking statements. We are not undertaking any obligation to update any forward looking statements or other statements we may make even though these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward looking statements or other statements were made. No reader of this annual report should rely on these statements being current at any time other than the time at which this annual report was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis.

The insurance laws or regulations of 16 jurisdictions, including Wisconsin, our domiciliary state, require a mortgage insurer to maintain a minimum amount of statutory capital relative to the risk in force (or a similar measure) in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new business. We refer to these requirements as the “Capital Requirements.” While formulations of minimum capital may vary in certain jurisdictions, the most common measure applied allows for a maximum permitted risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1. A risk-to-capital ratio will increase if the percentage decrease in capital exceeds the percentage decrease in insured risk. Therefore, as capital decreases, the same dollar decrease in capital will cause a greater percentage decrease in capital and a greater increase in the risk-to-capital ratio. Wisconsin does not regulate capital by using a risk-to-capital measure but instead requires us to maintain a minimum policyholder position (“MPP”). The “policyholder position” of a mortgage insurer is its net worth or surplus, contingency reserve and a portion of the reserves for unearned premiums.

In December 2011, our holding company, MGIC Investment Corporation, contributed $200 million to increase the statutory capital of MGIC. (As of December 31, 2011, there was $487 million of cash and investments at our holding company). At December 31, 2011, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio was 20.3 to 1 and its policyholder position exceeded the MPP by $185 million. We currently expect MGIC’s risk-to-capital to exceed 25 to 1 in the second half of 2012. At December 31, 2011, the risk-to-capital ratio of our combined insurance operations (which includes reinsurance affiliates) was 22.2 to 1. A higher risk-to-capital ratio on a combined basis may indicate that, in order for MGIC to continue to utilize reinsurance arrangements with its subsidiaries or subsidiaries of our holding company, additional capital contributions to the reinsurance affiliates could be needed. These reinsurance arrangements permit MGIC to write insurance with a higher coverage percentage than it could on its own under certain state-specific requirements.


The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) adopted Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles No. 101 (“SSAP No. 101”) effective January 1, 2012. As MGIC approaches a risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1, under SSAP No. 101, the benefit to statutory capital allowed for deferred tax assets will be eliminated. Effectively, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio, computed while excluding any deferred tax assets from the capital base, must be under 25 to 1 in order to include such deferred tax assets in the amount of available statutory capital. Any exclusion of these assets would negatively impact our statutory capital for purposes of calculating compliance with the Capital Requirements. At December 31, 2011, deferred tax assets of $142 million were included in MGIC’s statutory capital. For more information about factors that could negatively impact our compliance with Capital Requirements, which depending on the severity of adverse outcomes could result in material non-compliance with Capital Requirements, see “— We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future,” “— We have reported net losses for the last five years, expect to continue to report annual net losses, and cannot assure you when we will return to profitability” and “— The settlement agreement we reached with the Internal Revenue Service, relating to significant proposed adjustments to our taxable income for 2000 through 2007, may not be finalized.” As discussed below, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 450-20, we have not accrued an estimated loss in our financial statements to reflect possible adverse developments in litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings. An accrual, if one was required and depending on the amount, could result in material non-compliance with Capital Requirements.

Although we currently meet the Capital Requirements of the jurisdictions in which we write business, in December 2009, the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin (“OCI”) issued an order waiving, until December 31, 2011, its Capital Requirements. On January 23, 2012, the OCI issued an order (the “New Order”) waiving, until December 31, 2013, its Capital Requirements. In place of the Capital Requirements, the New Order provides, as did the prior order, that MGIC can write new business as long as it maintains regulatory capital that the OCI determines is reasonably in excess of a level that would constitute a financially hazardous condition. Pursuant to the New Order, MGIC contributed $200 million to MGIC Indemnity Corporation (“MIC”), a direct subsidiary of MGIC, in January 2012, as part of the plan discussed below to write new mortgage insurance in MIC in certain jurisdictions.

The New Order requires MGIC Investment Corporation, beginning January 1, 2012 and continuing through the earlier of December 31, 2013 and the termination of the New Order (the “Covered Period”), to make cash equity contributions to MGIC as may be necessary so that its “Liquid Assets” are at least $1 billion (this portion of the New Order is referred to as the “Keepwell Provision”). “Liquid Assets,” which include those of MGIC as well as those held in certain of our subsidiaries, excluding MIC and its reinsurance affiliates, are the sum of (i) the aggregate cash and cash equivalents, (ii) fair market value of investments and (iii) assets held in trusts supporting the obligations of captive mortgage reinsurers to MGIC. As of December 31, 2011, “Liquid Assets” were approximately $6.4 billion. Although we do not expect that MGIC’s Liquid Assets will fall below $1 billion during the Covered Period, we do expect the amount of Liquid Assets to continue to decline materially after December 31, 2011 and through the end of the Covered Period as MGIC’s claim payments and other uses of cash continue to exceed cash generated from operations. For more information about factors that could negatively impact MGIC’s Liquid Assets, see “— We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future,” “— We have reported net losses for the last five years, expect to continue to report annual net losses, and cannot assure you when we will return to profitability” and “— The settlement agreement we reached with the Internal Revenue Service, relating to significant proposed adjustments to our taxable income for 2000 through 2007, may not be finalized.”


MGIC previously applied for waivers in all jurisdictions besides Wisconsin that have Capital Requirements and received waivers from some of them. Most of the waivers that MGIC received expired December 31, 2011. We expect to reapply for waivers in all other jurisdictions that have Capital Requirements, and whose laws allow waivers (“Waiver Jurisdictions”), before they are needed. Some jurisdictions denied our original request for a waiver and others may deny future requests. The OCI and insurance departments of other jurisdictions, in their sole discretion, may modify, terminate or extend their waivers. Any modification or extension of the Keepwell Provision requires our written consent. If the OCI or another insurance department modifies or terminates its waiver, or if it fails to grant a waiver or renew its waiver after expiration, depending on the circumstances, MGIC could be prevented from writing new business anywhere, in the case of the waiver from the OCI, or in the particular jurisdiction, in the case of the other waivers, if MGIC does not comply with the Capital Requirements unless MGIC obtained additional capital to enable it to comply with the Capital Requirements. New insurance written in the jurisdictions that have Capital Requirements represented approximately 50% of new insurance written in each of 2010 and 2011. If we were prevented from writing new business in all jurisdictions, our insurance operations in MGIC would be in run-off (meaning no new loans would be insured but loans previously insured would continue to be covered, with premiums continuing to be received and losses continuing to be paid on those loans) until MGIC either met the Capital Requirements or obtained a necessary waiver to allow it to once again write new business.

We cannot assure you that all Waiver Jurisdictions will grant a waiver of their Capital Requirements, the OCI or any other jurisdiction that has granted a waiver of its Capital Requirements will not modify or revoke the waiver, or will renew the waiver when it expires, or that MGIC could obtain the additional capital necessary to comply with the Capital Requirements. Depending on the circumstances, the amount of additional capital we might need could be substantial. See “— Your ownership in our company may be diluted by additional capital that we raise or if the holders of our outstanding convertible debt convert that debt into shares of our common stock.”

We have implemented a plan to write new mortgage insurance in MIC in selected jurisdictions in order to address our expectation that in the future MGIC will not meet the Capital Requirements discussed above and may not be able to obtain appropriate waivers of these requirements in all jurisdictions in which Capital Requirements are present. As of December 31, 2011, MIC had statutory capital of $234 million (which does not include the $200 million contribution that was made in January 2012, in accordance with the New Order). MIC has received the necessary approvals, including from the OCI, to write business in all of the jurisdictions in which MGIC would be prohibited from continuing to write new business in the event of MGIC’s failure to meet Capital Requirements and obtain waivers of those requirements. Depending on the level of losses that MGIC experiences in the future, however, it is possible that regulatory action by one or more jurisdictions, including those that do not have specific Capital Requirements, may prevent MGIC from continuing to write new insurance in some or all of the jurisdictions in which MIC is not eligible to insure loans purchased or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. If this were to occur, we would need to seek the GSEs’ approval to allow MIC to write business in those jurisdictions. MIC has obtained the appropriate licenses to write business in all jurisdictions.


In October 2009, we, MGIC and MIC entered into an agreement with Fannie Mae under which MGIC agreed to contribute $200 million to MIC (which MGIC did in 2009) and Fannie Mae approved MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer through December 31, 2011. On January 23, 2012, we, MGIC and MIC, entered into a new agreement with Fannie Mae (the “Fannie Mae Extension”) under which we agreed to contribute $200 million to increase the statutory capital of MGIC (our $200 million contribution in December 2011 met this requirement), MGIC agreed to contribute $200 million to MIC on or before January 31, 2012, which MGIC did, and Fannie Mae extended its approval of MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer through December 31, 2013. Under the Fannie Mae Extension, MIC will be eligible to write mortgage insurance only in those jurisdictions (other than Wisconsin) in which MGIC cannot write new insurance due to MGIC’s failure to meet Capital Requirements and if MGIC fails to obtain relief from those requirements or a specific waiver of them. The Fannie Mae Extension, including certain conditions and restrictions to its continued effectiveness, is summarized more fully in, and included as an exhibit to, our Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on January 24, 2012. Such conditions include the continued effectiveness of the OCI’s New Order and the continued applicability of the Keepwell Provisions in the New Order. As noted above, we cannot assure you that the OCI will not modify or revoke the New Order, or that it will renew it when it expires.

On February 11, 2010, Freddie Mac notified MGIC that it may utilize MIC to write new business in jurisdictions in which MGIC does not meet Capital Requirements and does not obtain appropriate waivers of those requirements. Freddie Mac’s approval, scheduled to expire December 31, 2012, contained various conditions to MIC’s eligibility, including that MIC could not be capitalized with more than the $200 million contribution made in 2009, without prior approval from Freddie Mac. On January 23, 2012, Freddie Mac agreed to modify its approval in order to allow the $200 million contribution from MGIC to MIC that is provided for in the New Order and the Fannie Mae Extension (the “Freddie Mac Approval”).

Under the Freddie Mac Approval, MIC may write business only in those jurisdictions where MGIC does not meet the Capital Requirements and does not obtain appropriate waivers of those requirements. Freddie Mac anticipates that MGIC will obtain waivers of the minimum capital requirements of most jurisdictions that have such requirements. Therefore, as of the date of the Freddie Mac Approval, approval of MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer is only given for New York, Kansas, Kentucky, Idaho and Puerto Rico. The Freddie Mac Approval, including certain conditions and restrictions to its continued effectiveness, is summarized more fully in, and included as an exhibit to, our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 24, 2012. Such conditions include requirements that MGIC contribute $200 million to MIC on or before January 31, 2012, which MGIC did; MIC provide MGIC access to the capital of MIC in an amount necessary for MGIC to maintain sufficient liquidity to satisfy its obligations under insurance policies issued by MGIC; while MIC is writing new business under the Freddie Mac approval, MIC may not exceed a risk-to-capital ratio of 20:1; MGIC and MIC comply with all terms and conditions of the New Order and the New Order remain effective. As noted above, we cannot assure you that the OCI will not modify or revoke the New Order, or that it will renew it when it expires. As noted above, Freddie Mac has approved MIC as a Limited Insurer only through December 31, 2012 and Freddie Mac may modify the terms and conditions of its approval at any time without notice and may withdraw its approval of MIC as an eligible insurer at any time in its sole discretion. Unless Freddie Mac extends the term of its approval of MIC, whether MIC will continue as an eligible mortgage insurer after December 31, 2012 will be determined by Freddie Mac’s mortgage insurer eligibility requirements then in effect. For more information, see “— MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements.”


In 2011, one of our competitors, Republic Mortgage Insurance Company (“RMIC”), ceased writing new insurance commitments after the waiver of Capital Requirements that it received from its domiciliary state expired. In early 2012, RMIC was placed under the supervision of the insurance department of its domiciliary state and that insurance department issued a partial claim payment plan, under which RMIC’s claim payments will be made at 50% for an initial period not to exceed one year, with the remaining amount deferred. In 2011, another competitor, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. (“PMI”) and the subsidiary it established to write new business if PMI was no longer able to do so, ceased issuing new mortgage insurance commitments when PMI was placed under the supervision of the insurance department of its domiciliary state. Later that year, the insurance department took possession and control of PMI and issued a partial claim payment plan, under which PMI’s claim payments will be made at 50%, with the remaining amount deferred. (PMI’s parent company subsequently filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.)

A failure to meet the Capital Requirements to insure new business does not necessarily mean that MGIC does not have sufficient resources to pay claims on its insurance liabilities. While we believe that MGIC has sufficient claims paying resources to meet its claim obligations on its insurance in force, even in scenarios in which it fails to meet Capital Requirements, we cannot assure you that the events that led to MGIC failing to meet Capital Requirements would not also result in it not having sufficient claims paying resources. Furthermore, our estimates of MGIC’s claims paying resources and claim obligations are based on various assumptions. These assumptions include our anticipated rescission activity; the timing of the receipt of claims on loans in our delinquency inventory and future claims that we anticipate will ultimately be received; future housing values and future unemployment rates. These assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty and require judgment by management. Current conditions in the domestic economy make the assumptions about when anticipated claims will be received, housing values and unemployment rates highly volatile in the sense that there is a wide range of reasonably possible outcomes. Our anticipated rescission activity is also subject to inherent uncertainty due to the difficulty of predicting the amount of claims that will be rescinded and the outcome of any legal proceedings related to rescissions that we make, including those with Countrywide. (For more information about the Countrywide legal proceedings, see “— We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future.”)

The amount of insurance we write could be adversely affected if the definition of Qualified Residential Mortgage results in a reduction of the number of low down payment loans available to be insured or if lenders and investors select alternatives to private mortgage insurance.

The financial reform legislation that was passed in July 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act” or “Dodd-Frank”) requires a securitizer to retain at least 5% of the risk associated with mortgage loans that are securitized, and in some cases the retained risk may be allocated between the securitizer and the lender that originated the loan. This risk retention requirement does not apply to mortgage loans that are Qualified Residential Mortgages (“QRMs”) or that are insured by the FHA or another federal agency. In March 2011, federal regulators issued the proposed risk retention rule that includes a definition of QRM. The proposed definition of QRM contains many underwriting requirements, including a maximum loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”) of 80% on a home purchase transaction, a prohibition on seller contributions toward a borrower’s down payment or closing costs, and certain limits on a borrower’s debt-to-income ratio. The LTV is to be calculated without including mortgage insurance. The following table shows the percentage of our new risk written by LTV for 2011 and 2010.


   
Percentage of new risk written
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
LTV:
           
80% and under
    0 %     0 %
80.1% - 85%
    6 %     7 %
85.1% - 90%
    41 %     48 %
90.1% - 95%
    50 %     44 %
95.1% - 97%
    3 %     1 %
> 97%
    0 %     0 %

The regulators requested public comments regarding an alternative QRM definition, the underwriting requirements of which would allow loans with a maximum LTV of 90%, higher debt-to-income ratios than allowed under the proposed QRM definition, and that may consider mortgage insurance in determining whether the LTV requirement is met. We estimate that approximately 22% of our new risk written in 2011 was on loans that would have met the alternative QRM definition.

The regulators also requested that the public comments include information that may be used to assess whether mortgage insurance reduces the risk of default. We submitted a comment letter, including studies to the effect that mortgage insurance reduces the risk of default.

The public comment period for the proposed rule expired on August 1, 2011. At this time we do not know when a final rule will be issued. Under the proposed rule, because of the capital support provided by the U.S. Government, the GSEs satisfy the Dodd-Frank risk-retention requirements while they are in conservatorship. Therefore, lenders that originate loans that are sold to the GSEs while they are in conservatorship will not be required to retain risk associated with those loans.

Depending on, among other things, (a) the final definition of QRM and its requirements for LTV, seller contribution and debt-to-income ratio, (b) to what extent, if any, the presence of mortgage insurance would allow for a higher LTV in the definition of QRM, and (c) whether lenders choose mortgage insurance for non-QRM loans, the amount of new insurance that we write may be materially adversely affected. See also “— If the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations declines, the amount of insurance that we write could decline, which would reduce our revenues.”


Alternatives to private mortgage insurance include:

 
·
lenders using government mortgage insurance programs, including those of the Federal Housing Administration, or FHA, and the Veterans Administration,

 
·
lenders and other investors holding mortgages in portfolio and self-insuring,

 
·
investors using credit enhancements other than private mortgage insurance, using other credit enhancements in conjunction with reduced levels of private mortgage insurance coverage, or accepting credit risk without credit enhancement, and

 
·
lenders originating mortgages using piggyback structures to avoid private mortgage insurance, such as a first mortgage with an 80% loan-to-value ratio and a second mortgage with a 10%, 15% or 20% loan-to-value ratio (referred to as 80-10-10, 80-15-5 or 80-20 loans, respectively) rather than a first mortgage with a 90%, 95% or 100% loan-to-value ratio that has private mortgage insurance.

The FHA substantially increased its market share beginning in 2008. We believe that the FHA’s market share increased, in part, because private mortgage insurers tightened their underwriting guidelines (which led to increased utilization of the FHA’s programs) and because of increases in the amount of loan level delivery fees that the GSEs assess on loans (which result in higher costs to borrowers). In addition, federal legislation and programs provided the FHA with greater flexibility in establishing new products and increased the FHA’s competitive position against private mortgage insurers. However, the FHA’s current premium pricing, when compared to our current credit-tiered premium pricing (and considering the effects of GSE pricing changes), may allow us to be more competitive with the FHA than in the recent past for loans with high FICO credit scores. We cannot predict, however, the FHA’s share of new insurance written in the future due to, among other factors, different loan eligibility terms between the FHA and the GSEs; potential increases in guarantee fees charged by the GSEs, including those that are scheduled to occur in April 2012; changes to the FHA’s annual premiums that are expected to be phased in over the next two years; and the total profitability that may be realized by mortgage lenders from securitizing loans through Ginnie Mae when compared to securitizing loans through Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, federal legislation that changes their charters or a restructuring of the GSEs could reduce our revenues or increase our losses.

The majority of our insurance written is for loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The business practices of the GSEs affect the entire relationship between them, lenders and mortgage insurers and include:

 
·
the level of private mortgage insurance coverage, subject to the limitations of the GSEs’ charters (which may be changed by federal legislation), when private mortgage insurance is used as the required credit enhancement on low down payment mortgages,

 
·
the amount of loan level delivery fees (which result in higher costs to borrowers) that the GSEs assess on loans that require mortgage insurance,

 
·
whether the GSEs influence the mortgage lender’s selection of the mortgage insurer providing coverage and, if so, any transactions that are related to that selection,


 
·
the underwriting standards that determine what loans are eligible for purchase by the GSEs, which can affect the quality of the risk insured by the mortgage insurer and the availability of mortgage loans,

 
·
the terms on which mortgage insurance coverage can be canceled before reaching the cancellation thresholds established by law,

 
·
the programs established by the GSEs intended to avoid or mitigate loss on insured mortgages and the circumstances in which mortgage servicers must implement such programs,

 
·
the terms that the GSEs require to be included in mortgage insurance policies for loans that they purchase, and

 
·
the extent to which the GSEs intervene in mortgage insurers’ rescission practices or rescission settlement practices with lenders. For additional information, see “— Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper.”

In September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) was appointed as the conservator of the GSEs. As their conservator, FHFA controls and directs the operations of the GSEs. The appointment of FHFA as conservator, the increasing role that the federal government has assumed in the residential mortgage market, our industry’s inability, due to capital constraints, to write sufficient business to meet the needs of the GSEs or other factors may increase the likelihood that the business practices of the GSEs change in ways that may have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, these factors may increase the likelihood that the charters of the GSEs are changed by new federal legislation. The Dodd-Frank Act required the U.S. Department of the Treasury to report its recommendations regarding options for ending the conservatorship of the GSEs. This report was released on February 11, 2011 and while it does not provide any definitive timeline for GSE reform, it does recommend using a combination of federal housing policy changes to wind down the GSEs, shrink the government’s footprint in housing finance, and help bring private capital back to the mortgage market. Members of the House of Representatives and the Senate have since introduced several bills intended to scale back the GSEs. As a result of the matters referred to above, it is uncertain what role the GSEs, FHA and private capital, including private mortgage insurance, will play in the domestic residential housing finance system in the future or the impact of any such changes on our business. In addition, the timing of the impact on our business is uncertain. Any changes would require Congressional action to implement and it is difficult to estimate when Congressional action would be final and how long any associated phase-in period may last.

The GSEs have different loan purchase programs that allow different levels of mortgage insurance coverage. Under the “charter coverage” program, on certain loans lenders may choose a mortgage insurance coverage percentage that is less than the GSEs’ “standard coverage” and only the minimum required by the GSEs’ charters, with the GSEs paying a lower price for such loans. In 2011, nearly all of our volume was on loans with GSE standard coverage. We charge higher premium rates for higher coverage percentages. To the extent lenders selling loans to GSEs in the future choose charter coverage for loans that we insure, our revenues would be reduced and we could experience other adverse effects.


MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements.

The majority of our insurance written is for loans sold to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, each of which has mortgage insurer eligibility requirements to maintain the highest level of eligibility, including a financial strength rating of Aa3/AA-. Because MGIC does not meet such financial strength rating requirements of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac (its financial strength rating from Moody’s is B1, with a negative outlook, and from Standard & Poor’s is B, with a negative outlook), MGIC is currently operating with each GSE as an eligible insurer under a remediation plan. We believe that the GSEs view remediation plans as a continuing process of interaction with a mortgage insurer and MGIC will continue to operate under a remediation plan for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that MGIC will be able to continue to operate as an eligible mortgage insurer under a remediation plan. In particular, the GSEs are currently in discussions with mortgage insurers regarding their standard mortgage insurer eligibility requirements and may make changes to them in the near future that may make them more stringent than the current requirements. The GSEs may include the eligibility requirements, as finally adopted, as part of our current remediation plan. If MGIC ceases to be eligible to insure loans purchased by one or both of the GSEs, it would significantly reduce the volume of our new business writings.

We have reported net losses for the last five years, expect to continue to report annual net losses, and cannot assure you when we will return to profitability.

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we had a net loss of $0.5 billion, $0.4 billion, $1.3 billion, $0.5 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. We currently expect to continue to report annual net losses, the size of which will depend primarily on the amount of our incurred and paid losses from our existing business, which could increase due to developments in ongoing legal proceedings related to rescissions and the disagreement with Freddie Mac regarding the interpretation of a pool policy (see “— We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future”), and to a lesser extent on the amount and profitability of our new business. Our incurred and paid losses are dependent on factors that make prediction of their amounts difficult and any forecasts are subject to significant volatility. Although we currently expect to return to profitability on an annual basis, we cannot assure you when, or if, this will occur. Conditions that could delay our return to profitability include low housing values, high unemployment rates, low cure rates, changes to our current rescission practices and unfavorable resolution of ongoing legal proceedings. In this regard, see “— Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper” and “— We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future.” The net losses we have experienced have eroded, and any future net losses will erode, our shareholders’ equity and could result in equity being negative.

Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper.

Historically, rescissions of policies for which claims have been submitted to us were not a material portion of our claims resolved during a year. However, beginning in 2008, our rescissions of policies have materially mitigated our paid losses. In each of 2009 and 2010, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $1.2 billion and in 2011, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $0.6 billion (in each case, the figure includes amounts that would have either resulted in a claim payment or been charged to a deductible under a bulk or pool policy, and may have been charged to a captive reinsurer). In recent quarters, 17% to 20% of claims received in a quarter have been resolved by rescissions, down from the peak of approximately 28% in the first half of 2009. In the second half of 2011, Countrywide materially increased the percentage of loans for which it is rebutting the assertions that we make prior to rescinding a loan. When we receive a rebuttal prior to a rescission, we do not rescind coverage until after we respond to the rebuttal. Therefore, in addition to our substantial pipeline of claims investigations, we have a substantial pipeline of pre-rescission rebuttals that, based on our historical experience with such rebuttals, we expect will eventually result in rescissions. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline after resolution of the rebuttal pipeline. See the table labeled “Ever-To-Date Rescission Rates on Primary Claims Received” under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Losses-Losses incurred,” in Item 7.


Our loss reserving methodology incorporates the effects we expect rescission activity to have on the losses we expect to pay on our delinquent inventory. A variance between ultimate actual rescission rates and these estimates, as a result of the outcome of claims investigations, litigation, settlements or other factors, could materially affect our losses. See “—Because loss reserve estimates are subject to uncertainties and are based on assumptions that are currently very volatile, paid claims may be substantially different than our loss reserves.” We estimate rescissions mitigated our incurred losses by approximately $2.5 billion in 2009 and $0.2 billion in 2010. In 2011, we estimate that rescissions had no significant impact on our losses incurred. All of these figures include the benefit of claims not paid in the period as well as the impact of changes in our estimated expected rescission activity on our loss reserves in the period. At December 31, 2011, we had 175,639 loans in our primary delinquency inventory; a significant portion of these loans will cure their delinquency or be rescinded and will not involve paid claims.

If the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, the outcome of the dispute ultimately would be determined by legal proceedings. Legal proceedings disputing our right to rescind coverage may be brought up to three years after the lender has obtained title to the property (typically through a foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, although in a few jurisdictions there is a longer time to bring such an action. For the majority of our rescissions that are not subject to a settlement agreement, the period in which a dispute may be brought has not ended. We consider a rescission resolved for financial reporting purposes even though legal proceedings have been initiated and are ongoing. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss from such proceedings is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, when establishing our loss reserves, we do not include additional loss reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome from ongoing legal proceedings, including those with Countrywide. For more information about these legal proceedings, see “— We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future.”


In addition to the proceedings involving Countrywide, we are involved in legal proceedings with respect to rescissions that we do not consider to be collectively material in amount. Although it is reasonably possible that, when these discussions or proceedings are completed, there will be a conclusion or determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability.

In 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with a lender-customer regarding our rescission practices. In April 2011, Freddie Mac advised its servicers that they must obtain its prior approval for rescission settlements and Fannie Mae advised its servicers that they are prohibited from entering into such settlements. In addition, in April 2011, Fannie Mae notified us that we must obtain its prior approval to enter into certain settlements. We continue to discuss with other lender-customers their objections to material rescissions and have reached settlement terms with several of our significant lender-customers. Any definitive agreement with these customers would be subject to GSE approval. One GSE has approved one of our settlement agreements, but this agreement remains subject to the approval of the other GSE. We believe that it is probable (within the meaning of ASC 450-20) that this agreement will be approved by the other GSE. As a result, we considered the terms of the agreement when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. This agreement did not have a significant impact on our established loss reserves. Neither GSE has approved our other settlement agreements and the terms of these other agreements were not considered when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. There can be no assurances that both GSEs will approve any settlement agreements and the GSEs may approve some of our settlement agreements and reject others based on the specific terms of those agreements.

We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future.

Consumers are bringing a growing number of lawsuits against home mortgage lenders and settlement service providers. Mortgage insurers, including MGIC, have been involved in litigation alleging violations of the anti-referral fee provisions of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, which is commonly known as RESPA, and the notice provisions of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which is commonly known as FCRA. MGIC’s settlement of class action litigation against it under RESPA became final in October 2003. MGIC settled the named plaintiffs’ claims in litigation against it under FCRA in December 2004, following denial of class certification in June 2004. Since December 2006, class action litigation has been brought against a number of large lenders alleging that their captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements violated RESPA. On December 11, 2011, seven mortgage insurers (including MGIC) and a large mortgage lender (which was the named plaintiffs’ lender) were named as defendants in a complaint, alleged to be a class action, filed in U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. On December 30, 2011, a similar complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania by different plaintiffs against the same seven mortgage insurers and another large lender. The complaints in both cases alleged various causes of action related to the captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements of these two mortgage lenders, including that the defendants violated RESPA by paying excessive premiums to the lenders’ captive reinsurer in relation to the risk assumed by that captive. The named plaintiffs’ loans were not insured by MGIC. MGIC denies any wrongdoing and intends to vigorously defend itself against the allegations in the lawsuits. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to further litigation under RESPA (or FCRA) or that the outcome of any such litigation, including the lawsuits mentioned above, would not have a material adverse effect on us.


In June 2005, in response to a letter from the New York Insurance Department (now known as the New York Department of Financial Services), we provided information regarding captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements and other types of arrangements in which lenders receive compensation. In February 2006, the New York Insurance Department requested MGIC to review its premium rates in New York and to file adjusted rates based on recent years’ experience or to explain why such experience would not alter rates. In March 2006, MGIC advised the New York Insurance Department that it believes its premium rates are reasonable and that, given the nature of mortgage insurance risk, premium rates should not be determined only by the experience of recent years. In February 2006, in response to an administrative subpoena from the Minnesota Department of Commerce (the “MN Department”), which regulates insurance, we provided the MN Department with information about captive mortgage reinsurance and certain other matters. We subsequently provided additional information to the MN Department, and beginning in March 2008, the MN Department has sought additional information as well as answers to questions regarding captive mortgage reinsurance on several occasions, including as recently as May 2011.

In addition, beginning in June 2008, and as recently as December 2011, we received various subpoenas from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), seeking information about captive mortgage reinsurance similar to that requested by the MN Department, but not limited in scope to the state of Minnesota. In January 2012, we received correspondence from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) indicating that the CFPB had opened an investigation into captive mortgage reinsurance premium ceding practices by private mortgage insurers. In that correspondence, the CFPB also requested certain information regarding captive mortgage reinsurance transactions in which we participated. Other insurance departments or other officials, including attorneys general, may also seek information about or investigate captive mortgage reinsurance.

Various regulators, including the CFPB, state insurance commissioners and state attorneys general may bring actions seeking various forms of relief, including civil penalties and injunctions against violations of RESPA. The insurance law provisions of many states prohibit paying for the referral of insurance business and provide various mechanisms to enforce this prohibition. While we believe our captive reinsurance arrangements are in conformity with applicable laws and regulations, it is not possible to predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of any such reviews or investigations nor is it possible to predict their effect on us or the mortgage insurance industry.

We are subject to comprehensive, detailed regulation by state insurance departments. These regulations are principally designed for the protection of our insured policyholders, rather than for the benefit of investors. Although their scope varies, state insurance laws generally grant broad supervisory powers to agencies or officials to examine insurance companies and enforce rules or exercise discretion affecting almost every significant aspect of the insurance business. Given the recent significant losses incurred by many insurers in the mortgage and financial guaranty industries, our insurance subsidiaries have been subject to heightened scrutiny by insurance regulators. State insurance regulatory authorities could take actions, including changes in capital requirements or termination of waivers of capital requirements, that could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, we are uncertain whether the CFPB, established by the Dodd-Frank Act to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services under federal law, will issue any rules or regulations that affect our business apart from any action it may take as a result of its investigation of captive mortgage reinsurance. Such rules and regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.


In September 2010, a housing discrimination complaint was filed against MGIC with HUD alleging that MGIC violated the Fair Housing Act and discriminated against the complainant on the basis of her sex and familial status when MGIC underwrote her loan for mortgage insurance. In May 2011, HUD commenced an administrative action against MGIC and two of its employees, seeking, among other relief, aggregate fines of $48,000. The HUD complainant elected to have charges in the administrative action proceed in federal court and in July 2011, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) filed a civil complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against MGIC and these employees on behalf of the complainant. The complaint seeks redress for the alleged housing discrimination, including compensatory and punitive damages for the alleged victims and a civil penalty payable to the United States. MGIC denies that any unlawful discrimination occurred and disputes many of the allegations in the complaint.

In October 2010, a separate purported class action lawsuit was filed against MGIC by the HUD complainant in the same District Court in which the DOJ action is pending alleging that MGIC discriminated against her on the basis of her sex and familial status when MGIC underwrote her loan for mortgage insurance. In May 2011, the District Court granted MGIC’s motion to dismiss with respect to all claims except certain Fair Housing Act claims.

MGIC intends to vigorously defend itself against the allegations in both the class action lawsuit and the DOJ lawsuit. Based on the facts known at this time, we do not foresee the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings having a material adverse effect on us.

Five previously-filed purported class action complaints filed against us and several of our executive officers were consolidated in March 2009 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin and Fulton County Employees’ Retirement System was appointed as the lead plaintiff. The lead plaintiff filed a Consolidated Class Action Complaint (the “Complaint”) in June 2009. Due in part to its length and structure, it is difficult to summarize briefly the allegations in the Complaint but it appears the allegations are that we and our officers named in the Complaint violated the federal securities laws by misrepresenting or failing to disclose material information about (i) loss development in our insurance in force, and (ii) C-BASS (a former minority-owned, unconsolidated, joint venture investment), including its liquidity. The Complaint also named two officers of C-BASS with respect to the Complaints’ allegations regarding C-BASS. Our motion to dismiss the Complaint was granted in February 2010. In March 2010, plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to file an amended complaint. Attached to this motion was a proposed Amended Complaint (the “Amended Complaint”). The Amended Complaint alleged that we and two of our officers named in the Amended Complaint violated the federal securities laws by misrepresenting or failing to disclose material information about C-BASS, including its liquidity, and by failing to properly account for our investment in C-BASS. The Amended Complaint also named two officers of C-BASS with respect to the Amended Complaint’s allegations regarding C-BASS. The purported class period covered by the Amended Complaint began on February 6, 2007 and ended on August 13, 2007. The Amended Complaint sought damages based on purchases of our stock during this time period at prices that were allegedly inflated as a result of the purported violations of federal securities laws. In December 2010, the plaintiffs’ motion to file an amended complaint was denied and the Complaint was dismissed with prejudice. In January 2011, the plaintiffs appealed the February 2010 and December 2010 decisions to the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit; during oral argument before the Appeals Court regarding the case on January 12, 2012, the plaintiffs confirmed the appeal was limited to issues regarding C-BASS. In June 2011, the plaintiffs filed a motion with the District Court for relief from that court’s judgment of dismissal on the ground of newly discovered evidence consisting of transcripts the plaintiffs obtained of testimony taken by the Securities and Exchange Commission in its now-terminated investigation regarding C-BASS. We are opposing this motion and the matter is awaiting decision by the District Court. We are unable to predict the outcome of these consolidated cases or estimate our associated expenses or possible losses. Other lawsuits alleging violations of the securities laws could be brought against us.


We understand several law firms have, among other things, issued press releases to the effect that they are investigating us, including whether the fiduciaries of our 401(k) plan breached their fiduciary duties regarding the plan’s investment in or holding of our common stock or whether we breached other legal or fiduciary obligations to our shareholders. We intend to defend vigorously any proceedings that may result from these investigations.

With limited exceptions, our bylaws provide that our officers and 401(k) plan fiduciaries are entitled to indemnification from us for claims against them.

In December 2009, Countrywide filed a complaint for declaratory relief in the Superior Court of the State of California in San Francisco against MGIC. This complaint alleges that MGIC has denied, and continues to deny, valid mortgage insurance claims submitted by Countrywide and says it seeks declaratory relief regarding the proper interpretation of the insurance policies at issue. In October 2011, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, to which the case had been removed, entered an order staying the litigation in favor of the arbitration proceeding we commenced against Countrywide in February 2010.

In the arbitration proceeding, we are seeking a determination that MGIC is entitled to rescind coverage on the loans involved in the proceeding. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, rescissions of Countrywide-related loans mitigated our paid losses on the order of $435 million. This amount is the amount we estimate we would have paid had the loans not been rescinded. On a per loan basis, the average amount that we would have paid had the loans not been rescinded was approximately $72,100. Various materials exchanged by MGIC and Countrywide bring into the dispute loans we did not previously consider to be Countrywide-related and loans on which MGIC rescinded coverage subsequent to those specified at the time MGIC began the proceeding (including loans insured through the bulk channel), and set forth Countrywide’s contention that, in addition to the claim amounts under policies it alleges MGIC has improperly rescinded, Countrywide is entitled to other damages of almost $700 million as well as exemplary damages. Countrywide and MGIC have each selected 12 loans for which a three-member arbitration panel will determine coverage. While the panel’s determination will not be binding on the other loans at issue, the panel will identify the issues for these 24 “bellwether” loans and strive to set forth findings of fact and conclusions of law in such a way as to aid the parties to apply them to the other loans at issue. The hearing before the panel on the bellwether loans was scheduled to begin in September 2012, but we and Countrywide have agreed that the parties will take steps to delay the hearing at least 60 days.


We intend to defend MGIC against any further proceedings arising from Countrywide’s complaint and to advocate MGIC’s position in the arbitration, vigorously. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, we have not accrued any reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome in this proceeding. An accrual for an adverse outcome in this (or any other) proceeding would be a reduction to our capital. In this regard, see “— Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis.”

At December 31, 2011, 38,127 loans in our primary delinquency inventory were Countrywide-related loans (approximately 22% of our primary delinquency inventory). Of these 38,127 loans, we expect a significant portion will cure their delinquency or be rescinded and will not involve paid claims. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, of the claims on Countrywide-related loans that were resolved (a claim is resolved when it is paid or rescinded; claims that are submitted but which are under review are not resolved until one of these two outcomes occurs), approximately 78% were paid and the remaining 22% were rescinded.

The flow policies at issue with Countrywide are in the same form as the flow policies that we use with all of our customers, and the bulk policies at issue vary from one another, but are generally similar to those used in the majority of our Wall Street bulk transactions. Because our rescission practices with Countrywide do not differ from our practices with other servicers with which we have not entered into settlement agreements, an adverse result in the Countrywide proceeding may adversely affect the ultimate result of rescissions involving other servicers and lenders. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, we estimate that total rescissions mitigated our incurred losses by approximately $3.1 billion, which included approximately $2.6 billion of mitigation on paid losses, excluding $0.6 billion that would have been applied to a deductible. At December 31, 2011, we estimate that our total loss reserves were benefited from rescissions by approximately $0.7 billion.

In addition to the rescissions at issue with Countrywide, we have a substantial pipeline of claims investigations and pre-rescission rebuttals (including those involving loans related to Countrywide) that we expect will eventually result in future rescissions. For additional information about rescissions as well as rescission settlement agreements, see “— Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper.”

MGIC and Freddie Mac disagree on the amount of the aggregate loss limit under certain pool insurance policies insuring Freddie Mac that share a single aggregate loss limit. We believe the initial aggregate loss limit for a particular pool of loans insured under a policy decreases to correspond to the termination of coverage for that pool under that policy while Freddie Mac believes the initial aggregate loss limit remains in effect until the last of the policies that provided coverage for any of the pools terminates. The aggregate loss limit is approximately $535 million higher under Freddie Mac’s interpretation than under our interpretation. We account for losses under our interpretation although it is reasonably possible that were the matter to be decided by a third party our interpretation would not prevail. The differing interpretations had no effect on our results until the second quarter of 2011. For 2011, our incurred losses would have been $192 million higher in the aggregate had they been recorded based on Freddie Mac’s interpretation, and our capital and Capital Requirements would have been negatively impacted. See our risk factor titled, “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis.” We expect the incurred losses that would have been recorded under Freddie Mac’s interpretation will continue to increase in future quarters. We have discussed the disagreement with Freddie Mac in an effort to resolve it and expect that these discussions will continue. A specimen of the policies at issue is filed as Exhibit 99.6 to this annual report.

 
A non-insurance subsidiary of our holding company is a shareholder of the corporation that operates the Mortgage Electronic Registration System (“MERS”).  Our subsidiary, as a shareholder of MERS, along with MERS and its other shareholders, are defendants in three lawsuits asserting various causes of action arising from allegedly improper recording and foreclosure activities by MERS.  One of these lawsuits was dismissed by the court in which it was filed and is on appeal.  In addition, our subsidiary as a shareholder of MERS, was a defendant in two other lawsuits that were dismissed by the courts in which they were filed, but those dismissals were not appealed.  The damages sought in all of these actions are substantial.
 
In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, based on the facts known at this time, the ultimate resolution of these ordinary course legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

The settlement agreement we reached with the Internal Revenue Service, relating to significant proposed adjustments to our taxable income for 2000 through 2007, may not be finalized.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed separate examinations of our federal income tax returns for the years 2000 through 2004 and 2005 through 2007 and issued assessments for unpaid taxes, interest and penalties related to our treatment of the flow-through income and loss from an investment in a portfolio of residual interests of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”). This portfolio has been managed and maintained during years prior to, during and subsequent to the examination period. The IRS indicated that it did not believe that, for various reasons, we had established sufficient tax basis in the REMIC residual interests to deduct the losses from taxable income. The IRS assessment related to the REMIC issue is $190.7 million in taxes and penalties. There would also be applicable interest, which may be substantial. Additional state income taxes along with any applicable interest may become due when a final resolution is reached and could also be substantial. We appealed these assessments within the IRS and, in 2007, we made a payment of $65.2 million with the United States Department of the Treasury related to this assessment. In August 2010, we reached a tentative settlement agreement with the IRS. Because net operating losses that we incurred in 2009 were carried back to taxable years that were included in the settlement agreement, it was subject to review by the Joint Committee on Taxation of Congress. Following that review, the IRS indicated that it is reconsidering the terms of the settlement. We are attempting to address the IRS’ concerns, but there is a risk that we may not be able to settle the proposed adjustments with the IRS or, alternatively, that the terms of any final settlement will be more costly to us than the currently proposed settlement. In the event that we are unable to reach any settlement of the proposed adjustments, we would be required to litigate their validity in order to avoid a full concession to the IRS. Any such litigation could be lengthy and costly in terms of legal fees and related expenses. We adjusted our tax provision and liabilities for the effects of the tentative settlement agreement in 2010. The IRS’ reconsideration of the terms of the settlement agreement did not change our belief that the previously recorded items are appropriate. However, we would need to make appropriate adjustments, which could be material, to our tax provision and liabilities if our view of the probability of success in this matter changes, and the ultimate resolution of this matter could have a material negative impact on our effective tax rate, results of operations, cash flows and statutory capital. In this regard, see “— Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis.”


Because we establish loss reserves only upon a loan default rather than based on estimates of our ultimate losses on risk in force, losses may have a disproportionate adverse effect on our earnings in certain periods.

In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, commonly referred to as GAAP, we establish loss reserves only for loans in default. Reserves are established for reported insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses based on when notices of default on insured mortgage loans are received. Reserves are also established for estimated losses incurred on notices of default that have not yet been reported to us by the servicers (this is often referred to as “IBNR”). We establish reserves using estimated claim rates and claim amounts in estimating the ultimate loss. Because our reserving method does not take account of the impact of future losses that could occur from loans that are not delinquent, our obligation for ultimate losses that we expect to occur under our policies in force at any period end is not reflected in our financial statements, except in the case where a premium deficiency exists. As a result, future losses may have a material impact on future results as such losses emerge.

Because loss reserve estimates are subject to uncertainties and are based on assumptions that are currently very volatile, paid claims may be substantially different than our loss reserves.

We establish reserves using estimated claim rates and claim amounts in estimating the ultimate loss on delinquent loans. The estimated claim rates and claim amounts represent our best estimates of what we will actually pay on the loans in default as of the reserve date and incorporate anticipated mitigation from rescissions. We rescind policies and deny claims in cases where we believe our policy allows us to do so. Therefore, when establishing our loss reserves, we do not include additional loss reserves that would reflect an adverse development from ongoing dispute resolution proceedings, including those with Countrywide, or from ongoing disagreements over the interpretation of our policy, including those with Freddie Mac related to the computation of the aggregate loss limit under a pool insurance policy. For more information regarding our legal proceedings with Countrywide and the Freddie Mac disagreement, see “— We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future.”

The establishment of loss reserves is subject to inherent uncertainty and requires judgment by management. Current conditions in the housing and mortgage industries make the assumptions that we use to establish loss reserves more volatile than they would otherwise be. The actual amount of the claim payments may be substantially different than our loss reserve estimates. Our estimates could be adversely affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or national economic conditions, including unemployment, leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, a further drop in housing values that could result in, among other things, greater losses on loans that have pool insurance, and mitigation from rescissions being materially less than assumed. Changes to our estimates could result in material impact to our results of operations, even in a stable economic environment, and there can be no assurance that actual claims paid by us will not be substantially different than our loss reserves.


Loan modification and other similar programs may not continue to provide material benefits to us and our losses on loans that re-default can be higher than what we would have paid had the loan not been modified.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, the federal government, including through the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the GSEs, and several lenders have adopted programs to modify loans to make them more affordable to borrowers with the goal of reducing the number of foreclosures. During 2010 and 2011, we were notified of modifications that cured delinquencies that had they become paid claims would have resulted in approximately $3.2 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, of estimated claim payments. As noted below, we cannot predict with a high degree of confidence what the ultimate re-default rate will be. For internal reporting purposes, we assume approximately 50% of those modifications will ultimately re-default, and those re-defaults may result in future claim payments. Because modifications cure the defaults with respect to the previously defaulted loans, our loss reserves do not account for potential re-defaults unless at the time the reserve is established, the re-default has already occurred. Based on information that is provided to us, most of the modifications resulted in reduced payments from interest rate and/or amortization period adjustments; less than 5% resulted in principal forgiveness.

One loan modification program is the Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). Some of HAMP’s eligibility criteria relate to the borrower’s current income and non-mortgage debt payments. Because the GSEs and servicers do not share such information with us, we cannot determine with certainty the number of loans in our delinquent inventory that are eligible to participate in HAMP. We believe that it could take several months from the time a borrower has made all of the payments during HAMP’s three month “trial modification” period for the loan to be reported to us as a cured delinquency.

We rely on information provided to us by the GSEs and servicers. We do not receive all of the information from such sources that is required to determine with certainty the number of loans that are participating in, or have successfully completed, HAMP. We are aware of approximately 12,290 loans in our primary delinquent inventory at December 31, 2011 for which the HAMP trial period has begun and which trial periods have not been reported to us as completed or cancelled. Through December 31, 2011 approximately 37,100 delinquent primary loans have cured their delinquency after entering HAMP and are not in default. In 2011 approximately 18% of our primary cures were the result of a modification, with HAMP accounting for approximately 70% of those modifications. By comparison, in 2010, approximately 27% of our primary cures were the result of a modification, with HAMP accounting for approximately 60% of those modifications. We believe that we have realized the majority of the benefits from HAMP because the number of loans insured by us that we are aware are entering HAMP trial modification periods has decreased significantly over time. Recent announcements by the U.S. Treasury have extended the end date of the HAMP program through 2013, expanded the eligibility criteria of HAMP and increased lenders’ incentives to modify loans through principal forgiveness. Approximately 68% of the loans in our primary delinquent inventory are guaranteed by the GSEs. The GSEs have informed us that they already use expanded criteria (beyond the HAMP guidelines) for determining eligibility for loan modification and currently do not offer principal forgiveness. Therefore, we currently expect new loan modifications will continue to only modestly mitigate our losses in 2012.

In 2009, the GSEs began offering the Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP”). HARP allows borrowers who are not delinquent but who may not otherwise be able to refinance their loans under the current GSE underwriting standards, to refinance their loans. We allow the HARP refinances on loans that we insure, regardless of whether the loan meets our current underwriting standards, and we account for the refinance as a loan modification (even where there is a new lender) rather than new insurance written. To incent lenders to allow more current borrowers to refinance their loans, in October 2011, the GSEs and their regulator, FHFA, announced an expansion of HARP. The expansion includes, among other changes, releasing certain representations in certain circumstances benefitting the GSEs. We have agreed to allow these additional HARP refinances, including releasing the insured in certain circumstances from certain rescission rights we would have under our policy. While an expansion of HARP may result in fewer delinquent loans and claims in the future, our ability to rescind coverage will be limited in certain circumstances. We are unable to predict what net impact these changes may have on our incurred or paid losses.


The effect on us of loan modifications depends on how many modified loans subsequently re-default, which in turn can be affected by changes in housing values. Re-defaults can result in losses for us that could be greater than we would have paid had the loan not been modified. At this point, we cannot predict with a high degree of confidence what the ultimate re-default rate will be. In addition, because we do not have information in our database for all of the parameters used to determine which loans are eligible for modification programs, our estimates of the number of loans qualifying for modification programs are inherently uncertain. If legislation is enacted to permit a portion of a borrower’s mortgage loan balance to be reduced in bankruptcy and if the borrower re-defaults after such reduction, then the amount we would be responsible to cover would be calculated after adding back the reduction. Unless a lender has obtained our prior approval, if a borrower’s mortgage loan balance is reduced outside the bankruptcy context, including in association with a loan modification, and if the borrower re-defaults after such reduction, then under the terms of our policy the amount we would be responsible to cover would be calculated net of the reduction.

Eligibility under certain loan modification programs can also adversely affect us by creating an incentive for borrowers who are able to make their mortgage payments to become delinquent in an attempt to obtain the benefits of a modification. New notices of delinquency increase our incurred losses.

If the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations declines, the amount of insurance that we write could decline, which would reduce our revenues.

The factors that affect the volume of low down payment mortgage originations include:

 
·
restrictions on mortgage credit due to more stringent underwriting standards, liquidity issues and risk-retention requirements associated with non-QRM loans affecting lenders,

 
·
the level of home mortgage interest rates and the deductibility of mortgage interest for income tax purposes,

 
·
the health of the domestic economy as well as conditions in regional and local economies,


 
·
housing affordability,

 
·
population trends, including the rate of household formation,

 
·
the rate of home price appreciation, which in times of heavy refinancing can affect whether refinance loans have loan-to-value ratios that require private mortgage insurance, and

 
·
government housing policy encouraging loans to first-time homebuyers.

As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services under federal law. We are uncertain whether this Bureau will issue any rules or regulations that affect our business or the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations. Such rules and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

A decline in the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations could decrease demand for mortgage insurance, decrease our new insurance written and reduce our revenues. Such a decline could be caused by, among other things, the definition of “qualified residential mortgages” by regulators implementing the Dodd-Frank Act. See “— The amount of insurance we write could be adversely affected if the definition of Qualified Residential Mortgage results in a reduction of the number of low down payment loans available to be insured or if lenders and investors select alternatives to private mortgage insurance.”

Competition or changes in our relationships with our customers could reduce our revenues or increase our losses.

In recent years, the level of competition within the private mortgage insurance industry has been intense as many large mortgage lenders reduced the number of private mortgage insurers with whom they do business. At the same time, consolidation among mortgage lenders has increased the share of the mortgage lending market held by large lenders. During 2010 and 2011, approximately 11% and 9%, respectively, of our new insurance written was for loans for which one lender was the original insured, although revenue from such loans was significantly less than 10% of our revenues during each of those periods. Our private mortgage insurance competitors include:

 
·
Genworth Mortgage Insurance Corporation,

 
·
United Guaranty Residential Insurance Company,

 
·
Radian Guaranty Inc.,

 
·
CMG Mortgage Insurance Company, and

 
·
Essent Guaranty, Inc.

As noted above, PMI Mortgage Insurance Company and Republic Mortgage Insurance Company ceased writing business in 2011. Based on public disclosures, these competitors approximated slightly more than 20% of the private mortgage insurance industry volume in the first half of 2011. Most of the market share of these two former competitors has gone to other mortgage insurers and not to us because, among other reasons, some competitors have materially lower premiums than we do on single premium policies, one of these competitors also uses a risk weighted pricing model that typically results in lower premiums than we charge on certain loans and one of these competitors has effectively delegated underwriting to the GSEs. We continuously monitor the competitive landscape and will make adjustments to our pricing and underwriting guidelines as warranted as long as they meet our return hurdles. In the first quarter of 2012, we made changes to streamline our underwriting guidelines and lowered our premium rates on loans with credit scores of 760 or higher. Loans with credit scores of 760 or higher represented approximately 55% of our new insurance written in 2011. If the lower premium rates had been in place during 2011, our average premium rate on new business would have decreased from approximately 61 basis points to approximately 57 basis points, all other things being equal. While a decrease in premium rates on a significant portion of our new insurance written will reduce revenue, it is possible that our new insurance written will increase in the future as a result of the lower premium rates and it is unclear what the net effect of the changes will be on our future premiums.


Until recently, the mortgage insurance industry had not had new entrants in many years. In 2010, Essent Guaranty, Inc. began writing new mortgage insurance. Essent has publicly reported that one of its investors is JPMorgan Chase which is one of our customers. The perceived increase in credit quality of loans that are being insured today combined with the deterioration of the financial strength ratings of the existing mortgage insurance companies could encourage new entrants. The FHA, which in recent years was not viewed by us as a significant competitor, substantially increased its market share beginning in 2008.

Our relationships with our customers could be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including tightening of and adherence to our underwriting guidelines, which have resulted in our declining to insure some of the loans originated by our customers and rescission of loans that affect the customer. We have ongoing discussions with lenders who are significant customers regarding their objections to our rescissions. In the fourth quarter of 2009, Countrywide commenced litigation against us as a result of its dissatisfaction with our rescission practices shortly after Countrywide ceased doing business with us. See “— We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future” for more information about this litigation and the arbitration case we filed against Countrywide regarding rescissions.

We believe some lenders assess a mortgage insurer’s financial strength rating as an important element of the process through which they select mortgage insurers. As a result of MGIC’s less than investment grade financial strength rating, MGIC may be competitively disadvantaged with these lenders. MGIC’s financial strength rating from Moody’s is B1, with a negative outlook, and from Standard & Poor’s is B with a negative outlook. It is possible that MGIC’s financial strength ratings could decline from these levels.

Downturns in the domestic economy or declines in the value of borrowers’ homes from their value at the time their loans closed may result in more homeowners defaulting and our losses increasing.

Losses result from events that reduce a borrower’s ability to continue to make mortgage payments, such as unemployment, and whether the home of a borrower who defaults on his mortgage can be sold for an amount that will cover unpaid principal and interest and the expenses of the sale. In general, favorable economic conditions reduce the likelihood that borrowers will lack sufficient income to pay their mortgages and also favorably affect the value of homes, thereby reducing and in some cases even eliminating a loss from a mortgage default. A deterioration in economic conditions, including an increase in unemployment, generally increases the likelihood that borrowers will not have sufficient income to pay their mortgages and can also adversely affect housing values, which in turn can influence the willingness of borrowers with sufficient resources to make mortgage payments to do so when the mortgage balance exceeds the value of the home. Housing values may decline even absent a deterioration in economic conditions due to declines in demand for homes, which in turn may result from changes in buyers’ perceptions of the potential for future appreciation, restrictions on and the cost of mortgage credit due to more stringent underwriting standards, liquidity issues and risk-retention requirements associated with non-QRM loans affecting lenders, higher interest rates generally or changes to the deductibility of mortgage interest for income tax purposes, or other factors. The residential mortgage market in the United States has for some time experienced a variety of poor or worsening economic conditions, including a material nationwide decline in housing values, with declines continuing in 2011 in a number of geographic areas. Home values may continue to deteriorate and unemployment levels may remain elevated or increase.


The mix of business we write also affects the likelihood of losses occurring.

Even when housing values are stable or rising, mortgages with certain characteristics have higher probabilities of claims. These characteristics include loans with loan-to-value ratios over 95% (or in certain markets that have experienced declining housing values, over 90%), FICO credit scores below 620, limited underwriting, including limited borrower documentation, or higher total debt-to-income ratios, as well as loans having combinations of higher risk factors. As of December 31, 2011, approximately 25.9% of our primary risk in force consisted of loans with loan-to-value ratios greater than 95%, 8.5% had FICO credit scores below 620, and 10.2% had limited underwriting, including limited borrower documentation, each attribute as determined at the time of loan origination. A material portion of these loans were written in 2005 — 2007 or the first quarter of 2008. In accordance with industry practice, loans approved by GSEs and other automated underwriting systems under “doc waiver” programs that do not require verification of borrower income are classified by us as “full documentation.” For additional information about such loans, see footnote 4 to the table titled “Default Statistics for the MGIC Book” in “ — Exposure to Catastrophic Loss; Defaults; Claims; Loss Mitigation — Defaults” Item 1.B. above.

From time to time, in response to market conditions, we change the types of loans that we insure and the guidelines under which we insure them. In addition, we make exceptions to our underwriting guidelines on a loan-by-loan basis and for certain customer programs. Together, the number of loans for which exceptions were made accounted for fewer than 4% of the loans we insured in 2010 and fewer than 5% of the loans we insured in 2011. A large percentage of the exceptions were made for loans with debt-to-income ratios slightly above our guideline. Beginning in September 2009, we have made changes to our underwriting guidelines that have allowed certain loans to be eligible for insurance that were not eligible prior to those changes and we expect to continue to make changes in appropriate circumstances in the future. As noted above in “— Competition or changes in our relationships with our customers could reduce our revenues or increase our losses,” in the first quarter of 2012, we made changes to streamline our underwriting guidelines and lowered our premium rates on loans with credit scores of 760 or higher. Our underwriting guidelines are available on our website at http://www.mgic.com/guides/underwriting.html.


As of December 31, 2011, approximately 2.6% of our primary risk in force written through the flow channel, and 33.0% of our primary risk in force written through the bulk channel, consisted of adjustable rate mortgages in which the initial interest rate may be adjusted during the five years after the mortgage closing (“ARMs”). We classify as fixed rate loans adjustable rate mortgages in which the initial interest rate is fixed during the five years after the mortgage closing. We believe that when the reset interest rate significantly exceeds the interest rate at loan origination, claims on ARMs and adjustable rate mortgages whose interest rates may only be adjusted after five years would be substantially higher than for fixed rate loans. Moreover, even if interest rates remain unchanged, claims on ARMs with a “teaser rate” (an initial interest rate that does not fully reflect the index which determines subsequent rates) may also be substantially higher because of the increase in the mortgage payment that will occur when the fully indexed rate becomes effective. In addition, we have insured “interest-only” loans, which may also be ARMs, and loans with negative amortization features, such as pay option ARMs. We believe claim rates on these loans will be substantially higher than on loans without scheduled payment increases that are made to borrowers of comparable credit quality.

Although we attempt to incorporate these higher expected claim rates into our underwriting and pricing models, there can be no assurance that the premiums earned and the associated investment income will be adequate to compensate for actual losses even under our current underwriting guidelines. We do, however, believe that given the various changes in our underwriting guidelines that were effective beginning in the first quarter of 2008, our insurance written beginning in the second quarter of 2008 will generate underwriting profits.

The premiums we charge may not be adequate to compensate us for our liabilities for losses and as a result any inadequacy could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We set premiums at the time a policy is issued based on our expectations regarding likely performance over the long-term. Our premiums are subject to approval by state regulatory agencies, which can delay or limit our ability to increase our premiums. Generally, we cannot cancel the mortgage insurance coverage or adjust renewal premiums during the life of a mortgage insurance policy. As a result, higher than anticipated claims generally cannot be offset by premium increases on policies in force or mitigated by our non-renewal or cancellation of insurance coverage. The premiums we charge, and the associated investment income, may not be adequate to compensate us for the risks and costs associated with the insurance coverage provided to customers. An increase in the number or size of claims, compared to what we anticipate, could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.

In January 2008, we announced that we had decided to stop writing the portion of our bulk business that insures loans which are included in Wall Street securitizations because the performance of loans included in such securitizations deteriorated materially in the fourth quarter of 2007 and this deterioration was materially worse than we experienced for loans insured through the flow channel or loans insured through the remainder of our bulk channel. As of December 31, 2007 we established a premium deficiency reserve of approximately $1.2 billion. As of December 31, 2011, the premium deficiency reserve was $134.8 million, which reflects the present value of expected future losses and expenses that exceeds the present value of expected future premium and already established loss reserves on these bulk transactions.


We continue to experience material losses, especially on the 2006 and 2007 books. The ultimate amount of these losses will depend in part on general economic conditions, including unemployment, and the direction of home prices, which in turn will be influenced by general economic conditions and other factors. Because we cannot predict future home prices or general economic conditions with confidence, there is significant uncertainty surrounding what our ultimate losses will be on our 2006 and 2007 books. Our current expectation, however, is that these books will continue to generate material incurred and paid losses for a number of years. There can be no assurance that an additional premium deficiency reserve on Wall Street Bulk or on other portions of our insurance portfolio will not be required.

It is uncertain what effect foreclosure moratoriums and issues arising from the investigation of servicers’ foreclosure procedures will have on us.

Various government entities and private parties have from time to time enacted foreclosure (or equivalent) moratoriums and suspensions (which we collectively refer to as moratoriums). Recently, various government agencies have been investigating large mortgage servicers and other parties to determine whether they acted improperly in foreclosure proceedings. We do not know what effect improprieties that may have occurred in a particular foreclosure have on the validity of that foreclosure, once it was completed and the property transferred to the lender. Under our policy, in general, completion of a foreclosure is a condition precedent to the filing of a claim.

Past moratoriums, which were imposed to afford time to determine whether loans could be modified, did not stop the accrual of interest or affect other expenses on a loan, and we cannot predict whether any future moratorium would do so. Therefore, unless a loan is cured during a moratorium, at the expiration of a moratorium, additional interest and expenses may be due to the lender from the borrower. For certain moratoriums (e.g., those imposed in order to afford time to modify loans), our paid claim amount may include some additional interest and expenses. For moratoriums or delays resulting from investigations into servicers and other parties’ actions in foreclosure proceedings, our willingness to pay additional interest and expenses may be different, subject to the terms of our mortgage insurance policies. The various moratoriums and delays may temporarily delay our receipt of claims and may increase the length of time a loan remains in our delinquent loan inventory.

In early January 2011, the highest court in Massachusetts, a state in which foreclosures are accomplished by private sale rather than judicial action, held the foreclosure laws of that state required a person seeking to foreclose a mortgage to be the holder of the mortgage at the time notice of foreclosure was published. The servicers who had foreclosed in this case did not provide sufficient evidence that they were the holders of the mortgages and therefore they lacked authority to foreclose. Some courts in other jurisdictions have considered similar issues and reached similar conclusions, but other courts have reached different conclusions. These decisions have not had a direct impact on our claims processes or rescissions.

We are susceptible to disruptions in the servicing of mortgage loans that we insure.

We depend on reliable, consistent third-party servicing of the loans that we insure. Over the last several years, the mortgage loan servicing industry has experienced consolidation. The resulting reduction in the number of servicers could lead to disruptions in the servicing of mortgage loans covered by our insurance policies. In addition, current housing market trends have led to significant increases in the number of delinquent mortgage loans requiring servicing. These increases have strained the resources of servicers, reducing their ability to undertake mitigation efforts that could help limit our losses, and have resulted in an increasing amount of delinquent loan servicing being transferred to specialty servicers. The transfer of servicing can cause a disruption in the servicing of delinquent loans. Future housing market conditions could lead to additional increases in delinquencies. Managing a substantially higher volume of non-performing loans could lead to increased disruptions in the servicing of mortgages. Investigations into whether servicers have acted improperly in foreclosure proceedings may further strain the resources of servicers.


If interest rates decline, house prices appreciate or mortgage insurance cancellation requirements change, the length of time that our policies remain in force could decline and result in declines in our revenue.

In each year, most of our premiums are from insurance that has been written in prior years. As a result, the length of time insurance remains in force, which is also generally referred to as persistency, is a significant determinant of our revenues. The factors affecting the length of time our insurance remains in force include:

 
·
the level of current mortgage interest rates compared to the mortgage coupon rates on the insurance in force, which affects the vulnerability of the insurance in force to refinancings, and

 
·
mortgage insurance cancellation policies of mortgage investors along with the current value of the homes underlying the mortgages in the insurance in force.

Our persistency rate was 82.9% at December 31, 2011, compared to 84.4% at December 31, 2010. During the 1990s, our year-end persistency ranged from a high of 87.4% at December 31, 1990 to a low of 68.1% at December 31, 1998. Since 2000, our year-end persistency ranged from a high of 84.7% at December 31, 2009 to a low of 47.1% at December 31, 2003. Future premiums on our insurance in force represent a material portion of our claims paying resources.

Your ownership in our company may be diluted by additional capital that we raise or if the holders of our outstanding convertible debt convert that debt into shares of our common stock.

As noted above under “—Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis,” we may be required to raise additional equity capital. Any such future sales would dilute your ownership interest in our company. In addition, the market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares or similar securities in the market or the perception that such sales could occur.

We have $389.5 million principal amount of 9% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures outstanding. The principal amount of the debentures is currently convertible, at the holder’s option, at an initial conversion rate, which is subject to adjustment, of 74.0741 common shares per $1,000 principal amount of debentures. This represents an initial conversion price of approximately $13.50 per share. We have the right, and may elect, to defer interest payable under the debentures in the future. If a holder elects to convert its debentures, the interest that has been deferred on the debentures being converted is also converted into shares of our common stock. The conversion rate for such deferred interest is based on the average price that our shares traded at during a 5-day period immediately prior to the election to convert the associated debentures. We also have $345 million principal amount of 5% Convertible Senior Notes outstanding. The Senior Notes are convertible, at the holder’s option, at an initial conversion rate, which is subject to adjustment, of 74.4186 shares per $1,000 principal amount at any time prior to the maturity date. This represents an initial conversion price of approximately $13.44 per share. We do not have the right to defer interest on these Senior Notes.


Our debt obligations materially exceed our holding company cash and investments

As noted above, our holding company contributed $200 million to its insurance operations in December 2011 to support these operations. After the contribution, at December 31, 2011, we had $487 million in cash and investments at our holding company and our holding company’s debt obligations were $906 million in par value, consisting of $171 million of Senior Notes due in November 2015, $345 million of Convertible Senior Notes due in 2017, and $390 million of Convertible Junior Debentures due in 2063. Annual interest cost on the debt, as of December 31, 2011, was $61 million. Our holding company has no material sources of cash inflows other than investment income. Any additional contributions would further decrease our holding company cash and investments. See Note 8 – “Debt” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about the holding company’s debt obligations, including restrictive covenants in our Senior Notes and our right to defer interest on our Convertible Junior Debentures.

We could be adversely affected if personal information on consumers that we maintain is improperly disclosed.

As part of our business, we maintain large amounts of personal information on consumers. While we believe we have appropriate information security policies and systems to prevent unauthorized disclosure, there can be no assurance that unauthorized disclosure, either through the actions of third parties or employees, will not occur. Unauthorized disclosure could adversely affect our reputation and expose us to material claims for damages.

The implementation of the Basel II capital accord, or other changes to our customers’ capital requirements, may discourage the use of mortgage insurance.

In 1988, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) developed the Basel Capital Accord (Basel I), which set out international benchmarks for assessing banks’ capital adequacy requirements. In June 2005, the Basel Committee issued an update to Basel I (as revised in November 2005, Basel II). Basel II was implemented by many banks in the United States and many other countries in 2009 and 2010. Basel II affects the capital treatment provided to mortgage insurance by domestic and international banks in both their origination and securitization activities.

The Basel II provisions related to residential mortgages and mortgage insurance, or other changes to our customers’ capital requirements, may provide incentives to certain of our bank customers not to insure mortgages having a lower risk of claim and to insure mortgages having a higher risk of claim. The Basel II provisions may also alter the competitive positions and financial performance of mortgage insurers in other ways.


The discussion above does not reflect the release by the Basel Committee in December 2010 of the nearly final version of Basel III or the subsequent guidance issued. Basel III will increase the capital requirements of certain banking organizations. Implementation of Basel III will require formal regulations, which have not yet been proposed by the federal banking agencies and will involve a substantial phase-in period. We are continuing to evaluate the potential effects of the Basel III guidelines on our business.

Our Australian operations may suffer significant losses.

We began international operations in Australia, where we started to write business in June 2007. Since 2008, we are no longer writing new business in Australia. Our existing risk in force in Australia is subject to the risks described in the general economic and insurance business-related factors discussed above. In addition to these risks, we are subject to a number of other risks from having deployed capital in Australia, including foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations and interest-rate volatility particular to Australia.
 
 
Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Properties.

At December 31, 2011, we leased office space in various cities throughout the United States under leases expiring between 2012 and 2017 and which required annual rental payments that in the aggregate are immaterial.

We own our headquarters facility and an additional office/warehouse facility, both located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, which contain an aggregate of approximately 310,000 square feet of space.

Legal Proceedings.

On December 11, 2011, seven mortgage insurers (including MGIC) and a large mortgage lender (which was the named plaintiffs’ lender) were named as defendants in a complaint, alleged to be a class action, filed in U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. On December 30, 2011, a similar complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania by different plaintiffs against the same seven mortgage insurers and another large lender. The complaints in both cases alleged various causes of action related to the captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements of these two mortgage lenders, including that the defendants violated the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”) by paying excessive premiums to the lenders’ captive reinsurers in relation to the risk assumed by those captives. The named plaintiffs’ loans were not insured by MGIC. MGIC denies any wrongdoing and intends to vigorously defend itself against the allegations in the lawsuits. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to further litigation under RESPA or that the outcome of any such litigation, including the lawsuits mentioned above, would not have a material adverse effect on us.

Five previously-filed purported class action complaints filed against us and several of our executive officers were consolidated in March 2009 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin and Fulton County Employees’ Retirement System was appointed as the lead plaintiff. The lead plaintiff filed a Consolidated Class Action Complaint (the “Complaint”) in June 2009. Due in part to its length and structure, it is difficult to summarize briefly the allegations in the Complaint but it appears the allegations are that we and our officers named in the Complaint violated the federal securities laws by misrepresenting or failing to disclose material information about (i) loss development in our insurance in force, and (ii) C-BASS (a former minority-owned, unconsolidated, joint venture investment), including its liquidity. The Complaint also named two officers of C-BASS with respect to the Complaints’ allegations regarding C-BASS. Our motion to dismiss the Complaint was granted in February 2010. In March 2010, plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to file an amended complaint. Attached to this motion was a proposed Amended Complaint (the “Amended Complaint”). The Amended Complaint alleged that we and two of our officers named in the Amended Complaint violated the federal securities laws by misrepresenting or failing to disclose material information about C-BASS, including its liquidity, and by failing to properly account for our investment in C-BASS. The Amended Complaint also named two officers of C-BASS with respect to the Amended Complaint’s allegations regarding C-BASS. The purported class period covered by the Amended Complaint began on February 6, 2007 and ended on August 13, 2007. The Amended Complaint sought damages based on purchases of our stock during this time period at prices that were allegedly inflated as a result of the purported violations of federal securities laws. In December 2010, the plaintiffs’ motion to file an amended complaint was denied and the Complaint was dismissed with prejudice. In January 2011, the plaintiffs appealed the February 2010 and December 2010 decisions to the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit; during oral argument before the Appeals Court regarding the case on January 12, 2012, the plaintiffs confirmed the appeal was limited to issues regarding C-BASS.  In June 2011, the plaintiffs filed a motion with the District Court for relief from that court’s judgment of dismissal on the ground of newly discovered evidence consisting of transcripts the plaintiffs obtained of testimony taken by the Securities and Exchange Commission in its now-terminated investigation regarding C-BASS. We are opposing this motion and the matter is awaiting decision by the District Court. We are unable to predict the outcome of these consolidated cases or estimate our associated expenses or possible losses. Other lawsuits alleging violations of the securities laws could be brought against us.

 
In December 2009, Countrywide filed a complaint for declaratory relief in the Superior Court of the State of California in San Francisco against MGIC. This complaint alleges that MGIC has denied, and continues to deny, valid mortgage insurance claims submitted by Countrywide and says it seeks declaratory relief regarding the proper interpretation of the insurance policies at issue. In October 2011, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, to which the case had been removed, entered an order staying the litigation in favor of the arbitration proceeding we commenced against Countrywide in February 2010.

In the arbitration proceeding, we are seeking a determination that MGIC is entitled to rescind coverage on the loans involved in the proceeding. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, rescissions of Countrywide-related loans mitigated our paid losses on the order of $435 million. This amount is the amount we estimate we would have paid had the loans not been rescinded. On a per loan basis, the average amount that we would have paid had the loans not been rescinded was approximately $72,100. Various materials exchanged by MGIC and Countrywide bring into the dispute loans we did not previously consider to be Countrywide-related and loans on which MGIC rescinded coverage subsequent to those specified at the time MGIC began the proceeding (including loans insured through the bulk channel), and set forth Countrywide’s contention that, in addition to the claim amounts under policies it alleges MGIC has improperly rescinded, Countrywide is entitled to other damages of almost $700 million as well as exemplary damages. Countrywide and MGIC have each selected 12 loans for which a three-member arbitration panel will determine coverage. While the panel’s determination will not be binding on the other loans at issue, the panel will identify the issues for these 24 “bellwether” loans and strive to set forth findings of fact and conclusions of law in such a way as to aid the parties to apply them to the other loans at issue. The hearing before the panel on the bellwether loans was scheduled to begin in September 2012, but we and Countrywide have agreed that the parties will take steps to delay the hearing at least 60 days.
 
We intend to defend MGIC against any further proceedings arising from Countrywide’s complaint and to advocate MGIC’s position in the arbitration, vigorously. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, we have not accrued any reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome in this proceeding. An accrual for an adverse outcome in this (or any other) proceeding would be a reduction to our capital. In this regard, see the risk factor titled “— Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” in Item 1A.

At December 31, 2011, 38,127 loans in our primary delinquency inventory were Countrywide-related loans (approximately 22% of our primary delinquency inventory). Of these 38,127 loans, we expect a significant portion will cure their delinquency or be rescinded and will not involve paid claims. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, of the claims on Countrywide-related loans that were resolved (a claim is resolved when it is paid or rescinded; claims that are submitted but which are under review are not resolved until one of these two outcomes occurs), approximately 78% were paid and the remaining 22% were rescinded.

The flow policies at issue with Countrywide are in the same form as the flow policies that we use with all of our customers, and the bulk policies at issue vary from one another, but are generally similar to those used in the majority of our Wall Street bulk transactions. Because our rescission practices with Countrywide do not differ from our practices with other servicers with which we have not entered into settlement agreements, an adverse result in the Countrywide proceeding may adversely affect the ultimate result of rescissions involving other servicers and lenders. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, we estimate that total rescissions mitigated our incurred losses by approximately $3.1 billion, which included approximately $2.6 billion of mitigation on paid losses, excluding $0.6 billion that would have been applied to a deductible. At December 31, 2011, we estimate that our total loss reserves were benefited from rescissions by approximately $0.7 billion.

 
In addition to the rescissions at issue with Countrywide, we have a substantial pipeline of claims investigations and pre-rescission rebuttals (including those involving loans related to Countrywide) that we expect will eventually result in future rescissions. For additional information about rescissions as well as rescission settlement agreements, see the risk factor titled “— Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper” in Item 1A.
 
In addition to the above litigation, we face other litigation, regulatory risks and disputes. For additional information about such other litigation and regulatory risks, you should review our risk factors titled  “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future” and “The settlement agreement we reached with the Internal Revenue Service, relating to significant proposed adjustments to our taxable income for 2000 through 2007, may not be finalized” in Item 1A.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

Certain information with respect to our executive officers as of February 29, 2012 is set forth below:

Name and Age
 
Title
Curt S. Culver, 59
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of MGIC Investment Corporation and MGIC; Director of MGIC Investment Corporation and MGIC
     
Patrick Sinks, 55
 
President and Chief Operating Officer of MGIC Investment Corporation and MGIC
     
J. Michael Lauer, 67
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of MGIC Investment Corporation and MGIC
     
Lawrence J. Pierzchalski, 59
 
Executive Vice President – Risk Management of MGIC
     
Jeffrey H. Lane, 62
 
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of MGIC Investment Corporation and MGIC
     
James A. Karpowicz, 64
 
Senior Vice President–Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer of MGIC Investment Corporation and MGIC
     
Michael G. Meade, 62
 
Senior Vice President–Information Services and Chief Information Officer of MGIC

Mr. Culver has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2000 and as our Chairman of the Board since January 2005. He was our President from January 1999 to January 2006 and was President of MGIC from May 1996 to January 2006. Mr. Culver has been a senior officer of MGIC since 1988 having responsibility at various times during his career with MGIC for field operations, marketing and corporate development. From March 1985 to 1988, he held various management positions with MGIC in the areas of marketing and sales.

 
Mr. Sinks became our and MGIC’s President and Chief Operating Officer in January 2006.  He was Executive Vice President-Field Operations of MGIC from January 2004 to January 2006 and was Senior Vice President-Field Operations of MGIC from July 2002 to January 2004. From March 1985 to July 2002, he held various positions within MGIC’s finance and accounting organization, the last of which was Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer.

Mr. Lauer has served as our and MGIC’s Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since March 1989.

Mr. Pierzchalski has served as Executive Vice President-Risk Management of MGIC since May 1996 and prior thereto as Senior Vice President-Risk Management or Vice President-Risk Management of MGIC from April 1990 to May 1996. From March 1985 to April 1990, he held various management positions with MGIC in the areas of market research, corporate planning and risk management.

Mr. Lane has served as our and MGIC’s Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since January 2008 and prior thereto as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from August 1996 to January 2008. For more than five years prior to his joining us, Mr. Lane was a partner of Foley & Lardner, a law firm headquartered in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

Mr. Karpowicz has served as our and MGIC’s Senior Vice President–Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer since January 2005 and has been Treasurer since 1998. From 1986 to January 2005, he held various positions within MGIC’s investment operations organization, the last of which was Vice President.

Mr. Meade has served as MGIC’s Senior Vice President–Information Services and Chief Information Officer since February 1992 and is expected to retire in March 2012. From 1985 to 1992, he held various positions within MGIC’s information services organization, the last of which was Vice President–Information Services.

Mr. Gregory A. Chi, 52, joined MGIC in February 2012 and is expected to assume Mr. Meade’s responsibilities upon Mr. Meade’s retirement and to become an Executive Officer.  Prior to joining MGIC, Mr. Chi had been Senior Vice President of Enterprise Delivery Services with SunTrust Bank since 2008. Prior to joining SunTrust, Mr. Chi had been Vice President, Information Technology Development Application with MetLife, Inc. since 2005.  Prior to that, Mr. Chi held various senior management positions in the financial services industry.
 
PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

(a) Our Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “MTG.” The following table sets forth for 2011 and 2010 by calendar quarter the high and low sales prices of our Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange.

 
   
2011
   
2010
 
Quarter
 
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
First
  $ 11.79     $ 7.74     $ 11.36     $ 5.78  
Second
    9.64       5.41       13.80       6.87  
Third
    6.82       1.59       9.60       6.48  
Fourth
    3.99       1.51       10.90       8.06  

In October 2008, the Board suspended payment of our cash dividend.  Accordingly, no cash dividends were paid in 2010 or 2011.  The payment of future dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board and will depend on many factors, including our operating results, financial condition and capital position.  See Note 8, “Debt,” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for dividend restrictions if we elect to defer interest on our Convertible Junior Debentures.  We are a holding company and the payment of dividends from our insurance subsidiaries is restricted by insurance regulations. For a discussion of these restrictions, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 of this annual report and Note 16, “Dividend restrictions,” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
 
As of February 15, 2012, the number of shareholders of record was 125. In addition, we estimate there are approximately 19,000 beneficial owners of shares held by brokers and fiduciaries.

Information regarding equity compensation plans is contained in Item 12.

(b) Not applicable.

(c) We did not repurchase any shares of Common Stock during the fourth quarter of 2011.

 
Selected Financial Data.
 
   
Year Ended December 31,
 
   
2011
    2010     2009     2008     2007  
Summary of Operations
                             
Revenues:
                             
Net premiums written
  $ 1,064,380     $ 1,101,795     $ 1,243,027     $ 1,466,047     $ 1,345,794  
                                         
Net premiums earned
  $ 1,123,835     $ 1,168,747     $ 1,302,341     $ 1,393,180     $ 1,262,390  
Investment income, net
    201,270       247,253       304,678       308,517       259,828  
Realized investment gains (losses), net, including net impairment losses
    142,715       92,937       51,934       (12,486 )     142,195  
Other revenue
    36,459       11,588       49,573       32,315       28,793  
                                         
Total revenues
    1,504,279       1,520,525       1,708,526       1,721,526       1,693,206  
                                         
Losses and expenses:
                                       
Losses incurred, net
    1,714,707       1,607,541       3,379,444       3,071,501       2,365,423  
Change in premium deficiency reserve
    (44,150 )     (51,347 )     (261,150 )     (756,505 )     1,210,841  
Underwriting and other expenses
    214,750       225,142       239,612       271,314       309,610  
Reinsurance fee
    -       -       26,407       1,781       -  
Interest expense
    103,271       98,589       89,266       81,074       41,986  
                                         
Total losses and expenses
    1,988,578       1,879,925       3,473,579       2,669,165       3,927,860  
                                         
Loss before tax and joint ventures
    (484,299 )     (359,400 )     (1,765,053 )     (947,639 )     (2,234,654 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    1,593       4,335       (442,776 )     (397,798 )     (833,977 )
Income (loss) from joint ventures, net of tax(1)
    -       -       -       24,486       (269,341 )
                                         
Net loss
  $ (485,892 )   $ (363,735 )   $ (1,322,277 )   $ (525,355 )   $ (1,670,018 )
                                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding (in thousands)
    201,019       176,406       124,209       113,962       81,294  
                                         
Diluted loss per share
  $ (2.42 )   $ (2.06 )   $ (10.65 )   $ (4.61 )   $ (20.54 )
                                         
Dividends per share
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 0.075     $ 0.775  
                                         
Balance sheet data
                                       
Total investments
  $ 5,823,647     $ 7,458,282     $ 7,254,465     $ 7,045,536     $ 5,896,233  
Cash and cash equivalents
    995,799       1,304,154       1,185,739       1,097,334       288,933  
Total assets
    7,216,230       9,333,642       9,404,419       9,146,734       7,716,361  
Loss reserves
    4,557,512       5,884,171       6,704,990       4,775,552       2,642,479  
Premium deficiency reserve
    134,817       178,967       193,186       454,336       1,210,841  
Short- and long-term debt
    170,515       376,329       377,098       698,446       798,250  
Convertible senior notes
    345,000       345,000       -       -       -  
Convertible junior debentures
    344,422       315,626       291,785       272,465       -  
Shareholders’ equity
    1,196,815       1,669,055       1,302,581       2,434,233       2,594,343  
Book value per share
    5.95       8.33       10.41       19.46       31.72  
 
 
(1)  
For many years ending in 2008, we had significant investments in two less than majority owned joint ventures, Credit-Based Asset Servicing and Securitization LLC, or “C-BASS,” and Sherman Financial Group LLC, or “Sherman.” In 2007, we reduced the carrying value of C-BASS to zero.  As a result, in 2008, our joint venture income principally consisted of income from Sherman. In August 2008, we sold our entire interest in Sherman to Sherman.  Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, our results of operations are no longer affected by any joint venture results.
 

 
     
Year Ended December 31,
 
     
2011
     
2010
     
2009
     
2008
     
2007
 
New primary insurance written ($ millions)
  $ 14,234     $ 12,257     $ 19,942     $ 48,230     $ 76,806  
New primary risk written ($ millions)
    3,525       2,944       4,149       11,669       19,632  
New pool risk written ($ millions)
    -       -       4       145       211  
                                         
Insurance in force (at year-end) ($ millions)
                                       
Direct primary insurance
    172,873       191,250       212,182       226,955       211,745  
Direct primary risk
    44,462       48,979       54,343       58,981       55,794  
Direct pool risk
                                       
   With aggregate loss limits
    674       1,154       1,478       1,752       2,325  
   Without aggregate loss limits
    1,177       1,532       1,951       2,521       4,131  
                                         
Primary loans in default ratios
                                       
Policies in force
    1,090,086       1,228,315       1,360,456       1,472,757       1,437,432  
Loans in default
    175,639       214,724       250,440       182,188       107,120  
Percentage of loans in default
    16.11 %     17.48 %     18.41 %     12.37 %     7.45 %
Percentage of loans in default — bulk
    35.33 %     37.36 %     40.87 %     32.64 %     21.91 %
                                         
Insurance operating ratios (GAAP) (1)
                                       
Loss ratio
    152.6 %     137.5 %     259.5 %     220.4 %     187.3 %
Expense ratio
    16.0 %     16.3 %     15.1 %     14.2 %     15.8 %
                                         
Combined ratio
    168.6 %     153.8 %     274.6 %     234.6 %     203.1 %
                                         
Risk-to-capital ratio (statutory)
                                       
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation
 
20.3:1
   
19.8:1
   
19.4:1
   
12.9:1
   
10.3:1
 
Combined insurance companies
 
22.2:1
   
23.2:1
   
22.1:1
   
14.7:1
   
11.9:1
 
 
 (1)  
The loss ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the sum of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses to net premiums earned. The expense ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the combined insurance operations underwriting expenses to net premiums written.
 
 
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

Through our subsidiary MGIC, we are the largest private mortgage insurer in the United States, as measured by $172.9 billion of primary insurance in force at December 31, 2011.

As used below, “we” and “our” refer to MGIC Investment Corporation’s consolidated operations. In the discussion below, we classify, in accordance with industry practice, as “full documentation” loans approved by GSE and other automated underwriting systems under “doc waiver” programs that do not require verification of borrower income. For additional information about such loans, see footnote (3) to the composition of primary default inventory table under “Results of Consolidated Operations—Losses—Losses Incurred” below. The discussion of our business in this document generally does not apply to our Australian operations which have historically been immaterial. The results of our operations in Australia are included in the consolidated results disclosed. For additional information about our Australian operations, see our risk factor titled “Our Australian operations may suffer significant losses” in Item 1A of this Report and “Overview—Australia” below.

Forward Looking and Other Statements

As discussed under “Forward Looking Statements and Risk Factors” in Item 1A of Part 1 of this Report, actual results may differ materially from the results contemplated by forward looking statements. We are not undertaking any obligation to update any forward looking statements or other statements we may make in the following discussion or elsewhere in this document even though these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward looking statements or other statements were made. Therefore no reader of this document should rely on these statements being current as of any time other than the time at which this document was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Outlook

At this time, we are facing the following particularly significant challenges:

 
·
Whether we may continue to write insurance on new residential mortgage loans due to actions our regulators or the GSEs could take upon deterioration in our capital position or based upon their projections of future deterioration in our capital position. This challenge is discussed under “Capital” below.

 
·
Whether we will prevail in legal proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper. For additional information about this challenge and other potentially significant challenges that we face, see “Rescissions” below as well as our risk factors titled “Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper” and “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future.” An adverse outcome in these matters would negatively impact our capital position. See discussion of this challenge under “Capital” below.


 
·
Whether private mortgage insurance will remain a significant credit enhancement alternative for low down payment single family mortgages. A definition of “qualified residential mortgages” (“QRM”) that significantly impacts the volume of low down payment mortgages available to be insured or a possible restructuring or change in the charters of the GSEs could significantly affect our business. This challenge is discussed under “Qualified Residential Mortgages” and “GSE Reform” below.

Capital

Insurance regulators

The insurance laws or regulations of 16 jurisdictions, including Wisconsin, our domiciliary state, require a mortgage insurer to maintain a minimum amount of statutory capital relative to the risk in force (or a similar measure) in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new business. We refer to these requirements as the “Capital Requirements.” While formulations of minimum capital may vary in certain jurisdictions, the most common measure applied allows for a maximum permitted risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1. A risk-to-capital ratio will increase if the percentage decrease in capital exceeds the percentage decrease in insured risk. Therefore, as capital decreases, the same dollar decrease in capital will cause a greater percentage decrease in capital and a greater increase in the risk-to-capital ratio. Wisconsin does not regulate capital by using a risk-to-capital measure but instead requires us to maintain a minimum policyholder position (“MPP”). The “policyholder position” of a mortgage insurer is its net worth or surplus, contingency reserve and a portion of the reserves for unearned premiums.

In December 2011, our holding company, MGIC Investment Corporation, contributed $200 million to increase the statutory capital of MGIC. (As of December 31, 2011, there was $487 million of cash and investments at our holding company). At December 31, 2011, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio was 20.3 to 1 and its policyholder position exceeded the MPP by $185 million. We currently expect MGIC’s risk-to-capital to exceed 25 to 1 in the second half of 2012. At December 31, 2011, the risk-to-capital ratio of our combined insurance operations (which includes reinsurance affiliates) was 22.2 to 1. A higher risk-to-capital ratio on a combined basis may indicate that, in order for MGIC to continue to utilize reinsurance arrangements with its subsidiaries or subsidiaries of our holding company, additional capital contributions to the reinsurance affiliates could be needed. These reinsurance arrangements permit MGIC to write insurance with a higher coverage percentage than it could on its own under certain state-specific requirements.


The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) adopted Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles No. 101 (“SSAP No. 101”) effective January 1, 2012. As MGIC approaches a risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1, under SSAP No. 101, the benefit to statutory capital allowed for deferred tax assets will be eliminated. Effectively, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio, computed while excluding any deferred tax assets from the capital base, must be under 25 to 1 in order to include such deferred tax assets in the amount of available statutory capital. Any exclusion of these assets would negatively impact our statutory capital for purposes of calculating compliance with the Capital Requirements. At December 31, 2011, deferred tax assets of $142 million were included in MGIC’s statutory capital. For more information about factors that could negatively impact our compliance with Capital Requirements, which depending on the severity of adverse outcomes could result in material non-compliance with Capital Requirements, see our risk factors titled “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future,” “We have reported net losses for the last five years, expect to continue to report annual net losses, and cannot assure you when we will return to profitability” and “The settlement agreement we reached with the Internal Revenue Service, relating to significant proposed adjustments to our taxable income for 2000 through 2007, may not be finalized” in Item 1A. As discussed below, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 450-20, we have not accrued an estimated loss in our financial statements to reflect possible adverse developments in litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings. An accrual, if one was required and depending on the amount, could result in material non-compliance with Capital Requirements.

Although we currently meet the Capital Requirements of the jurisdictions in which we write business, in December 2009, the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin (“OCI”) issued an order waiving, until December 31, 2011, its Capital Requirements. On January 23, 2012, the OCI issued an order (the “New Order”) waiving, until December 31, 2013, its Capital Requirements. In place of the Capital Requirements, the New Order provides, as did the prior order, that MGIC can write new business as long as it maintains regulatory capital that the OCI determines is reasonably in excess of a level that would constitute a financially hazardous condition. Pursuant to the New Order, MGIC contributed $200 million to MGIC Indemnity Corporation (“MIC”), a direct subsidiary of MGIC, in January 2012, as part of the plan discussed below to write new mortgage insurance in MIC in certain jurisdictions.

The New Order requires MGIC Investment Corporation, beginning January 1, 2012 and continuing through the earlier of December 31, 2013 and the termination of the New Order (the “Covered Period”), to make cash equity contributions to MGIC as may be necessary so that its “Liquid Assets” are at least $1 billion (this portion of the New Order is referred to as the “Keepwell Provision”). “Liquid Assets”, which include those of MGIC as well as those held in certain of our subsidiaries, excluding MIC and its reinsurance affiliates, are the sum of (i) the aggregate cash and cash equivalents, (ii) fair market value of investments and (iii) assets held in trusts supporting the obligations of captive mortgage reinsurers to MGIC. As of December 31, 2011, “Liquid Assets” were approximately $6.4 billion. Although we do not expect that MGIC’s Liquid Assets will fall below $1 billion during the Covered Period, we do expect the amount of Liquid Assets to continue to decline materially after December 31, 2011 and through the end of the Covered Period as MGIC’s claim payments and other uses of cash continue to exceed cash generated from operations. For more information about factors that could negatively impact MGIC’s Liquid Assets, see our risk factors titled “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future,” “We have reported net losses for the last five years, expect to continue to report annual net losses, and cannot assure you when we will return to profitability” and “The settlement agreement we reached with the Internal Revenue Service, relating to significant proposed adjustments to our taxable income for 2000 through 2007, may not be finalized” in Item 1A.


MGIC previously applied for waivers in all jurisdictions besides Wisconsin that have Capital Requirements and received waivers from some of them. Most of the waivers that MGIC received expired December 31, 2011. We expect to reapply for waivers in all other jurisdictions that have Capital Requirements, and whose laws allow waivers (“Waiver Jurisdictions”), before they are needed. Some jurisdictions denied our original request for a waiver and others may deny future requests. The OCI and insurance departments of other jurisdictions, in their sole discretion, may modify, terminate or extend their waivers. Any modification or extension of the Keepwell Provision requires our written consent. If the OCI or another insurance department modifies or terminates its waiver, or if it fails to grant a waiver or renew its waiver after expiration, depending on the circumstances, MGIC could be prevented from writing new business anywhere, in the case of the waiver from the OCI, or in the particular jurisdiction, in the case of the other waivers, if MGIC does not comply with the Capital Requirements unless MGIC obtained additional capital to enable it to comply with the Capital Requirements. New insurance written in the jurisdictions that have Capital Requirements represented approximately 50% of new insurance written in each of 2010 and 2011. If we were prevented from writing new business in all jurisdictions, our insurance operations in MGIC would be in run-off (meaning no new loans would be insured but loans previously insured would continue to be covered, with premiums continuing to be received and losses continuing to be paid on those loans) until MGIC either met the Capital Requirements or obtained a necessary waiver to allow it to once again write new business.

We cannot assure you that all Waiver Jurisdictions will grant a waiver of their Capital Requirements, the OCI or any other jurisdiction that has granted a waiver of its Capital Requirements will not modify or revoke the waiver, or will renew the waiver when it expires, or that MGIC could obtain the additional capital necessary to comply with the Capital Requirements. Depending on the circumstances, the amount of additional capital we might need could be substantial. See our risk factor titled “Your ownership in our company may be diluted by additional capital that we raise or if the holders of our outstanding convertible debt convert that debt into shares of our common stock.”

We have implemented a plan to write new mortgage insurance in MIC in selected jurisdictions in order to address our expectation that in the future MGIC will not meet the Capital Requirements discussed above and may not be able to obtain appropriate waivers of these requirements in all jurisdictions in which Capital Requirements are present. As of December 31, 2011, MIC had statutory capital of $234 million (which does not include the $200 million contribution that was made in January 2012, in accordance with the New Order). MIC has received the necessary approvals, including from the OCI, to write business in all of the jurisdictions in which MGIC would be prohibited from continuing to write new business in the event of MGIC’s failure to meet Capital Requirements and obtain waivers of those requirements. Depending on the level of losses that MGIC experiences in the future, however, it is possible that regulatory action by one or more jurisdictions, including those that do not have specific Capital Requirements, may prevent MGIC from continuing to write new insurance in some or all of the jurisdictions in which MIC is not eligible to insure loans purchased or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. If this were to occur, we would need to seek the GSEs’ approval to allow MIC to write business in those jurisdictions. MIC has obtained the appropriate licenses to write business in all jurisdictions.


In October 2009, we, MGIC and MIC entered into an agreement with Fannie Mae under which MGIC agreed to contribute $200 million to MIC (which MGIC did in 2009) and Fannie Mae approved MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer through December 31, 2011. On January 23, 2012, we, MGIC and MIC, entered into a new agreement with Fannie Mae (the “Fannie Mae Extension”) under which we agreed to contribute $200 million to increase the statutory capital of MGIC (our $200 million contribution in December 2011 met this requirement), MGIC agreed to contribute $200 million to MIC on or before January 31, 2012, which MGIC did, and Fannie Mae extended its approval of MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer through December 31, 2013. Under the Fannie Mae Extension, MIC will be eligible to write mortgage insurance only in those jurisdictions (other than Wisconsin) in which MGIC cannot write new insurance due to MGIC’s failure to meet Capital Requirements and if MGIC fails to obtain relief from those requirements or a specific waiver of them. The Fannie Mae Extension, including certain conditions and restrictions to its continued effectiveness, is summarized more fully in, and included as an exhibit to, our Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on January 24, 2012. Such conditions include the continued effectiveness of the OCI’s New Order and the continued applicability of the Keepwell Provisions in the New Order. As noted above, we cannot assure you that the OCI will not modify or revoke the New Order, or that it will renew it when it expires.

On February 11, 2010, Freddie Mac notified MGIC that it may utilize MIC to write new business in jurisdictions in which MGIC does not meet Capital Requirements and does not obtain appropriate waivers of those requirements. Freddie Mac’s approval, scheduled to expire December 31, 2012, contained various conditions to MIC’s eligibility, including that MIC could not be capitalized with more than the $200 million contribution made in 2009, without prior approval from Freddie Mac. On January 23, 2012, Freddie Mac agreed to modify its approval in order to allow the $200 million contribution from MGIC to MIC that is provided for in the New Order and the Fannie Mae Extension (the “Freddie Mac Approval”).

Under the Freddie Mac Approval, MIC may write business only in those jurisdictions where MGIC does not meet the Capital Requirements and does not obtain appropriate waivers of those requirements. Freddie Mac anticipates that MGIC will obtain waivers of the minimum capital requirements of most jurisdictions that have such requirements. Therefore, as of the date of the Freddie Mac Approval, approval of MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer is only given for New York, Kansas, Kentucky, Idaho and Puerto Rico. The Freddie Mac Approval, including certain conditions and restrictions to its continued effectiveness, is summarized more fully in, and included as an exhibit to, our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 24, 2012. Such conditions include requirements that MGIC contribute $200 million to MIC on or before January 31, 2012, which MGIC did; MIC provide MGIC access to the capital of MIC in an amount necessary for MGIC to maintain sufficient liquidity to satisfy its obligations under insurance policies issued by MGIC; while MIC is writing new business under the Freddie Mac approval, MIC may not exceed a risk-to-capital ratio of 20:1; MGIC and MIC comply with all terms and conditions of the New Order and the New Order remain effective. As noted above, we cannot assure you that the OCI will not modify or revoke the New Order, or that it will renew it when it expires. As noted above, Freddie Mac has approved MIC as a Limited Insurer only through December 31, 2012 and Freddie Mac may modify the terms and conditions of its approval at any time without notice and may withdraw its approval of MIC as an eligible insurer at any time in its sole discretion. Unless Freddie Mac extends the term of its approval of MIC, whether MIC will continue as an eligible mortgage insurer after December 31, 2012 will be determined by Freddie Mac’s mortgage insurer eligibility requirements then in effect. For more information, see our risk factor titled “MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements” in item 1A.


In 2011, one of our competitors, Republic Mortgage Insurance Company (“RMIC”), ceased writing new insurance commitments after the waiver of Capital Requirements that it received from its domiciliary state expired. In early 2012, RMIC was placed under the supervision of the insurance department of its domiciliary state and that insurance department issued a partial claim payment plan, under which RMIC’s claim payments will be made at 50% for an initial period not to exceed one year, with the remaining amount deferred. In 2011, another competitor, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. (“PMI”) and the subsidiary it established to write new business if PMI was no longer able to do so, ceased issuing new mortgage insurance commitments when PMI was placed under the supervision of the insurance department of its domiciliary state. Later that year, the insurance department took possession and control of PMI and issued a partial claim payment plan, under which PMI’s claim payments will be made at 50%, with the remaining amount deferred. (PMI’s parent company subsequently filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.)

A failure to meet the Capital Requirements to insure new business does not necessarily mean that MGIC does not have sufficient resources to pay claims on its insurance liabilities. While we believe that MGIC has sufficient claims paying resources to meet its claim obligations on its insurance in force, even in scenarios in which it fails to meet Capital Requirements, we cannot assure you that the events that led to MGIC failing to meet Capital Requirements would not also result in it not having sufficient claims paying resources. Furthermore, our estimates of MGIC’s claims paying resources and claim obligations are based on various assumptions. These assumptions include our anticipated rescission activity; the timing of the receipt of claims on loans in our delinquency inventory and future claims that we anticipate will ultimately be received; future housing values and future unemployment rates. These assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty and require judgment by management. Current conditions in the domestic economy make the assumptions about when anticipated claims will be received, housing values and unemployment rates highly volatile in the sense that there is a wide range of reasonably possible outcomes. Our anticipated rescission activity is also subject to inherent uncertainty due to the difficulty of predicting the amount of claims that will be rescinded and the outcome of any legal proceedings related to rescissions that we make, including those with Countrywide. (For more information about the Countrywide legal proceedings, see our risk factor titled “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future.”)


GSEs

The GSEs have approved us as an eligible mortgage insurer, under remediation plans, even though our insurer financial strength (IFS) rating is below the published GSE minimum. The GSEs may change the requirements under our remediation plans or fail to renew, when they expire, their approvals of MIC as an eligible insurer during periods when MGIC does not meet insurance department requirements. These possibilities could result from changes imposed on the GSEs by their regulator or due to an actual or GSE-projected deterioration in our capital position. For additional information about this challenge see our risk factors titled “MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements,” “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” and “We have reported losses for the last five years, expect to continue to report annual net losses, and cannot assure you when we will return to profitability” in Item 1A.

Rescissions

Before paying a claim, we can review the loan file to determine whether we are required, under the applicable insurance policy, to pay the claim or whether we are entitled to reduce the amount of the claim. For example, all of our insurance policies provide that we can reduce or deny a claim if the servicer did not comply with its obligation to mitigate our loss by performing reasonable loss mitigation efforts or diligently pursuing a foreclosure or bankruptcy relief in a timely manner. We also do not cover losses resulting from property damage that has not been repaired. We are currently reviewing the loan files for the majority of the claims submitted to us.

In addition, subject to rescission caps in certain of our Wall Street bulk transactions, all of our insurance policies allow us to rescind coverage under certain circumstances. Because we can review the loan origination documents and information as part of our normal processing when a claim is submitted to us, rescissions occur on a loan by loan basis most often after we have received a claim. Historically, rescissions of policies for which claims have been submitted to us were not a material portion of our claims resolved during a year. However, beginning in 2008, our rescissions of policies have materially mitigated our paid losses. In each of 2009 and 2010, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $1.2 billion and in 2011, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $0.6 billion (in each case, the figure includes amounts that would have either resulted in a claim payment or been charged to a deductible under a bulk or pool policy, and may have been charged to a captive reinsurer). In recent quarters, 17% to 20% of claims received in a quarter have been resolved by rescissions, down from the peak of approximately 28% in the first half of 2009. In the second half of 2011, Countrywide materially increased the percentage of loans for which it is rebutting the assertions that we make prior to rescinding a loan. When we receive a rebuttal prior to a rescission, we do not rescind coverage until after we respond to the rebuttal. Therefore, in addition to our substantial pipeline of claims investigations, we have a substantial pipeline of pre-rescission rebuttals that, based on our historical experience with such rebuttals, we expect will eventually result in rescissions. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline after resolution of the rebuttal pipeline.


Our loss reserving methodology incorporates the effect that rescission activity is expected to have on the losses we will pay on our delinquent inventory. We do not utilize an explicit rescission rate in our reserving methodology, but rather our reserving methodology incorporates the effects rescission activity has had on our historical claim rate and claim severities. A variance between ultimate actual rescission rates and these estimates could materially affect our losses incurred. Our estimation process does not include a direct correlation between claim rates and severities to projected rescission activity or other economic conditions such as changes in unemployment rates, interest rates or housing values. Our experience is that analysis of that nature would not produce reliable results, as the change in one condition cannot be isolated to determine its sole effect on our ultimate paid losses as our ultimate paid losses are also influenced at the same time by other economic conditions. The estimation of the impact of rescissions on incurred losses, as shown in the table below, must be considered together with the various other factors impacting incurred losses and not in isolation.

The table below represents our estimate of the impact rescissions have had on reducing our loss reserves, paid losses and losses incurred.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In billions)
 
                   
Estimated rescission reduction - beginning reserve
  $ 1.3     $ 2.1     $ 0.5  
                         
Estimated rescission reduction - losses incurred
    -       0.2       2.5  
                         
Rescission reduction - paid claims
    0.6       1.2       1.2  
Amounts that may have been applied to a deductible
    -       (0.2 )     (0.3 )
Net rescission reduction - paid claims
    0.6       1.0       0.9  
                         
Estimated rescission reduction - ending reserve
  $ 0.7     $ 1.3     $ 2.1  

If the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, the outcome of the dispute ultimately would be determined by legal proceedings. Legal proceedings disputing our right to rescind coverage may be brought up to three years after the lender has obtained title to the property (typically through a foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, although in a few jurisdictions there is a longer time to bring such an action. For the majority of our rescissions that are not subject to a settlement agreement, the period in which a dispute may be brought has not ended. We consider a rescission resolved for financial reporting purposes even though legal proceedings have been initiated and are ongoing. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss from such proceedings is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, when establishing our loss reserves, we do not include additional loss reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome from ongoing legal proceedings, including those with Countrywide. For more information about these legal proceedings, see Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.


In addition to the proceedings involving Countrywide, we are involved in legal proceedings with respect to rescissions that we do not consider to be collectively material in amount. Although it is reasonably possible that, when these discussions or proceedings are completed, there will be a conclusion or determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability.

In 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with a lender-customer regarding our rescission practices. In April 2011, Freddie Mac advised its servicers that they must obtain its prior approval for rescission settlements and Fannie Mae advised its servicers that they are prohibited from entering into such settlements. In addition, in April 2011, Fannie Mae notified us that we must obtain its prior approval to enter into certain settlements. We continue to discuss with other lender-customers their objections to material rescissions and have reached settlement terms with several of our significant lender-customers. Any definitive agreement with these customers would be subject to GSE approval. One GSE has approved one of our settlement agreements, but this agreement remains subject to the approval of the other GSE. We believe that it is probable (within the meaning of ASC 450-20) that this agreement will be approved by the other GSE. As a result, we considered the terms of the agreement when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. This agreement did not have a significant impact on our established loss reserves. Neither GSE has approved our other settlement agreements and the terms of these other agreements were not considered when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. There can be no assurances that both GSEs will approve any settlement agreements and the GSEs may approve some of our settlement agreements and reject others based on the specific terms of those agreements.

Qualified Residential Mortgages

The financial reform legislation that was passed in July 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act” or “Dodd-Frank”) requires a securitizer to retain at least 5% of the risk associated with mortgage loans that are securitized, and in some cases the retained risk may be allocated between the securitizer and the lender that originated the loan. This risk retention requirement does not apply to mortgage loans that are Qualified Residential Mortgages (“QRMs”) or that are insured by the FHA or another federal agency. In March 2011, federal regulators issued the proposed risk retention rule that includes a definition of QRM. The proposed definition of QRM contains many underwriting requirements, including a maximum loan-to-value ratio (“LTV”) of 80% on a home purchase transaction, a prohibition on seller contributions toward a borrower’s down payment or closing costs, and certain limits on a borrower’s debt-to-income ratio. The LTV is to be calculated without including mortgage insurance. The following table shows the percentage of our new risk written by LTV for 2011 and 2010.


   
Percentage of new risk written
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
LTV:
           
80% and under
    0 %     0 %
80.1% - 85%
    6 %     7 %
85.1 - 90%
    41 %     48 %
90.1 - 95%
    50 %     44 %
95.1 - 97%
    3 %     1 %
> 97%
    0 %     0 %

The regulators requested public comments regarding an alternative QRM definition, the underwriting requirements of which would allow loans with a maximum LTV of 90%, higher debt-to-income ratios than allowed under the proposed QRM definition, and that may consider mortgage insurance in determining whether the LTV requirement is met. We estimate that approximately 22% of our new risk written in 2011 was on loans that would have met the alternative QRM definition.

The regulators also requested that the public comments include information that may be used to assess whether mortgage insurance reduces the risk of default. We submitted a comment letter, including studies to the effect that mortgage insurance reduces the risk of default.

The public comment period for the proposed rule expired on August 1, 2011. At this time we do not know when a final rule will be issued. Under the proposed rule, because of the capital support provided by the U.S. Government, the GSEs satisfy the Dodd-Frank risk-retention requirements while they are in conservatorship. Therefore, lenders that originate loans that are sold to the GSEs while they are in conservatorship will not be required to retain risk associated with those loans.

Depending on, among other things, (a) the final definition of QRM and its requirements for LTV, seller contribution and debt-to-income ratio, (b) to what extent, if any, the presence of mortgage insurance would allow for a higher LTV in the definition of QRM, and (c) whether lenders choose mortgage insurance for non-QRM loans, the amount of new insurance that we write may be materially adversely affected. See also our risk factor titled “If the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations declines, the amount of insurance that we write could decline, which would reduce our revenues” in Item 1A.


GSE Reform

In September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) was appointed as the conservator of the GSEs. As their conservator, FHFA controls and directs the operations of the GSEs. The appointment of FHFA as conservator, the increasing role that the federal government has assumed in the residential mortgage market, our industry’s inability, due to capital constraints, to write sufficient business to meet the needs of the GSEs or other factors may increase the likelihood that the business practices of the GSEs change in ways that may have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, these factors may increase the likelihood that the charters of the GSEs are changed by new federal legislation. The Dodd-Frank Act required the U.S. Department of the Treasury to report its recommendations regarding options for ending the conservatorship of the GSEs. This report was released on February 11, 2011 and while it does not provide any definitive timeline for GSE reform, it does recommend using a combination of federal housing policy changes to wind down the GSEs, shrink the government’s footprint in housing finance, and help bring private capital back to the mortgage market. Members of the House of Representatives and the Senate have since introduced several bills intended to scale back the GSEs. As a result of the matters referred to above, it is uncertain what role the GSEs, FHA and private capital, including private mortgage insurance, will play in the domestic residential housing finance system in the future or the impact of any such changes on our business. In addition, the timing of the impact on our business is uncertain. Any changes would require Congressional action to implement and it is difficult to estimate when Congressional action would be final and how long any associated phase-in period may last.

The GSEs have different loan purchase programs that allow different levels of mortgage insurance coverage. Under the “charter coverage” program, on certain loans lenders may choose a mortgage insurance coverage percentage that is less than the GSEs’ “standard coverage” and only the minimum required by the GSEs’ charters, with the GSEs paying a lower price for such loans. In 2011, nearly all of our volume was on loans with GSE standard coverage. We charge higher premium rates for higher coverage percentages. To the extent lenders selling loans to GSEs in the future choose charter coverage for loans that we insure, our revenues would be reduced and we could experience other adverse effects.

Both of the GSEs have guidelines on terms under which they can conduct business with mortgage insurers, such as MGIC, with financial strength ratings below Aa3/AA-. (MGIC’s financial strength rating from Moody’s Investor Service is B1, with a negative outlook, and from Standard & Poor’s Rating Services is B, with a negative outlook.) For information about how these guidelines could affect us, see “Capital – GSEs” above and our risk factor titled “MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements” in Item 1A.

Loan Modification and Other Similar Programs

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008, the federal government, including through the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the GSEs, and several lenders have adopted programs to modify loans to make them more affordable to borrowers with the goal of reducing the number of foreclosures. During 2010 and 2011, we were notified of modifications that cured delinquencies that had they become paid claims would have resulted in approximately $3.2 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, of estimated claim payments. As noted below, we cannot predict with a high degree of confidence what the ultimate re-default rate will be. For internal reporting purposes, we assume approximately 50% of those modifications will ultimately re-default, and those re-defaults may result in future claim payments. Because modifications cure the defaults with respect to the previously defaulted loans, our loss reserves do not account for potential re-defaults unless at the time the reserve is established, the re-default has already occurred. Based on information that is provided to us, most of the modifications resulted in reduced payments from interest rate and/or amortization period adjustments; less than 5% resulted in principal forgiveness.


One loan modification program is the Home Affordable Modification Program (“HAMP”). Some of HAMP’s eligibility criteria relate to the borrower’s current income and non-mortgage debt payments. Because the GSEs and servicers do not share such information with us, we cannot determine with certainty the number of loans in our delinquent inventory that are eligible to participate in HAMP. We believe that it could take several months from the time a borrower has made all of the payments during HAMP’s three month “trial modification” period for the loan to be reported to us as a cured delinquency.

We rely on information provided to us by the GSEs and servicers. We do not receive all of the information from such sources that is required to determine with certainty the number of loans that are participating in, or have successfully completed, HAMP. We are aware of approximately 12,290 loans in our primary delinquent inventory at December 31, 2011 for which the HAMP trial period has begun and which trial periods have not been reported to us as completed or cancelled. Through December 31, 2011 approximately 37,100 delinquent primary loans have cured their delinquency after entering HAMP and are not in default. In 2011 approximately 18% of our primary cures were the result of a modification, with HAMP accounting for approximately 70% of those modifications. By comparison, in 2010, approximately 27% of our primary cures were the result of a modification, with HAMP accounting for approximately 60% of those modifications. We believe that we have realized the majority of the benefits from HAMP because the number of loans insured by us that we are aware are entering HAMP trial modification periods has decreased significantly over time. Recent announcements by the U.S. Treasury have extended the end date of the HAMP program through 2013, expanded the eligibility criteria of HAMP and increased lenders’ incentives to modify loans through principal forgiveness. Approximately 68% of the loans in our primary delinquent inventory are guaranteed by the GSEs. The GSEs have informed us that they already use expanded criteria (beyond the HAMP guidelines) for determining eligibility for loan modification and currently do not offer principal forgiveness. Therefore, we currently expect new loan modifications will continue to only modestly mitigate our losses in 2012.

In 2009, the GSEs began offering the Home Affordable Refinance Program (“HARP”). HARP allows borrowers who are not delinquent but who may not otherwise be able to refinance their loans under the current GSE underwriting standards, to refinance their loans. We allow the HARP refinances on loans that we insure, regardless of whether the loan meets our current underwriting standards, and we account for the refinance as a loan modification (even where there is a new lender) rather than new insurance written. To incent lenders to allow more current borrowers to refinance their loans, in October 2011, the GSEs and their regulator, FHFA, announced an expansion of HARP. The expansion includes, among other changes, releasing certain representations in certain circumstances benefitting the GSEs. We have agreed to allow these additional HARP refinances including releasing the insured in certain circumstances from certain rescission rights we would have under our policy. While an expansion of HARP may result in fewer delinquent loans and claims in the future, our ability to rescind coverage will be limited in certain circumstances. We are unable to predict what net impact these changes may have on our incurred or paid losses.


The effect on us of loan modifications depends on how many modified loans subsequently re-default, which in turn can be affected by changes in housing values. Re-defaults can result in losses for us that could be greater than we would have paid had the loan not been modified. At this point, we cannot predict with a high degree of confidence what the ultimate re-default rate will be. In addition, because we do not have information in our database for all of the parameters used to determine which loans are eligible for modification programs, our estimates of the number of loans qualifying for modification programs are inherently uncertain. If legislation is enacted to permit a portion of a borrower’s mortgage loan balance to be reduced in bankruptcy and if the borrower re-defaults after such reduction, then the amount we would be responsible to cover would be calculated after adding back the reduction. Unless a lender has obtained our prior approval, if a borrower’s mortgage loan balance is reduced outside the bankruptcy context, including in association with a loan modification, and if the borrower re-defaults after such reduction, then under the terms of our policy the amount we would be responsible to cover would be calculated net of the reduction.

Eligibility under certain loan modification programs can also adversely affect us by creating an incentive for borrowers who are able to make their mortgage payments to become delinquent in an attempt to obtain the benefits of a modification. New notices of delinquency increase our incurred losses.

Various government entities and private parties have from time to time enacted foreclosure (or equivalent) moratoriums and suspensions (which we collectively refer to as moratoriums). Recently, various government agencies have been investigating large mortgage servicers and other parties to determine whether they acted improperly in foreclosure proceedings. We do not know what effect improprieties that may have occurred in a particular foreclosure have on the validity of that foreclosure, once it was completed and the property transferred to the lender. Under our policy, in general, completion of a foreclosure is a condition precedent to the filing of a claim.

Past moratoriums, which were imposed to afford time to determine whether loans could be modified, did not stop the accrual of interest or affect other expenses on a loan, and we cannot predict whether any future moratorium would do so. Therefore, unless a loan is cured during a moratorium, at the expiration of a moratorium, additional interest and expenses may be due to the lender from the borrower. For certain moratoriums (e.g., those imposed in order to afford time to modify loans), our paid claim amount may include some additional interest and expenses. For moratoriums or delays resulting from investigations into servicers and other parties’ actions in foreclosure proceedings, our willingness to pay additional interest and expenses may be different, subject to the terms of our mortgage insurance policies. The various moratoriums and delays may temporarily delay our receipt of claims and may increase the length of time a loan remains in our delinquent loan inventory.


In early January 2011, the highest court in Massachusetts, a state in which foreclosures are accomplished by private sale rather than judicial action, held the foreclosure laws of that state required a person seeking to foreclose a mortgage to be the holder of the mortgage at the time notice of foreclosure was published. The servicers who had foreclosed in this case did not provide sufficient evidence that they were the holders of the mortgages and therefore they lacked authority to foreclose. Some courts in other jurisdictions have considered similar issues and reached similar conclusions, but other courts have reached different conclusions. These decisions have not had a direct impact on our claims processes or rescissions.

Factors Affecting Our Results

Our results of operations are affected by:

 
·
Premiums written and earned

Premiums written and earned in a year are influenced by:

 
·
New insurance written, which increases insurance in force, and is the aggregate principal amount of the mortgages that are insured during a period. Many factors affect new insurance written, including the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations and competition to provide credit enhancement on those mortgages, including competition from the FHA, other mortgage insurers, GSE programs that may reduce or eliminate the demand for mortgage insurance and other alternatives to mortgage insurance. New insurance written does not include loans previously insured by us which are modified, such as loans modified under the Home Affordable Refinance Program.

 
·
Cancellations, which reduce insurance in force. Cancellations due to refinancings are affected by the level of current mortgage interest rates compared to the mortgage coupon rates throughout the in force book. Refinancings are also affected by current home values compared to values when the loans in the in force book became insured and the terms on which mortgage credit is available. Cancellations also include rescissions, which require us to return any premiums received related to the rescinded policy, and policies cancelled due to claim payment, which require us to return any premium received from the date of default. Finally, cancellations are affected by home price appreciation, which can give homeowners the right to cancel the mortgage insurance on their loans.

 
·
Premium rates, which are affected by the risk characteristics of the loans insured and the percentage of coverage on the loans.

 
·
Premiums ceded to reinsurance subsidiaries of certain mortgage lenders (“captives”) and risk sharing arrangements with the GSEs.


Premiums are generated by the insurance that is in force during all or a portion of the period. A change in the average insurance in force in the current period compared to an earlier period is a factor that will increase (when the average in force is higher) or reduce (when it is lower) premiums written and earned in the current period, although this effect may be enhanced (or mitigated) by differences in the average premium rate between the two periods as well as by premiums that are returned or expected to be returned in connection with claim payments and rescissions, and premiums ceded to captives or the GSEs. Also, new insurance written and cancellations during a period will generally have a greater effect on premiums written and earned in subsequent periods than in the period in which these events occur.

 
·
Investment income

Our investment portfolio is comprised almost entirely of fixed income securities rated “A” or higher. The principal factors that influence investment income are the size of the portfolio and its yield. As measured by amortized cost (which excludes changes in fair market value, such as from changes in interest rates), the size of the investment portfolio is mainly a function of cash generated from (or used in) operations, such as net premiums received, investment earnings, net claim payments and expenses, less cash provided by (or used for) non-operating activities, such as debt or stock issuances or repurchases or dividend payments. Realized gains and losses are a function of the difference between the amount received on the sale of a security and the security’s amortized cost, as well as any “other than temporary” impairments recognized in earnings. The amount received on the sale of fixed income securities is affected by the coupon rate of the security compared to the yield of comparable securities at the time of sale.

 
·
Losses incurred

Losses incurred are the current expense that reflects estimated payments that will ultimately be made as a result of delinquencies on insured loans. As explained under “Critical Accounting Policies” below, except in the case of a premium deficiency reserve, we recognize an estimate of this expense only for delinquent loans. Losses incurred are generally affected by:

 
·
The state of the economy, including unemployment, and housing values, each of which affects the likelihood that loans will become delinquent and whether loans that are delinquent cure their delinquency. The level of new delinquencies has historically followed a seasonal pattern, with new delinquencies in the first part of the year lower than new delinquencies in the latter part of the year, though this pattern can be affected by the state of the economy and local housing markets.

 
·
The product mix of the in force book, with loans having higher risk characteristics generally resulting in higher delinquencies and claims.

 
·
The size of loans insured, with higher average loan amounts tending to increase losses incurred.

 
·
The percentage of coverage on insured loans, with deeper average coverage tending to increase incurred losses.


 
·
Changes in housing values, which affect our ability to mitigate our losses through sales of properties with delinquent mortgages as well as borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments when the value of the home is below the mortgage balance.

 
·
The rate at which we rescind policies. Our estimated loss reserves reflect mitigation from rescissions of policies and denials of claims. We collectively refer to such rescissions and denials as “rescissions” and variations of this term.

 
·
The distribution of claims over the life of a book. Historically, the first two years after loans are originated are a period of relatively low claims, with claims increasing substantially for several years subsequent and then declining, although persistency (percentage of insurance remaining in force from one year prior), the condition of the economy, including unemployment and housing prices, and other factors can affect this pattern. For example, a weak economy or housing price declines can lead to claims from older books increasing, continuing at stable levels or experiencing a lower rate of decline. See further information under “Mortgage Insurance Earnings and Cash Flow Cycle” below.

 
·
Changes in premium deficiency reserve

Each quarter, we re-estimate the premium deficiency reserve on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in force. The premium deficiency reserve primarily changes from quarter to quarter as a result of two factors. First, it changes as the actual premiums, losses and expenses that were previously estimated are recognized. Each period such items are reflected in our financial statements as earned premium, losses incurred and expenses. The difference between the amount and timing of actual earned premiums, losses incurred and expenses and our previous estimates used to establish the premium deficiency reserve has an effect (either positive or negative) on that period’s results. Second, the premium deficiency reserve changes as our assumptions relating to the present value of expected future premiums, losses and expenses on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in force change. Changes to these assumptions also have an effect on that period’s results.

 
·
Underwriting and other expenses

The majority of our operating expenses are fixed, with some variability due to contract underwriting volume. Contract underwriting generates fee income included in “Other revenue.”

 
·
Interest expense

Interest expense reflects the interest associated with our outstanding debt obligations. The principal amount of our long-term debt obligations at December 31, 2011 is comprised of $171 million of 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015, $345 million of 5% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2017 and $389.5 million of 9% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures due in 2063 (interest on these debentures accrues and compounds even if we defer the payment of interest), as discussed in Note 8 – “Debt” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below. At December 31, 2011, the convertible debentures are reflected as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet at the current amortized value of $344.4 million, with the unamortized discount reflected in equity.


Mortgage Insurance Earnings and Cash Flow Cycle

In our industry, a “book” is the group of loans insured in a particular calendar year. In general, the majority of any underwriting profit (premium revenue minus losses) that a book generates occurs in the early years of the book, with the largest portion of any underwriting profit realized in the first year following the year the book was written. Subsequent years of a book generally result in modest underwriting profit or underwriting losses. This pattern of results typically occurs because relatively few of the claims that a book will ultimately experience typically occur in the first few years of the book, when premium revenue is highest, while subsequent years are affected by declining premium revenues, as the number of insured loans decreases (primarily due to loan prepayments), and increasing losses.

Australia

We began international operations in Australia, where we started to write business in June 2007. Since 2008, we are no longer writing new business in Australia and we have reduced our headcount. At December 31, 2011 our equity value in our Australian operations was approximately $142 million and our risk in force in Australia was approximately $0.9 billion. In Australia, mortgage insurance is a single premium product that covers the entire loan balance. As a result, our Australian risk in force represents the entire amount of the loans that we have insured. However, the mortgage insurance we provide only covers the unpaid loan balance after the sale of the underlying property.

Summary of 2011 Results

Our results of operations for 2011 were principally affected by the factors referred to below.

·
Net premiums written and earned

Net premiums written and earned during 2011 decreased when compared to 2010. The decrease was due to our lower average insurance in force, somewhat offset by lower levels of premium refunds related to rescissions and the continued decline of premiums ceded to captives.


·
Investment income

Investment income in 2011 was lower when compared to 2010 due to a decrease in our average invested assets as we continue to meet our claim obligations, as well as a decrease in our average investment yield.

·
Realized gains (losses) and other-than-temporary impairments

Net realized gains for 2011 included $143.4 million in net realized gains on the sale of fixed income investments and $0.7 million in other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses. Net realized gains for 2010 included $102.6 million in net realized gains on the sale of fixed income investments and $9.6 million in OTTI losses.

·
Losses incurred

Losses incurred for 2011 increased compared to 2010 primarily due to a larger increase in the estimated claim rate compared to the prior year. The estimated severity decreased slightly in both 2011 and 2010. The primary default inventory decreased by 39,085 delinquencies in 2011, compared to a decrease of 35,716 in 2010.

·
Change in premium deficiency reserve

During 2011 the premium deficiency reserve on Wall Street bulk transactions declined by $44 million from $179 million, as of December 31, 2010, to $135 million as of December 31, 2011. The decrease in the premium deficiency reserve represents the net result of actual premiums, losses and expenses as well as a change in net assumptions for the period. The change in net assumptions for 2011 is primarily related to higher estimated ultimate premiums, somewhat offset by higher estimated ultimate losses. The $135 million premium deficiency reserve as of December 31, 2011 reflects the present value of expected future losses and expenses that exceeds the present value of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves.

·
Underwriting and other expenses

Underwriting and other expenses for 2011 decreased when compared to 2010. The decrease reflects our reductions in headcount as well as our lower contract underwriting volume.

·
Interest expense

Interest expense for 2011 increased when compared to 2010. The increase is due to the issuance of our 5% Convertible Senior Notes in April 2010 as well as an increase in amortization on our junior debentures, somewhat offset by lower interest on our Senior Notes due to repayments and repurchases.


·
Provision for income taxes

The effective tax rate provision on our pre-tax loss was 0.3% in 2011, compared to the effective tax rate provision of 1.2% in 2010. During those periods, the benefit from income taxes was eliminated or reduced by the recognition of a valuation allowance.

Results of Consolidated Operations

New insurance written

The amount of our primary new insurance written during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Total Primary NIW (In billions)
  $ 14.2     $ 12.3     $ 19.9  
                         
Refinance volume as a % of primary NIW
    29 %     32 %     40 %

The increase in new insurance written in 2011, compared to 2010, was partially due to a modest increase in the private mortgage insurance industry market share. Based on the latest public data the industry market share approximated 6% for 2011 compared to 4% in 2010. Our industry continued to regain market share from the FHA throughout 2011 but the pace of that recovery is slower than we expected given the continued differences in underwriting guidelines, loan level price adjustments by the GSEs and the secondary market benefits associated with government insured loans versus loans insured by the private sector. The decrease in new insurance written in 2010, compared to 2009, was primarily due to a lower overall origination market, the continued high market share of FHA and a loss of business from a major lender as a result of our rescission practices.

At December 31, 2011, we had the largest book of direct primary insurance in force. According to Inside Mortgage Finance, through 2010, we had been the largest private mortgage insurer (as measured by new insurance written) for more than ten years. It appears that in 2011, we had the third largest market share (as measured by new insurance written), with our market share decreasing to approximately 20.4% from 22.0% in 2010 and 26.0% in 2009. During the third quarter, two of our competitors stopped writing new business and, based on public disclosures, these competitors approximated slightly more than 20% of the private mortgage insurance industry volume in the first half of 2011. Most of the market share of these two former competitors has gone to other mortgage insurers and not to us because, among other reasons, some competitors have materially lower premiums than we do on single premium policies, one of these competitors also uses a risk weighted pricing model that typically results in lower premiums than we charge on certain loans and one of these competitors has effectively delegated underwriting to the GSEs. We continuously monitor the competitive landscape and will make adjustments to our pricing and underwriting guidelines as warranted as long as they meet our return hurdles. In the first quarter of 2012, we made changes to streamline our underwriting guidelines and lowered our premium rates on loans with credit scores of 760 or higher. Loans with credit scores of 760 or higher represented approximately 55% of our new insurance written in 2011. If the lower premium rates had been in place during 2011, our average premium rate on new business would have decreased from approximately 61 basis points to approximately 57 basis points, all other things being equal. While a decrease in premium rates on a significant portion of our new insurance written will reduce revenue, it is possible that our new insurance written will increase in the future as a result of the lower premium rates and it is unclear what the net effect of the changes will be on our future premiums. For more information regarding these competitors see our risk factor titled “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis.”


The FHA substantially increased its market share beginning in 2008. We believe that the FHA’s market share increased, in part, because private mortgage insurers tightened their underwriting guidelines (which led to increased utilization of the FHA’s programs) and because of increases in the amount of loan level delivery fees that the GSEs assess on loans (which result in higher costs to borrowers). In addition, federal legislation and programs provided the FHA with greater flexibility in establishing new products and increased the FHA’s competitive position against private mortgage insurers. However, the FHA’s current premium pricing, when compared to our current credit-tiered premium pricing (and considering the effects of GSE pricing changes), may allow us to be more competitive with the FHA than in the recent past for loans with high FICO credit scores. We cannot predict, however, the FHA’s share of new insurance written in the future due to, among other factors, different loan eligibility terms between the FHA and the GSEs, potential increases in guarantee fees charged by the GSEs; including those that are scheduled to occur in April 2012; changes to the FHA’s annual premiums that are expected to be phased in over the next two years; and the total profitability that may be realized by mortgage lenders from securitizing loans through Ginnie Mae when compared to securitizing loans through Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

We expect new insurance written in 2012 to increase modestly over the $14 billion written in 2011. Our level of new insurance written could also be affected by other items, including those noted in our Risk Factors in Item 1A.

From time to time, in response to market conditions, we change the types of loans that we insure and the guidelines under which we insure them. In addition, we make exceptions to our underwriting guidelines on a loan-by-loan basis and for certain customer programs. Together, the number of loans for which exceptions were made accounted for fewer than 4% of the loans we insured in 2010 and fewer than 5% of the loans we insured in 2011. A large percentage of the exceptions were made for loans with debt-to-income ratios slightly above our guideline. Beginning in September 2009, we have made changes to our underwriting guidelines that have allowed certain loans to be eligible for insurance that were not eligible prior to those changes and we expect to continue to make changes in appropriate circumstances in the future. Our underwriting guidelines are available on our website at http://www.mgic.com/guides/underwriting.html.


Cancellations, insurance in force and risk in force

New insurance written and cancellations of primary insurance in force during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In billions)
 
                   
NIW
  $ 14.2     $ 12.3     $ 19.9  
Cancellations
    (32.6 )     (33.2 )     (34.7 )
                         
Change in primary insurance in force
  $ (18.4 )   $ (20.9 )   $ (14.8 )
                         
Direct primary insurance in force as of December 31,
  $ 172.9     $ 191.3     $ 212.2  
                         
Direct primary risk in force as of December 31,
  $ 44.5     $ 49.0     $ 54.3  

Cancellation activity has historically been affected by the level of mortgage interest rates and the level of home price appreciation. Cancellations generally move inversely to the change in the direction of interest rates, although they generally lag a change in direction. Cancellations also include rescissions and policies cancelled due to claim payment. Since 2009, cancellations due to rescissions and claim payments have comprised a significant amount of our cancellations.

Our persistency rate was 82.9% at December 31, 2011 compared to 84.4% at December 31, 2010 and 84.7% at December 31, 2009. These persistency rates reflect the more restrictive credit policies of lenders (which make it more difficult for homeowners to refinance loans), as well as declines in housing values. During the 1990s, our year-end persistency ranged from a high of 87.4% at December 31, 1990 to a low of 68.1% at December 31, 1998. Since 2000, our year-end persistency ranged from a high of 84.7% at December 31, 2009 to a low of 47.1% at December 31, 2003.


Bulk transactions

We ceased writing Wall Street bulk business in the fourth quarter of 2007. In addition, we wrote no new business through the bulk channel since the second quarter of 2008. We expect the volume of any future business written through the bulk channel will be insignificant. Wall Street bulk transactions, as of December 31, 2011, included approximately 78,000 loans with insurance in force of approximately $12.2 billion and risk in force of approximately $3.7 billion, which is approximately 66% of our bulk risk in force.

In bulk transactions, the individual loans in the insured portfolio are generally insured to specified levels of coverage. Some of our bulk transactions (approximately 20% of our bulk risk in force) contain aggregate loss limits on the insured portfolio. If claim payments associated with a specific bulk portfolio reach the aggregate loss limit, the remaining insurance in force within the deal may be cancelled and any remaining defaults under the deal are removed from our default inventory.

Pool insurance

We are currently not issuing new commitments for pool insurance and expect that the volume of any future pool business will be insignificant.

Our direct pool risk in force was $1.9 billion ($0.7 billion on pool policies with aggregate loss limits and $1.2 billion on pool policies without aggregate loss limits) at December 31, 2011 compared to $2.7 billion ($1.2 billion on pool policies with aggregate loss limits and $1.5 billion on pool policies without aggregate loss limits) at December 31, 2010. If claim payments associated with a specific pool reach the aggregate loss limit the remaining insurance in force within the pool would be cancelled and any remaining defaults under the pool are removed from our default inventory.

MGIC and Freddie Mac disagree on the amount of the aggregate loss limit under certain pool insurance policies insuring Freddie Mac that share a single aggregate loss limit. We believe the initial aggregate loss limit for a particular pool of loans insured under a policy decreases to correspond to the termination of coverage for that pool under that policy while Freddie Mac believes the initial aggregate loss limit remains in effect until the last of the policies that provided coverage for any of the pools terminates. The aggregate loss limit is approximately $535 million higher under Freddie Mac’s interpretation than under our interpretation. We account for losses under our interpretation although it is reasonably possible that were the matter to be decided by a third party our interpretation would not prevail. The differing interpretations had no effect on our results until the second quarter of 2011. For 2011, our incurred losses would have been $192 million higher in the aggregate had they been recorded based on Freddie Mac’s interpretation, and our capital and Capital Requirements would have been negatively impacted. See our risk factor titled, “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” in Item 1A. We expect the incurred losses that would have been recorded under Freddie Mac’s interpretation will continue to increase in future quarters. We have discussed the disagreement with Freddie Mac in an effort to resolve it and expect that these discussions will continue. A specimen of the policies at issue is filed as Exhibit 99.6 to this annual report.


Net premiums written and earned

Net premiums written and earned during 2011 decreased when compared to 2010. The decrease was due to our lower average insurance in force, somewhat offset by lower levels of premium refunds related to rescissions and the continued decline of premiums ceded to captives.

Net premiums written and earned during 2010 decreased when compared to 2009. The decrease was due to lower average insurance in force and higher levels of premium refunds, offset by lower ceded premiums due to captive terminations and run-offs. In a captive termination, the arrangement is cancelled, with no future premium ceded and funds for any incurred but unpaid losses transferred to us. In a run-off, no new loans are reinsured by the captive but loans previously reinsured continue to be covered, with premium and losses continuing to be ceded on those loans.

We expect our average insurance in force to continue to decline in 2012 because our expected new insurance written levels are not expected to exceed our cancellation activity. We expect our premium yields (net premiums written or earned, expressed on an annual basis, divided by the average insurance in force) for 2012 to continue at approximately the level experienced during 2011.

Risk sharing arrangements

For the year ended December 31, 2011, approximately 5% of our flow new insurance written was subject to arrangements with captives which was comparable to the year ended December 31, 2010. We expect the percentage of new insurance written subject to risk sharing arrangements to also approximate 5% in 2012.

Effective January 1, 2009, we are no longer ceding new business under excess of loss reinsurance treaties with lender captive reinsurers. Loans reinsured through December 31, 2008 under excess of loss agreements will run off pursuant to the terms of the particular captive arrangement. New business will continue to be ceded under quota share reinsurance arrangements, limited to a 25% cede rate. Beginning in 2009, many of our captive arrangements have either been terminated or placed into run-off.

We anticipate that our ceded premiums related to risk sharing agreements will continue to decline in 2012 for the reasons discussed above.

See discussion under “-Losses—Losses Incurred” regarding losses assumed by captives.

In June 2008 we entered into a reinsurance agreement that was effective on the risk associated with up to $50 billion of qualifying new insurance written each calendar year. The term of the reinsurance agreement began on April 1, 2008 and was scheduled to end on December 31, 2010, subject to two one-year extensions that could have been exercised by the reinsurer. Due to our rating agency downgrades in the first quarter of 2009, under the terms of the reinsurance agreement we ceased being entitled to a profit commission, making the agreement less favorable to us. Effective March 20, 2009, we terminated this reinsurance agreement. The termination resulted in a reinsurance fee of $26.4 million as reflected in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. There are no further obligations under this reinsurance agreement.


Investment income

Investment income in 2011 was lower when compared to 2010 due to a decrease in our average invested assets as we continue to meet our claim obligations as well as a decrease in the average investment yield. The average maturity of our investments has continued to decrease, as discussed under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below. The portfolio’s average pre-tax investment yield was 2.4% at December 31, 2011 and 2.6% at December 31, 2010. The portfolio’s average pre-tax investment yield, excluding cash and cash equivalents, was 2.8% at December 31, 2011 and 3.0% at December 31, 2010.

We continue to expect a decline in investment income in 2012, compared to 2011, as the average amortized cost of invested assets decreases due to claim payments exceeding premiums received in future periods. See further discussion under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.

Investment income for 2010 decreased when compared to 2009 due to a decrease in the average investment yield. The decrease in the average investment yield was caused both by decreases in prevailing interest rates and a decrease in the average maturity of our investments. The portfolio’s average pre-tax investment yield was 3.6% at December 31, 2009. The portfolio’s average pre-tax investment yield, excluding cash and cash equivalents, was 4.0% at December 31, 2009.

Realized gains and other-than-temporary impairments

Net realized investment gains for 2011 included $143.4 million in net realized gains on the sale of fixed income investments, offset by $0.7 million in OTTI losses. We elected to realize these gains, by selling certain securities, given the favorable market conditions experienced in 2011. We then reinvested the funds taking into account our anticipated future claim payment obligations. We also continue to reduce our investments in tax exempt municipal securities and increase our investments in taxable securities. For statutory purposes investments are generally held at amortized cost, therefore the realized gains increased our statutory policyholders’ position or statutory capital. We plan to realize additional gains during 2012.

We had net realized investment gains on the sale of fixed income investments of $102.6 million, offset by $9.6 million in OTTI losses in 2010 and $92.9 million in net realized investment gains, offset by $40.9 million in OTTI losses in 2009. In 2010 and 2009 we reduced our investments in tax exempt municipal securities and increased our investments in taxable securities since the tax benefits to holding tax exempt securities was no longer available. We also sold securities to decrease the duration of the portfolio to provide cash to meet our anticipated claim obligations. The impairment losses in 2010 included credit losses related to debt instruments issued by health facilities, an inflation linked bond and specific issuer auction rate securities. The impairment losses in 2009 included credit losses related to collateralized debt obligations, debt instruments issued by health facilities and mortgage backed bonds.


Other revenue

Other revenue for 2011 increased, when compared to 2010, due to $27.7 million in gains recognized on the repurchase of $129 million in par value of our 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015, somewhat offset by a decrease in contract underwriting revenue.

Other revenue for 2010 decreased, when compared to 2009, due to gains of $27.2 million in 2009 from the repurchase of our September 2011 Senior Notes and a decrease in contract underwriting revenues.

Losses

As discussed in “Critical Accounting Policies” below and consistent with industry practices, we establish loss reserves for future claims only for loans that are currently delinquent. The terms “delinquent” and “default” are used interchangeably by us and are defined as an insured loan with a mortgage payment that is 45 days or more past due. Loss reserves are established based on estimating the number of loans in our default inventory that will result in a claim payment, which is referred to as the claim rate, and further estimating the amount of the claim payment, which is referred to as claim severity. Historically, a substantial majority of borrowers have eventually cured their delinquent loans by making their overdue payments, but this percentage has decreased significantly in recent years.

Estimation of losses is inherently judgmental. The conditions that affect the claim rate and claim severity include the current and future state of the domestic economy, including unemployment and the current and future strength of local housing markets. Current conditions in the housing and mortgage industries make these assumptions more volatile than they would otherwise be. The actual amount of the claim payments may be substantially different than our loss reserve estimates. Our estimates could be adversely affected by several factors, including a further deterioration of regional or national economic conditions, including unemployment, leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a further drop in housing values that could result in, among other things, greater losses on loans that have pool insurance, and may affect borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments when the value of the home is below the mortgage balance, and mitigation from rescissions being materially less than assumed. Our estimates are also affected by any agreements we enter into regarding claim payments, such as the settlement agreements discussed below under “Losses incurred”. Changes to our estimates could result in a material impact to our results of operations, even in a stable economic environment.

In addition, our loss reserving methodology incorporates the effects rescission activity is expected to have on the losses we will pay on our delinquent inventory. A variance between ultimate actual rescission rates and these estimates could materially affect our losses. See our risk factor titled “Our losses could increase if rescission rates decrease faster than we are projecting or we do not prevail in proceedings challenging whether our rescissions were proper” in Item 1A.


Our estimates could also be positively affected by efforts to assist current borrowers in refinancing to new loans, assisting delinquent borrowers in reducing their mortgage payments, and forestalling foreclosures. If these benefits occur, we anticipate they will do so under non-HAMP programs. See discussion of HAMP under “Overview – Loan Modification and Other Similar Programs.”

Losses incurred

In 2011, net losses incurred were $1,715 million, comprised of $1,814 million of current year loss development, offset by $99 million of favorable prior years’ loss development. In 2010, net losses incurred were $1,608 million, comprised of $1,875 million of current year loss development, offset by $267 million of favorable prior years’ loss development. In 2009, net losses incurred were $3,379 million, comprised of which $2,913 million of current year loss development and $466 million of unfavorable prior years’ loss development. See Note 9 – “Loss reserves” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Losses incurred on default notices received in the current year decreased slightly in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to a decrease in the number of new default notices received, net of cures, from 108,701 in 2010 to 86,592 in 2011. Losses incurred on default notices received in the current year decreased more significantly in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to a more significant decrease in the number of new default notices received, net of cures, which was 161,081 in 2009. These factors were somewhat offset by a smaller benefit from captive arrangements.

The amount of losses incurred relating to default notices received in prior years represents the actual claim rate and severity associated with those default notices resolved in the current year to the extent it differs from the estimated liability at the prior year-end, as well as a re-estimation of amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory from the end of the prior year. This re-estimation of the claim rate and severity is the result of our review of current trends in default inventory, such as percentages of defaults that have resulted in a claim, the amount of the claims, changes in the relative level of defaults by geography and changes in average loan exposure. The $99 million decrease in losses incurred in 2011 that was related to defaults that occurred in prior years resulted primarily from a decrease in the estimated severity on primary defaults (approximately $165 million) and a decrease in estimated loss adjustment expenses (approximately $114 million), offset by an increase in the estimated claim rate on primary defaults (approximately $200 million). The decrease in the severity was based on the resolution of approximately 57% of the prior year default inventory. The decrease in estimated loss adjustment expense was based on recent historical trends in the costs associated with resolving a claim. The increase in the claim rate was also based on the resolution of the prior year default inventory, as well as a re-estimation of amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory from the end of the prior year and estimated incurred but not reported items from the end of the prior year. The remaining decrease in losses incurred that was related to defaults that occurred in prior years (approximately $20 million) related to a decrease in estimated severity and claim rates on pool defaults.


The $267 million decrease in losses incurred in 2010 that was related to defaults that occurred in prior years primarily resulted from a decrease in the expected claim rate on the defaults that occurred in prior periods (approximately $432 million), partially offset by an increase in severity on pool defaults that occurred in prior periods (approximately $185 million). The decrease in the claim rate was based on the resolution of approximately 55% of the prior year default inventory, as well as a re-estimation of amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory from the end of the prior year. The decrease in the claim rate was due to greater cures experienced during 2010, a portion of which resulted from loan modifications. The increase in pool severity was based on the resolution of defaults that occurred in prior periods with higher claim amounts, which in part, were applied to remaining deductibles on certain pool policies. The remaining decrease in losses incurred related to prior years (approximately $20 million) related to LAE reserves and reinsurance.

The $467 million increase in losses incurred in 2009 that was related to defaults that occurred in prior years primarily resulted from an increase in the claim rate on defaults that occurred in prior periods (approximately $337 million) and an increase in severity on defaults that occurred in prior periods (approximately $137 million). The increase in the claim rate was based on the resolution of approximately 50% of the prior year default inventory, as well as a re-estimation of amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory from the end of the prior year. The increase in the claim rate was likely due to general economic conditions, including the unemployment rate, as well as further decreases in home values which may affect borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments. The increase in severity was related to the weakening of the housing and mortgage markets which resulted in adverse claim sizes. The offsetting decrease in losses incurred related to prior years (approximately $7 million) related to LAE reserves and reinsurance.

The decrease in the primary default inventory experienced during 2010 and 2011 was generally across all markets and all book years. However the percentage of loans in the inventory that have been in default for 12 or more consecutive months has increased, as shown in the table below. Historically as a default ages it becomes more likely to result in a claim.


Aging of the Primary Default Inventory

   
December 31,
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                                     
Consecutive months in default
                                   
3 months or less
    31,456       18 %     37,640       18 %     48,252       19 %
4 - 11 months
    46,352       26 %     58,701       27 %     98,210       39 %
12 months or more
    97,831       56 %     118,383       55 %     103,978       42 %
                                                 
                                                 
Total primary default inventory
    175,639       100 %     214,724       100 %     250,440       100 %
                                                 
Primary claims received inventory included in ending default inventory
    12,610       7 %     20,898       10 %     16,389       7 %

The length of time a loan is continuously in the default inventory can differ from the number of payments that the borrower has not made or is considered delinquent. These differences typically result from a borrower making monthly payments that do not result in the loan becoming fully current. The number of payments that a borrower is delinquent is shown in the table below.

Number of Payments Delinquent

   
December 31,
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                                     
                                     
3 payments or less
    42,804       24 %     51,003       24 %     60,970       24 %
4 - 11 payments
    47,864       27 %     65,797       31 %     105,208       42 %
12 payments or more
    84,971       49 %     97,924       45 %     84,262       34 %
                                                 
                                                 
Total primary default inventory
    175,639       100 %     214,724       100 %     250,440       100 %

Before paying a claim, we can review the loan file to determine whether we are required, under the applicable insurance policy, to pay the claim or whether we are entitled to reduce the amount of the claim. For example, all of our insurance policies provide that we can reduce or deny a claim if the servicer did not comply with its obligation to mitigate our loss by performing reasonable loss mitigation efforts or diligently pursuing a foreclosure or bankruptcy relief in a timely manner. We also do not cover losses resulting from property damage that has not been repaired. We are currently reviewing the loan files for the majority of the claims submitted to us.


In addition, subject to rescission caps in certain of our Wall Street bulk transactions, all of our insurance policies allow us to rescind coverage under certain circumstances. Because we can review the loan origination documents and information as part of our normal processing when a claim is submitted to us, rescissions occur on a loan by loan basis most often after we have received a claim. Historically, rescissions of policies for which claims have been submitted to us were not a material portion of our claims resolved during a year. However, beginning in 2008, our rescissions of policies have materially mitigated our paid losses. In each of 2009 and 2010, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $1.2 billion and in 2011, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $0.6 billion (in each case, the figure includes amounts that would have either resulted in a claim payment or been charged to a deductible under a bulk or pool policy, and may have been charged to a captive reinsurer). In recent quarters, 17% to 20% of claims received in a quarter have been resolved by rescissions, down from the peak of approximately 28% in the first half of 2009. In the second half of 2011, Countrywide materially increased the percentage of loans for which it is rebutting the assertions that we make prior to rescinding a loan. When we receive a rebuttal prior to a rescission, we do not rescind coverage until after we respond to the rebuttal. Therefore, in addition to our substantial pipeline of claims investigations, we have a substantial pipeline of pre-rescission rebuttals that, based on our historical experience with such rebuttals, we expect will eventually result in rescissions. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline after resolution of the rebuttal pipeline.

Our loss reserving methodology incorporates the effect that rescission activity is expected to have on the losses we will pay on our delinquent inventory. We do not utilize an explicit rescission rate in our reserving methodology, but rather our reserving methodology incorporates the effects rescission activity has had on our historical claim rate and claim severities. A variance between ultimate actual rescission rates and these estimates could materially affect our losses incurred. Our estimation process does not include a direct correlation between claim rates and severities to projected rescission activity or other economic conditions such as changes in unemployment rates, interest rates or housing values. Our experience is that analysis of that nature would not produce reliable results, as the change in one condition cannot be isolated to determine its sole effect on our ultimate paid losses as our ultimate paid losses are also influenced at the same time by other economic conditions. The estimation of the impact of rescissions on losses incurred, included in the table below, must be considered together with the various other factors impacting losses incurred and not in isolation.


The table below represents our estimate of the impact rescissions have had on reducing our loss reserves, paid losses and losses incurred.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In billions)
 
                   
Estimated rescission reduction - beginning reserve
  $ 1.3     $ 2.1     $ 0.5  
                         
Estimated rescission reduction - losses incurred
    -       0.2       2.5  
                         
Rescission reduction - paid claims
    0.6       1.2       1.2  
Amounts that may have been applied to a deductible
    -       (0.2 )     (0.3 )
Net rescission reduction - paid claims
    0.6       1.0       0.9  
                         
Estimated rescission reduction - ending reserve
  $ 0.7     $ 1.3     $ 2.1  

The $2.5 billion estimated mitigation of incurred losses during 2009 represents both the claims not paid in the period due to rescissions, as well as an increasing default inventory and an increasing expected rescission rate for those loans in default. Even though rescissions mitigated our paid losses by a similar amount in 2010 as compared to 2009, the estimated mitigation of incurred losses declined to $0.2 billion for 2010. This decrease was caused by a decline in our default inventory in 2010, compared to an increase in 2009, as well as a modest decline in the expected rescission rate for loans in our default inventory during 2010, compared to a significantly increasing expected rescission rate during 2009 and a decrease in severity on expected rescissions.

The decrease in the estimated mitigation of incurred losses in 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 is due to a decline in the expected rescission rate for loans in our default inventory during 2011 compared to a more modest decline in 2010.

At December 31, 2011, our loss reserves continued to be significantly impacted by expected rescission activity. We expect that the reduction of our loss reserves due to rescissions will continue to decline because our recent experience indicates new notices in our default inventory have a lower likelihood of being rescinded than those already in the inventory.

The liability associated with our estimate of premiums to be refunded on expected future rescissions is accrued for separately. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the estimate of this liability totaled $58 million and $101 million, respectively. Separate components of this liability are included in “Other liabilities” and “Premium deficiency reserve” on our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the liability affect premiums written and earned and change in premium deficiency reserve, respectively.

If the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, the outcome of the dispute ultimately would be determined by legal proceedings. Legal proceedings disputing our right to rescind coverage may be brought up to three years after the lender has obtained title to the property (typically through a foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, although in a few jurisdictions there is a longer time to bring such an action. For the majority of our rescissions that are not subject to a settlement agreement, the period in which a dispute may be brought has not ended. We consider a rescission resolved for financial reporting purposes even though legal proceedings have been initiated and are ongoing. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 450-20, an estimated loss from such proceedings is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, when establishing our loss reserves, we do not include additional loss reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome from ongoing legal proceedings, including those with Countrywide. For more information about these legal proceedings, see Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.


In addition to the proceedings involving Countrywide, we are involved in legal proceedings with respect to rescissions that we do not consider to be collectively material in amount. Although it is reasonably possible that, when these discussions or proceedings are completed, there will be a conclusion or determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability.

In 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with a lender-customer regarding our rescission practices. In April 2011, Freddie Mac advised its servicers that they must obtain its prior approval for rescission settlements and Fannie Mae advised its servicers that they are prohibited from entering into such settlements. In addition, in April 2011, Fannie Mae notified us that we must obtain its prior approval to enter into certain settlements. We continue to discuss with other lender-customers their objections to material rescissions and have reached settlement terms with several of our significant lender-customers. Any definitive agreement with these customers would be subject to GSE approval. One GSE has approved one of our settlement agreements, but this agreement remains subject to the approval of the other GSE. We believe that it is probable (within the meaning of ASC 450-20) that this agreement will be approved by the other GSE. As a result, we considered the terms of the agreement when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. This agreement did not have a significant impact on our established loss reserves. Neither GSE has approved our other settlement agreements and the terms of these other agreements were not considered when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. There can be no assurances that both GSEs will approve any settlement agreements and the GSEs may approve some of our settlement agreements and reject others based on the specific terms of those agreements.

Information regarding the ever-to-date rescission rates by the quarter in which the claim was received appears in the table below. No information is presented for claims received in the most recent two quarters to allow sufficient time for a substantial percentage of the claims received in those two quarters to reach resolution.


As of December 31, 2011
Ever to Date Rescission Rates on Primary Claims Received
(based on count)

Quarter in Which the
 
ETD Rescission
 
ETD Claims Resolution
Claim was Received
 
Rate (1)
 
Percentage (2)
         
Q1 2010
 
20.9%
 
 99.9%
Q2 2010
 
19.9%
 
100.0%
Q3 2010
 
18.7%
 
 99.7%
Q4 2010
 
17.0%
 
 99.2%
Q1 2011
 
13.2%
 
 97.4%
Q2 2011
 
  9.5%
 
 94.3%

(1) This percentage is claims received, during the quarter shown, that have been rescinded as of our most recently completed quarter divided by the total claims received during the quarter shown. In certain cases we rescind coverage before a claim is received. Such rescissions, which have not been material, are not included in the statistics in this table.
(2) This percentage is claims received, during the quarter shown, that have been resolved as of our most recently completed quarter divided by the total claims received during the quarter shown. Claims resolved principally consist of claims paid plus claims for which we have informed the insured of our decision not to pay the claim. Although our decision to not pay a claim is made after we have given the insured an opportunity to dispute the facts underlying our decision to not pay the claim, these decisions are sometimes reversed after further discussion with the insured. The number of rescission reversals has been immaterial.
Note: In the second half of 2011, Countrywide materially increased the percentage of loans for which it is rebutting the assertions that we make prior to rescinding a loan. When we receive a rebuttal prior to a rescission, we do not rescind coverage until after we respond to the rebuttal. Therefore, in addition to our substantial pipeline of claims investigations, we have a substantial pipeline of pre-rescission rebuttals that, based on our historical experience with such rebuttals, we expect will eventually result in rescissions. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline after resolution of the rebuttal pipeline.

We anticipate that the ever-to-date rescission rate on the more recent quarters will increase as the ever-to-date resolution percentage moves closer to 100%.

As discussed under “–Risk sharing arrangements,” a portion of our flow new insurance written is subject to reinsurance arrangements with lender captives. The majority of these reinsurance arrangements have, historically, been aggregate excess of loss reinsurance agreements, and the remainder were quota share agreements. Effective January 1, 2009 we are no longer ceding new business under excess of loss reinsurance treaties with lender captives. Loans reinsured through December 31, 2008 under excess of loss agreements will run off pursuant to the terms of the particular captive arrangement. Under the aggregate excess of loss agreements, we are responsible for the first aggregate layer of loss, which is typically between 4% and 5%, the captives are responsible for the second aggregate layer of loss, which is typically 5% or 10%, and we are responsible for any remaining loss. The layers are typically expressed as a percentage of the original risk on an annual book of business reinsured by the captive. The premium cessions on these agreements typically ranged from 25% to 40% of the direct premium. Under a quota share arrangement premiums and losses are shared on a pro-rata basis between us and the captives, with the captives’ portion of both premiums and losses typically ranging from 25% to 50%. Beginning June 1, 2008 new loans insured through quota share captive arrangements are limited to a 25% cede rate.


Under these agreements the captives are required to maintain a separate trust account, of which we are the sole beneficiary. Premiums ceded to a captive are deposited into the applicable trust account to support the captive’s layer of insured risk. These amounts are held in the trust account and are available to pay reinsured losses. The captive’s ultimate liability is limited to the assets in the trust account. When specific time periods are met and the individual trust account balance has reached a required level, then the individual captive may make authorized withdrawals from its applicable trust account. In most cases, the captives are also allowed to withdraw funds from the trust account to pay verifiable federal income taxes and operational expenses. Conversely, if the account balance falls below certain thresholds, the individual captive may be required to contribute funds to the trust account. However, in most cases, our sole remedy if a captive does not contribute such funds is to put the captive into run-off, in which case no new business would be ceded to the captive. In the event that the captive’s incurred but unpaid losses exceed the funds in the trust account, and the captive does not deposit adequate funds, we may also be allowed to terminate the captive agreement, assume the captive’s obligations, transfer the assets in the trust accounts to us, and retain all future premium payments. We intend to exercise this additional remedy when it is available to us. However, if the captive would challenge our right to do so, the matter would be determined by arbitration.

The reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $155 million and $275 million, respectively. The reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves related to captive agreements was approximately $142 million at December 31, 2011, which was supported by $359 million of trust assets, while at December 31, 2010 the reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves related to captives was $248 million which was supported by $484 million in trust assets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 there was an additional $27 million and $26 million, respectively, of trust assets in captive agreements where there was no related reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves. During 2011 and 2010, $39 million and $38 million, respectively, of trust fund assets were transferred to us as a result of captive terminations. The transferred funds resulted in an increase in our investment portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents) and a decrease in our net losses paid (reduction in losses incurred). In addition, there is an offsetting decrease in the reinsurance recoverable (increase in losses incurred), and thus there is no net impact to losses incurred.

In 2011 the captive arrangements reduced our losses incurred by approximately $65 million, compared to a $113 million captive reduction in 2010. We anticipate that the reduction in losses incurred will continue to be lower in 2012, as some of our captive arrangements were terminated in 2010 and 2011. See our risk factor titled “We are defendants in private and government litigation and are subject to the risk of additional private litigation, government litigation and regulatory proceedings in the future” in Item 1A for a discussion of requests or subpoenas for information regarding captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements.

A rollforward of our primary insurance default inventory for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below. The information concerning new notices and cures is compiled from monthly reports received from loan servicers. The level of new notice and cure activity reported in a particular month can be influenced by, among other things, the date on which a servicer generates its report, the number of business days in a month and by transfers of servicing between loan servicers.


   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
                   
Default inventory at beginning of period
    214,724       250,440       182,188  
Plus: New Notices
    169,305       205,069       259,876  
Less: Cures
    (149,643 )     (183,017 )     (149,251 )
Less: Paids (including those charged to a deductible or captive)
    (51,138 )     (43,826 )     (29,732 )
Less: Rescissions and denials
    (7,609 )     (13,942 )     (12,641 )
Default inventory at end of period
    175,639       214,724       250,440  

Information about the composition of the primary insurance default inventory at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
                   
Total loans delinquent (1)
    175,639       214,724       250,440  
Percentage of loans delinquent (default rate)
    16.11 %     17.48 %     18.41 %
                         
Prime loans delinquent (2)
    112,403       134,787       150,642  
Percentage of prime loans delinquent (default rate)
    12.20 %     13.11 %     13.29 %
                         
A-minus loans delinquent (2)
    25,989       31,566       37,711  
Percent of A-minus loans delinquent (default rate)
    35.10 %     36.69 %     40.66 %
                         
Subprime credit loans delinquent (2)
    9,326       11,132       13,687  
Percentage of subprime credit loans delinquent (default rate)
    43.60 %     45.66 %     50.72 %
                         
Reduced documentation loans delinquent (3)
    27,921       37,239       48,400  
Percentage of reduced documentation loans delinquent (default rate)
    37.96 %     41.66 %     45.26 %

General Notes: (a) For the information presented for 2011 and 2010, the FICO credit score for a loan with multiple borrowers is the lowest of the borrowers’ “decision FICO scores.” For the information presented prior to 2010, the FICO score for a loan with multiple borrowers was the income weighted average of the “decision FICO scores” for each borrower. A borrower’s “decision FICO score” is determined as follows: if there are three FICO scores available, the middle FICO score is used; if two FICO scores are available, the lower of the two is used; if only one FICO score is available, it is used. This change made our reporting of FICO credit scores consistent with the FICO credit scores that we use for underwriting purposes.
(b) Servicers continue to pay our premiums for nearly all of the loans in our default inventory, but in some cases, servicers stop paying our premiums. In those cases, even though the loans continue to be included in our default inventory, the applicable loans are removed from our insurance in force and risk in force. Loans where servicers have stopped paying premiums include 9,598 defaults with a risk of $486 million as of December 31, 2011.
(c) During the fourth quarter of 2011 we conducted a review of our single life of loan policies and concluded that approximately 21,000 of these policies were no longer in force, and as a result we cancelled these policies with insurance in force of approximately $2.3 billion and risk in force of approximately $0.5 billion. It may be possible that some of these policies will be reinstated based on information subsequently provided by our customers.


(1) At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 30,250, 36,066 and 45,907 loans in default, respectively, related to Wall Street bulk transactions.
(2) We define prime loans as those having FICO credit scores of 620 or greater, A-minus loans as those having FICO credit scores of 575-619, and subprime credit loans as those having FICO credit scores of less than 575, all as reported to us at the time a commitment to insure is issued. Most A-minus and subprime credit loans were written through the bulk channel. However, we classify all loans without complete documentation as “reduced documentation” loans regardless of FICO score rather than as a prime, “A-minus” or “subprime” loan; in the table above, such loans appear only in the reduced documentation category and they do not appear in any of the other categories.
(3) In accordance with industry practice, loans approved by GSE and other automated underwriting (AU) systems under "doc waiver" programs that do not require verification of borrower income are classified by MGIC as "full documentation." Based in part on information provided by the GSEs, we estimate full documentation loans of this type were approximately 4% of 2007 NIW. Information for other periods is not available. We understand these AU systems grant such doc waivers for loans they judge to have higher credit quality. We also understand that the GSEs terminated their “doc waiver” programs, with respect to new commitments, in the second half of 2008.


The primary and pool loss reserves at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appear in the table below.

Gross Reserves
 
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Primary:
                 
Direct loss reserves (in millions)
  $ 4,249     $ 5,146     $ 6,102  
Ending default inventory
    175,639       214,724       250,440  
Average direct reserve per default
  $ 24,193     $ 23,966     $ 24,365  
                         
Primary claims received inventory included in ending default inventory
    12,610       20,898       16,389  
                         
                         
Pool (1):
                       
Direct loss reserves (in millions):
                       
With aggregate loss limits (2)
  $ 278     $ 700     $ 561  
Without aggregate loss limits
    21       30       35  
Total pool direct loss reserves
  $ 299     $ 730     $ 596  
                         
Ending default inventory:
                       
With aggregate loss limits (2)
    31,483       41,786       42,821  
Without aggregate loss limits
    1,488       1,543       1,410  
Total pool ending default inventory
    32,971       43,329       44,231  
                         
Pool claims received inventory included in ending default inventory
    1,398       2,510       2,188  
                         
Other gross reserves (in millions)
  $ 10     $ 8     $ 7  

(1) Since a number of our pool policies include aggregate loss limits and/or deductibles, we do not disclose an average direct reserve per default for our pool business.
(2) See “Pool insurance” above for a discussion of our interpretation of the appropriate aggregate loss on a pool policy we have with Freddie Mac. At December 31, 2011 our loss reserves under this policy have been limited under our interpretation of the aggregate. The default inventory includes all items in default under this policy.


The primary default inventory and primary loss reserves by region at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

Losses by Region

Primary Default Inventory

Region
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Great Lakes
    22,158       27,663       32,697  
Mid-Atlantic
    8,058       9,660       11,384  
New England
    6,913       7,702       8,824  
North Central
    20,860       24,192       27,514  
Northeast
    18,385       19,056       20,607  
Pacific
    18,381       25,438       32,204  
Plains
    5,462       7,045       7,998  
South Central
    21,035       28,984       34,524  
Southeast
    54,387       64,984       74,688  
Total
    175,639       214,724       250,440  

Primary Loss Reserves
(In millions)

Region
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Great Lakes
  $ 348     $ 426     $ 531  
Mid-Atlantic
    205       231       237  
New England
    149       174       207  
North Central
    454       495       561  
Northeast
    325       374       465  
Pacific
    750       886       1,061  
Plains
    84       107       117  
South Central
    413       555       608  
Southeast
    1,198       1,395       1,679  
Total before IBNR and LAE
  $ 3,926     $ 4,643     $ 5,466  
IBNR and LAE
    323       503       636  
Total
  $ 4,249     $ 5,146     $ 6,102  

Regions contain the states as follows:
Great Lakes: IN, KY, MI, OH
Mid-Atlantic: DC, DE, MD, VA, WV
New England: CT, MA, ME, NH, RI, VT
North Central: IL, MN, MO, WI
Northeast: NJ, NY, PA
Pacific: CA, HI, NV, OR, WA
Plains: IA, ID, KS, MT, ND, NE, SD, WY
South Central: AK, AZ, CO, LA, NM, OK, TX, UT
Southeast: AL, AR, FL, GA, MS, NC, SC, TN


The primary loss reserves (before IBNR and LAE) at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 separated between our flow and bulk business appears in the table below.

Primary loss reserves
(In millions)

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Flow
  $ 2,820     $ 3,329     $ 3,637  
Bulk
    1,106       1,314       1,829  
Total primary reserves
  $ 3,926     $ 4,643     $ 5,466  

The average claim paid, as shown in the table below, can vary materially from period to period based upon a variety of factors, on both a national and state basis, including the geographic mix, average loan amount and average coverage percentage of loans for which claims are paid.

The primary average claim paid for the top 5 states (based on 2011 paid claims) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

Primary average claim paid

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
California
  $ 85,205     $ 88,761     $ 105,552  
Florida
    59,216       61,290       66,059  
Arizona
    55,503       57,925       61,929  
Michigan
    35,092       35,675       38,341  
Nevada
    67,584       70,560       74,601  
All other states
    43,909       43,473       43,682  
                         
All states
  $ 49,887     $ 50,173     $ 52,627  


The primary average loan size of our insurance in force at December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 appears in the table below.

Primary average loan size

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Total insurance in force
  $ 158,590     $ 155,700     $ 155,960  
Prime (FICO 620 & >)
    158,870       155,050       154,480  
A-Minus (FICO 575-619)
    130,700       130,360       130,410  
Subprime (FICO < 575)
    121,130       117,410       118,440  
Reduced doc (All FICOs)(1)
    194,060       198,000       203,340  
 
(1)
In this annual report we classify loans without complete documentation as “reduced documentation” loans regardless of FICO credit score rather than as prime, “A-” or “subprime” loans; in the table above, such loans appear only in the reduced documentation category and they do not appear in any of the other categories.

The primary average loan size of our insurance in force at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for the top 5 states (based on 2011 paid claims) appears in the table below.

Primary average loan size

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
California
  $ 284,034     $ 283,459     $ 288,650  
Florida
    174,439       174,203       178,262  
Arizona
    182,705       184,508       188,614  
Michigan
    123,709       121,282       121,431  
Nevada
    213,973       214,726       220,506  
All other states
    151,883       148,379       147,713  


Information about net paid claims during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

Net paid claims (In millions)

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Prime (FICO 620 & >)
  $ 1,772     $ 1,400     $ 831  
A-Minus (FICO 575-619)
    283       265       231  
Subprime (FICO < 575)
    70       77       95  
Reduced doc (All FICOs)(1)
    429       451       388  
Pool
    480       177       99  
Other
    6       3       5  
Direct losses paid
    3,040       2,373       1,649  
Reinsurance
    (140 )     (126 )     (41 )
Net losses paid
    2,900       2,247       1,608  
LAE
    60       71       60  
Net losses and LAE paid before terminations
    2,960       2,318       1,668  
Reinsurance terminations
    (39 )     (38 )     (119 )
Net losses and LAE paid
  $ 2,921     $ 2,280     $ 1,549  
 
(1)
In this annual report we classify loans without complete documentation as “reduced documentation” loans regardless of FICO credit score rather than as prime, “A-” or “subprime” loans; in the table above, such loans appear only in the reduced documentation category and they do not appear in any of the other categories.
 

Primary claims paid for the top 15 states (based on 2011 paid claims) and all other states for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

Paid Claims by state (In millions)

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
California
  $ 357     $ 288     $ 253  
Florida
    303       340       195  
Arizona
    203       156       110  
Michigan
    138       130       111  
Nevada
    134       95       75  
Georgia
    130       97       62  
Texas
    108       87       51  
Illinois
    101       91       59  
Ohio
    76       68       54  
Washington
    74       41       21  
Virginia
    66       57       48  
Minnesota
    65       56       52  
Colorado
    54       38       27  
Maryland
    51       50       25  
Wisconsin
    46       36       24  
All other states
    648       563       378  
    $ 2,554     $ 2,193     $ 1,545  
Other (Pool, LAE, Reinsurance)
    367       87       4  
Net losses and LAE paid
  $ 2,921     $ 2,280     $ 1,549  

Beginning in 2008, the rate at which claims are received and paid slowed for a combination of reasons, including foreclosure moratoriums, servicing delays, court delays, loan modifications and our claims investigations. Although these factors continue to affect our paid claims, we believe paid claims, on a quarterly basis, peaked in the second quarter of 2011 and that the overall level of total paid claims will continue to decline, assuming recent foreclosure patterns continue.


The primary default inventory for the top 15 states (based on 2011 paid claims) at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
California
    9,542       14,070       19,661  
Florida
    27,533       32,788       38,924  
Arizona
    3,809       6,781       8,791  
Michigan
    7,269       10,278       12,759  
Nevada
    3,001       4,729       5,803  
Georgia
    6,744       9,117       10,905  
Texas
    8,961       11,602       13,668  
Illinois
    11,420       12,548       13,722  
Ohio
    8,357       9,850       11,071  
Washington
    3,467       3,888       3,768  
Virginia
    2,647       3,627       4,464  
Minnesota
    2,778       3,672       4,674  
Colorado
    2,003       2,917       3,451  
Maryland
    3,869       4,264       4,940  
Wisconsin
    3,945       4,519       4,923  
All other states
    70,294       80,074       88,916  
      175,639       214,724       250,440  

The primary default inventory at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 separated between our flow and bulk business appears in the table below.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
Flow
    134,101       162,621       185,828  
Bulk
    41,538       52,103       64,612  
      175,639       214,724       250,440  


The flow default inventory by policy year at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below.

Flow default inventory by policy year

Policy year:
 
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
2002 and prior
    12,006       14,914       17,689  
2003
    7,403       9,069       10,553  
2004
    10,116       12,077       13,869  
2005
    15,594       18,789       21,354  
2006
    23,078       28,284       33,373  
2007
    50,664       62,855       73,304  
2008
    14,247       16,059       15,524  
2009
    800       546       162  
2010
    168       28       -  
2011
    25       -       -  
      134,101       162,621       185,828  

The liability associated with our estimate of premiums to be refunded on expected claim payments is accrued for separately at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and approximated $114 million and $113 million, respectively. Separate components of this liability are included in “Other liabilities” and “Premium deficiency reserve” on our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the liability affect premiums written and earned and change in premium deficiency reserve, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, 22% of our primary insurance in force was written subsequent to December 31, 2008, 37% of our primary insurance in force was written subsequent to December 31, 2007, and 63% of our primary insurance in force was written subsequent to December 31, 2006. On our flow business, the highest claim frequency years have typically been the third and fourth year after the year of loan origination. On our bulk business, the period of highest claims frequency has generally occurred earlier than in the historical pattern on our flow business. However, the pattern of claims frequency can be affected by many factors, including persistency and deteriorating economic conditions. Low persistency can have the effect of accelerating the period in the life of a book during which the highest claim frequency occurs. Deteriorating economic conditions can result in increasing claims following a period of declining claims.

Premium deficiency

Beginning in 2007, when we stopped writing Wall Street bulk business, we began to separately measure the performance of these transactions and established a premium deficiency reserve related to this business. This premium deficiency reserve as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $135 million, $179 million and $193 million, respectively. The $135 million premium deficiency reserve as of December 31, 2011 reflects the present value of expected future losses and expenses that exceeded the present value of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves. The discount rate used in the calculation of the premium deficiency reserve at December 31, 2011 was 2.3%. The discount rate used in the calculation of the premium deficiency reserve at December 31, 2010 was 2.5%.


The components of the premium deficiency reserve at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appear in the table below.

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In millions)
 
Present value of expected future premium
  $ 494     $ 506     $ 427  
                         
Present value of expected future paid losses and expenses
    (1,455 )     (1,760 )     (2,157 )
                         
Net present value of future cash flows
    (961 )     (1,254 )     (1,730 )
                         
Established loss reserves
    826       1,075       1,537  
                         
Net deficiency
  $ (135 )   $ (179 )   $ (193 )

Each quarter, we re-estimate the premium deficiency reserve on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in force. The premium deficiency reserve primarily changes from quarter to quarter as a result of two factors. First, it changes as the actual premiums, losses and expenses that were previously estimated are recognized. Each period such items are reflected in our financial statements as earned premium, losses incurred and expenses. The difference between the amount and timing of actual earned premiums, losses incurred and expenses and our previous estimates used to establish the premium deficiency reserves has an effect (either positive or negative) on that period’s results. Second, the premium deficiency reserve changes as our assumptions relating to the present value of expected future premiums, losses and expenses on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in force change. Changes to these assumptions also have an effect on that period’s results.

The decrease in the premium deficiency reserve for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $44 million, $14 million and $261 million, respectively, as shown in the charts below. The decrease represents the net result of actual premiums, losses and expenses as well as a net change in assumptions for these periods. The change in assumptions for 2011 is primarily related to higher estimated ultimate premiums resulting principally from an increase in the projected persistency rate, somewhat offset by higher estimated ultimate losses resulting principally from an increase in the number of projected claims that will ultimately be resolved as a claim paid. The change in assumptions for 2010 is primarily related to higher estimated ultimate premiums, which is principally related to an increase in the projected persistency rate. The change in assumptions for 2009 primarily related to lower estimated ultimate losses, offset by lower estimated ultimate premiums, both due to higher expected rates of rescission.


   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In millions)
 
                                     
Premium Deficiency Reserve at beginning of period
        $ (179 )         $ (193 )         $ (454 )
Adjustment to premium deficiency reserve (1)
          -             (37 )           -  
Adjusted premium deficiency reserve at beginning of period
          (179 )           (230 )           (454 )
                                           
Paid claims and loss adjustment expenses
  $ 334             $ 426             $ 584          
Decrease in loss reserves
    (249 )             (425 )             (360 )        
Premium earned
    (120 )             (128 )             (156 )        
Effects of present valuing on future premiums, losses and expenses
    (8 )             (25 )             21          
                                                 
Change in premium deficiency reserve to reflect actual premium, losses and expenses recognized
            (43 )             (152 )             89  
                                                 
Change in premium deficiency reserve to reflect change in assumptions relating to future premiums, losses, expenses and discount rate (2)
            87               203               172  
                                                 
Premium Deficiency Reserve at end of period
          $ (135 )           $ (179 )           $ (193 )

(1) In periods prior to 2010 an estimate of premium to be refunded in conjunction with claim payments was included in Loss Reserves. In 2010, we separately stated this liability in Premium deficency reserve on the consolidated balance sheet. (See Note 3 - "Summary of significant accounting policies - Revenue recognition")

(2) A positive number for changes in assumptions relating to premiums, losses, expenses and discount rate indicates a redundancy of prior premium deficiency reserves.

Each quarter we perform a premium deficiency analysis on the portion of our book of business not covered by the premium deficiency described above. As of December 31, 2011, the analysis concluded that there was no premium deficiency on such portion of our book of business. For the reasons discussed below, our analysis of any potential deficiency reserve is subject to inherent uncertainty and requires significant judgment by management. To the extent, in a future period, expected losses are higher or expected premiums are lower than the assumptions we used in our analysis, we could be required to record a premium deficiency reserve on this portion of our book of business in such period.

The calculation of the premium deficiency reserve requires the use of significant judgments and estimates to determine the present value of future premium and present value of expected losses and expenses on our business. The present value of future premium relies on, among other things, assumptions about persistency and repayment patterns on underlying loans. The present value of expected losses and expenses depends on assumptions relating to severity of claims and claim rates on current defaults, and expected defaults in future periods. These assumptions also include an estimate of expected rescission activity. Similar to our loss reserve estimates, our estimates for premium deficiency reserves could be adversely affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or economic conditions leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a drop in housing values that could expose us to greater losses. Assumptions used in calculating the deficiency reserve can also be affected by volatility in the current housing and mortgage lending industries. To the extent premium patterns and actual loss experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating the premium deficiency reserve, the differences between the actual results and our estimates will affect future period earnings and could be material.


Underwriting and other expenses

Underwriting and other expenses for 2011 decreased when compared to 2010 and 2009. The decrease reflects our reductions in headcount as well as our lower contract underwriting volume.

Ratios

The table below presents our loss, expense and combined ratios for our combined insurance operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
Loss ratio
    152.6 %     137.5 %     259.5 %
Expense ratio
    16.0 %     16.3 %     15.1 %
Combined ratio
    168.6 %     153.8 %     274.6 %

The loss ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the sum of incurred losses and loss adjustment expenses to net premiums earned. The loss ratio does not reflect any effects due to premium deficiency. The increase in the loss ratio in 2011, compared to 2010, was due to a increase in losses incurred, as well as a decrease in premiums earned. The expense ratio is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of underwriting expenses to net premiums written. The decrease in the expense ratio in 2011, compared to 2010, was due to a decrease in underwriting and other expenses of the combined insurance operations, partially offset by a decrease in premiums written. The combined ratio is the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio.

The decrease in the loss ratio in 2010, compared to 2009, was due to a decrease in losses incurred, partially offset by a decrease in premium earned. The increase in the expense ratio in 2010, compared to 2009, was due to a decrease in premiums written, partially offset by a decrease in underwriting and other expenses of the combined insurance operations.


Interest expense

Interest expense for 2011 increased when compared to 2010. The increase is due to the issuance of our 5% Convertible Senior Notes in April 2010 as well as an increase in amortization on our junior debentures, somewhat offset by lower interest on our Senior Notes due to repayments and repurchases.

Interest expense for 2010 increased when compared to 2009. The increase is due to the issuance of our 5% Convertible Senior Notes in April 2010 as well as an increase in amortization on our junior debentures.

Income taxes

The effective tax rate provision on our pre-tax loss was 0.3% in 2011, compared to the effective tax rate provision of 1.2% in 2010. During those periods, the benefit from income taxes was eliminated or reduced by the recognition of a valuation allowance. The effective tax rate benefit on our pre-tax loss was (25.1%) in 2009.

We review the need to adjust the deferred tax asset valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. We analyze several factors, among which are the severity and frequency of operating losses, our capacity for the carryback or carryforward of any losses, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and available tax planning alternatives. Based on our analysis and the level of cumulative operating losses, we have reduced our benefit from income tax by recognizing a valuation allowance.

Beginning with the first quarter of 2009, any benefit from income taxes, relating to operating losses, has been reduced or eliminated by the establishment of a valuation allowance. During 2009, our deferred tax asset valuation allowance was reduced by the deferred tax liability related to $102.3 million of income that was recorded in other comprehensive income. During 2010, our deferred tax valuation allowance was increased due to a decrease in the deferred tax liability related to $63.5 million of losses that were recorded in other comprehensive income. During 2011, our deferred tax asset valuation allowance was reduced due to an increase in the deferred tax liability related to $2.3 million of income that was recorded in other comprehensive income. In the event of future operating losses, it is likely that the valuation allowance will be adjusted by any taxes recorded to equity for changes in other comprehensive income.


The effect of the change in valuation allowance on the benefit from income taxes was as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Benefit from income taxes
  $ (196,835 )   $ (145,334 )   $ (681,266 )
Change in valuation allowance
    198,428       149,669       238,490  
                         
Tax provision (benefit)
  $ 1,593     $ 4,335     $ (442,776 )

The increase in the valuation allowance that was included in other comprehensive income was zero, $22.2 million and zero for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $608.8 million, $410.3 million and $238.5 million, respectively.

Legislation enacted in 2009 expanded the carryback period for certain net operating losses from 2 years to 5 years. A total benefit for income taxes of $282.0 million was recorded during 2009 in the consolidated statement of operations for the carryback of 2009 losses. The refund related to these benefits was received in the second quarter of 2010.

Giving full effect to the carryback of net operating losses for federal income tax purposes, we have approximately $1,448 million of net operating loss carryforwards on a regular tax basis and $582 million of net operating loss carryforwards for computing the alternative minimum tax as of December 31, 2011. The increase in net operating loss carryforwards from operating losses during 2011 was partially offset by a onetime inclusion of taxable income. The taxable income related to the cancellation of indebtedness triggered by the conclusion of bankruptcy proceedings for C-BASS, an unconsolidated joint venture investment. Any unutilized carryforwards are scheduled to expire at the end of tax years 2029 through 2031.


Financial Condition

At December 31, 2011 the total fair value of our investment portfolio was $5.8 billion. In addition, at December 31, 2011 our total assets included approximately $1.0 billion of cash and cash equivalents as shown on our consolidated balance sheet in Item 8. At December 31, 2011, based on fair value, approximately 100% of our fixed income securities were investment grade securities. The percentage of investments rated BBB may continue to increase as we reinvest to achieve higher yields and, in part, due to the reduced availability of highly rated corporate securities. Lower rated investments have greater risk. Our fixed income securities are readily marketable, other than our auction rate securities discussed below, and concentrated in maturities of less than 15 years. The composition of ratings at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are shown in the table below.

Investment Portfolio Ratings

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
AAA
    37 %     43 %     39 %
AA
    26 %     29 %     34 %
A
    27 %     23 %     20 %
BBB
    10 %     5 %     6 %
                         
Investment grade
    100 %     100 %     99 %
                         
Below investment grade
    -       -       1 %
                         
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %

Approximately 10% of our investment portfolio, excluding cash and cash equivalents, is guaranteed by financial guarantors. We evaluate the credit risk of securities through analysis of the underlying fundamentals. The extent of our analysis depends on a variety of factors, including the issuer’s sector, scale, profitability, debt cover, ratings and the tenor of the investment. At December 31, 2011, there are no fixed income securities that are relying on financial guaranty insurance to elevate their rating.

We primarily place our investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. The policy guidelines also limit the amount of our credit exposure to any one issue, issuer and type of instrument. At December 31, 2011, the modified duration of our fixed income investment portfolio, including cash and cash equivalents, was 2.8 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a change of 2.8% in the fair value of our fixed income portfolio. For an upward shift in the yield curve, the fair value of our portfolio would decrease and for a downward shift in the yield curve, the fair value would increase.

We held $170 million in auction rate securities (“ARS”) backed by student loans at December 31, 2011. ARS are intended to behave like short-term debt instruments because their interest rates are reset periodically through an auction process, most commonly at intervals of 7, 28 and 35 days. The same auction process has historically provided a means by which we may rollover the investment or sell these securities at par in order to provide us with liquidity as needed. The ARS we hold are collateralized by portfolios of student loans, substantially all of which are ultimately 97% guaranteed by the United States Department of Education. At December 31, 2011, approximately 83% of our ARS portfolio was rated AAA/Aaa by one or more of the following major rating agencies: Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings.


In mid-February 2008, auctions began to fail due to insufficient buyers, as the amount of securities submitted for sale in auctions exceeded the aggregate amount of the bids. For each failed auction, the interest rate on the security moves to a maximum rate specified for each security, and generally resets at a level higher than specified short-term interest rate benchmarks. At December 31, 2011, our entire ARS portfolio, consisting of 19 investments, was subject to failed auctions; however, from the period when the auctions began to fail through December 31, 2011, $361 million in par value of ARS was either sold or called, with the average amount we received being approximately 97% of par which approximated the aggregate fair value prior to redemption. To date, we have collected all interest due on our ARS.

As a result of the persistent failed auctions, and the uncertainty of when these investments could be liquidated at par, the investment principal associated with failed auctions will not be accessible until successful auctions occur, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, the issuers establish a different form of financing to replace these securities, or final payments come due according to the contractual maturities of the debt issues. However, we continue to believe we will have liquidity to our ARS portfolio by December 31, 2014.

At December 31, 2011, we had outstanding $171 million, 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015, with an approximate fair value of $117 million. At December 31, 2011, we also had $345 million principal amount of 5% Convertible Senior Notes outstanding due in 2017, with an approximate fair value of $202 million and $389.5 million principal amount of 9% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures due in 2063 outstanding, which at December 31, 2011 are reflected as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet at the current amortized value of $344 million, with the unamortized discount reflected in equity. The fair value of the convertible debentures was approximately $190 million at December 31, 2011.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed separate examinations of our federal income tax returns for the years 2000 through 2004 and 2005 through 2007 and issued assessments for unpaid taxes, interest and penalties related to our treatment of the flow-through income and loss from an investment in a portfolio of residual interests of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”). This portfolio has been managed and maintained during years prior to, during and subsequent to the examination period. The IRS indicated that it did not believe that, for various reasons, we had established sufficient tax basis in the REMIC residual interests to deduct the losses from taxable income. The IRS assessment related to the REMIC issue is $190.7 million in taxes and penalties. There would also be applicable interest, which may be substantial. Additional state income taxes along with any applicable interest may become due when a final resolution is reached and could also be substantial. We appealed these assessments within the IRS and, in 2007, we made a payment of $65.2 million with the United States Department of the Treasury related to this assessment. In August 2010, we reached a tentative settlement agreement with the IRS. Because net operating losses that we incurred in 2009 were carried back to taxable years that were included in the settlement agreement, it was subject to review by the Joint Committee on Taxation of Congress. Following that review, the IRS indicated that it is reconsidering the terms of the settlement. We are attempting to address the IRS’ concerns, but there is a risk that we may not be able to settle the proposed adjustments with the IRS or, alternatively, that the terms of any final settlement will be more costly to us than the currently proposed settlement. In the event that we are unable to reach any settlement of the proposed adjustments, we would be required to litigate their validity in order to avoid a full concession to the IRS. Any such litigation could be lengthy and costly in terms of legal fees and related expenses. We adjusted our tax provision and liabilities for the effects of the tentative settlement agreement in 2010. The IRS’ reconsideration of the terms of the settlement agreement did not change our belief that the previously recorded items are appropriate. However, we would need to make appropriate adjustments, which could be material, to our tax provision and liabilities if our view of the probability of success in this matter changes, and the ultimate resolution of this matter could have a material negative impact on our effective tax rate, results of operations, cash flows and statutory capital. In this regard, see our risk factor titled “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” in Item 1A.


The IRS is currently conducting an examination of our federal income tax returns for the years 2008 and 2009, which is scheduled to be completed in 2012. The adjustments that are currently proposed by the IRS are temporary in nature and would have no material effect on the financial statements.

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2011 is $110.1 million. The total amount of the unrecognized tax benefits that would affect our effective tax rate is $97.5 million. We recognize interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes. We have accrued $26.7 million for the payment of interest as of December 31, 2011. Although the IRS is reconsidering the terms of our settlement agreement with them, as discussed above, if approved our total amount of unrecognized tax benefits would be reduced by $104.0 million during 2012, while after taking into account prior payments and the effect of available NOL carrybacks, any net cash outflows would approximate $23 million.

Our principal exposure to loss is our obligation to pay claims under MGIC’s mortgage guaranty insurance policies. At December 31, 2011, MGIC’s direct (before any reinsurance) primary and pool risk in force, which is the unpaid principal balance of insured loans as reflected in our records multiplied by the coverage percentage, and taking account of any loss limit, was approximately $46.4 billion. In addition, as part of our contract underwriting activities, we are responsible for the quality of our underwriting decisions in accordance with the terms of the contract underwriting agreements with customers. We may be required to provide certain remedies to our customers if certain standards relating to the quality of our underwriting work are not met, and we have an established reserve for such obligations. Through December 31, 2011, the cost of remedies provided by us to customers for failing to meet the standards of the contracts has not been material. However, claims for remedies may be made a number of years after the underwriting work was performed. A material portion of our new insurance written through the flow channel in recent years, including for 2006 and 2007, has involved loans for which we provided contract underwriting services. We believe the rescission of mortgage insurance coverage on loans for which we provided contract underwriting services may make a claim for a contract underwriting remedy more likely to occur. Beginning in the second half of 2010, we experienced an increase in claims for contract underwriting remedies, which continued into 2011. Hence, there can be no assurance that contract underwriting remedies will not be material in the future.


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Our sources of funds consist primarily of:

 
·
our investment portfolio (which is discussed in “Financial Condition” above), and interest income on the portfolio,

 
·
net premiums that we will receive from our existing insurance in force as well as policies that we write in the future and

 
·
amounts that we expect to recover from captives (which is discussed in “Results of Consolidated Operations – Risk sharing arrangements” and “Results of Consolidated Operations – Losses – Losses incurred” above).
 
Our obligations consist primarily of:

 
·
claim payments under MGIC’s mortgage guaranty insurance policies,

 
·
$171 million of 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015,

 
·
$345 million of Convertible Senior Notes due in 2017,

 
·
$389.5 million of Convertible Junior Debentures due in 2063,

 
·
interest on the foregoing debt instruments, and

 
·
the other costs and operating expenses of our business.

Holders of both of the convertible issues may convert their notes into shares of our common stock at their option prior to certain dates prescribed under the terms of their issuance, in which case our corresponding obligation will be eliminated.

For the first time in many years, beginning in 2009, claim payments exceeded premiums received. We expect that this trend will continue. Due to the uncertainty regarding how factors such as foreclosure moratoriums, servicing and court delays, failures by servicers to follow proper procedures in foreclosure proceedings, loan modifications and claims investigations and rescissions, will affect our future paid claims it has become even more difficult to estimate the amount and timing of future claim payments. When we experience cash shortfalls, we can fund them through sales of short-term investments and other investment portfolio securities, subject to insurance regulatory requirements regarding the payment of dividends to the extent funds were required by an entity other than the seller. In addition, we align the maturities of our investment portfolio with our estimate of future obligations. A significant portion of our investment portfolio securities are held by our insurance subsidiaries. As long as the trends discussed above continue, we expect to experience significant declines in our investment portfolio.


Debt at Our Holding Company and Holding Company Capital Resources

The senior notes, convertible senior notes and convertible debentures are obligations of MGIC Investment Corporation and not of its subsidiaries. The payment of dividends from our insurance subsidiaries, which prior to raising capital in the public markets in 2008 and 2010 had been the principal source of our holding company cash inflow, is restricted by insurance regulation. MGIC is the principal source of dividend-paying capacity. Since 2008, MGIC has not paid any dividends to our holding company. Through 2012, MGIC cannot pay any dividends to our holding company without approval from the OCI.

At December 31, 2011, we had $487 million in cash and investments at our holding company.

As of December 31, 2011, our holding company’s debt obligations were $906 million in par value consisting of:

 
·
$171 million in par value of Senior Notes due in November 2015, with an annual interest cost of $9 million;

 
·
$345 million in par value of Convertible Senior Notes due in 2017, with an annual interest cost of $17 million; and

 
·
$390 million in par value of Convertible Junior Debentures due in 2063, with an annual interest cost of $35 million

See Note 8 – “Debt” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about this indebtedness, including restrictive covenants in our Senior Notes and our right to defer interest on our Convertible Junior Debentures.

Our holding company has no other material sources of cash inflows other than investment income. Furthermore, our holding company contributed $200 million to its insurance operations in December 2011 to support these operations. Any further contributions would further decrease our holding company cash and investments.

In 2011, we repurchased for cash approximately $129 million in par value of our 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015. We recognized $27.7 million in gains on the repurchases, which is included in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. We may from time to time continue to seek to acquire our debt obligations through cash purchases and/or exchanges for other securities. We may do this in open market purchases, privately negotiated acquisitions or other transactions. The amounts involved may be material.


Risk-to-Capital

We compute our risk-to-capital ratio on a separate company statutory basis, as well as for our combined insurance operations. The risk-to-capital ratio is our net risk in force divided by our policyholders’ position. Our net risk in force includes both primary and pool risk in force, and excludes risk on policies that are currently in default and for which loss reserves have been established. The risk amount includes pools of loans or bulk deals with contractual aggregate loss limits and in some cases without these limits. Policyholders’ position consists primarily of statutory policyholders’ surplus (which increases as a result of statutory net income and decreases as a result of statutory net loss and dividends paid), plus the statutory contingency reserve. The statutory contingency reserve is reported as a liability on the statutory balance sheet. A mortgage insurance company is required to make annual contributions to the contingency reserve of approximately 50% of net earned premiums. These contributions must generally be maintained for a period of ten years. However, with regulatory approval a mortgage insurance company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 35% of net earned premium in a calendar year.

The premium deficiency reserve discussed under “Results of Consolidated Operations – Losses – Premium deficiency” above is not recorded as a liability on the statutory balance sheet and is not a component of statutory net income. The present value of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves and statutory contingency reserves, exceeds the present value of expected future losses and expenses on our total in force book, so no deficiency is recorded on a statutory basis. On a GAAP basis, contingency loss reserves are not established and thus not considered when calculating premium deficiency reserve and policies are grouped based on how they are acquired, serviced and measured.


MGIC’s separate company risk-to-capital calculation appears in the table below.

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(In millions, except ratio)
 
             
Risk in force - net (1)
  $ 31,769     $ 33,817  
                 
Statutory policyholders' surplus
  $ 1,569     $ 1,709  
Statutory contingency reserve
    -       -  
                 
Statutory policyholders' position
  $ 1,569     $ 1,709  
                 
                 
Risk-to-capital
 
20.3:1
   
19.8:1
 

(1) Risk in force – net, as shown in the table above, is net of reinsurance and exposure on policies currently in default and for which loss reserves have been established.

Our combined insurance companies’ risk-to-capital calculation appears in the table below.

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(In millions, except ratio)
 
             
Risk in force - net (1)
  $ 36,805     $ 39,369  
                 
Statutory policyholders' surplus
  $ 1,657     $ 1,692  
Statutory contingency reserve
    4       5  
                 
Statutory policyholders' position
  $ 1,661     $ 1,697  
                 
                 
Risk-to-capital
 
22.2:1
   
23.2:1
 

(1) Risk in force – net, as shown in the table above, is net of reinsurance and exposure on policies currently in default ($8.6 billion at December 31, 2011 and $11.0 billion at December 31, 2010) and for which loss reserves have been established.

Our risk-to-capital ratio will increase if the percentage decrease in capital exceeds the percentage decrease in insured risk. Therefore, as capital decreases, the same dollar decrease in capital will cause a greater percentage decrease in capital and a greater increase in the risk-to-capital ratio. We currently expect MGIC’s risk-to-capital to exceed 25 to 1 in the second half of 2012.


For additional information regarding regulatory capital see “Overview-Capital” above as well as our risk factor titled “Regulatory capital requirements may prevent us from continuing to write new insurance on an uninterrupted basis” in item 1A.

Financial Strength Ratings

The financial strength of MGIC, our principal mortgage insurance subsidiary, is rated B1 by Moody’s Investors Service with a negative outlook. Standard & Poor’s Rating Services’ insurer financial strength rating of MGIC is B with a negative outlook.

For further information about the importance of MGIC’s ratings, see our risk factor titled “MGIC may not continue to meet the GSEs’ mortgage insurer eligibility requirements” in Item 1A.

Contractual Obligations

At December 31, 2011, the approximate future payments under our contractual obligations of the type described in the table below are as follows:

   
Payments due by period
 
Contractual Obligations (In millions):
       
Less than
               
More than
 
   
Total
   
1 year
   
1-3 years
   
3-5 years
   
5 years
 
Long-term debt obligations
  $ 2,842     $ 61     $ 123     $ 285     $ 2,373  
Operating lease obligations
    9       4       4       1       -  
Tax obligations
    17       17       -       -       -  
Purchase obligations
    1       1       -       -       -  
Pension, SERP and other post-retirement benefit plans
    177       11       28       32       106  
Other long-term liabilities
    4,558       2,325       1,686       547       -  
                                         
Total
  $ 7,604     $ 2,419     $ 1,841     $ 865     $ 2,479  

Our long-term debt obligations at December 31, 2011 include, $171 million of 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015, $345 million of 5% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2017 and $389.5 million in convertible debentures due in 2063, including related interest, as discussed in Note 8 – “Debt” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” above. Our operating lease obligations include operating leases on certain office space, data processing equipment and autos, as discussed in Note 19 – “Leases” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Tax obligations consist primarily of amounts related to our current dispute with the IRS, as discussed in Note 14 – “Income taxes.” Purchase obligations consist primarily of agreements to purchase data processing hardware or services made in the normal course of business. See Note 13 - “Benefit plans” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for discussion of expected benefit payments under our benefit plans.


Our other long-term liabilities represent the loss reserves established to recognize the liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to defaults on insured mortgage loans. The timing of the future claim payments associated with the established loss reserves was determined primarily based on two key assumptions: the length of time it takes for a notice of default to develop into a received claim and the length of time it takes for a received claim to be ultimately paid. The future claim payment periods are estimated based on historical experience, and could emerge significantly different than this estimate. Due to the uncertainty regarding how certain factors, such as foreclosure moratoriums, servicing and court delays, failures by servicers to follow proper procedures in foreclosure proceedings, loan modifications, claims investigations and claim rescissions, will affect our future paid claims it has become even more difficult to estimate the amount and timing of future claim payments. Current conditions in the housing and mortgage industries make all of the assumptions discussed in this paragraph more volatile than they would otherwise be. See Note 9 – “Loss reserves” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and “-Critical Accounting Policies” below. In accordance with GAAP for the mortgage insurance industry, we establish loss reserves only for loans in default. Because our reserving method does not take account of the impact of future losses that could occur from loans that are not delinquent, our obligation for ultimate losses that we expect to occur under our policies in force at any period end is not reflected in our financial statements or in the table above.

Critical Accounting Policies

We believe that the accounting policies described below involved significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Loss reserves and premium deficiency reserves

Loss reserves

Reserves are established for reported insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses based on when notices of default on insured mortgage loans are received. A default is defined as an insured loan with a mortgage payment that is 45 days or more past due. Reserves are also established for estimated losses incurred on notices of default not yet reported. Even though the accounting standard, ASC 944, regarding accounting and reporting by insurance entities specifically excluded mortgage insurance from its guidance relating to loss reserves, we establish loss reserves using the general principles contained in the insurance standard. However, consistent with industry standards for mortgage insurers, we do not establish loss reserves for future claims on insured loans which are not currently in default.


We establish reserves using estimated claim rates and claim amounts in estimating the ultimate loss. The liability for reinsurance assumed is based on information provided by the ceding companies.

The incurred but not reported, or IBNR, reserves referred to above result from defaults occurring prior to the close of an accounting period, but which have not been reported to us. Consistent with reserves for reported defaults, IBNR reserves are established using estimated claim rates and claim amounts for the estimated number of defaults not reported. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had IBNR reserves of $244 million and $335 million, respectively.

Reserves also provide for the estimated costs of settling claims, including legal and other expenses and general expenses of administering the claims settlement process.

The estimated claim rates and claim amounts represent what we believe reflect the best estimate of what will actually be paid on the loans in default as of the reserve date. If a policy is rescinded we do not expect that it will result in a claim payment and thus the rescission generally reduces the historical claim rate used in establishing reserves. In addition, if a loan cures its delinquency, including successful loan modifications that result in a cure being reported to us, the cure reduces the historical claim rate used in establishing reserves. Our methodology to determine the estimate of claim rates and claim amounts are based on our review of recent trends in the default inventory. To establish reserves we utilize a reserving model that continually incorporates historical data on the rate at which defaults resulted in a claim, or the claim rate. This historical data includes the effects of rescissions, which are included as cures within the model. The model also incorporates an estimate for the amount of the claim we will pay, or severity. The severity is estimated using the historical percentage of our claim paid compared to our loan exposure, as well as the risk in force of the loans currently in default. We review recent trends in the claim rate, severity, the change in the level of defaults by geography and the change in average loan exposure. As a result, the process to determine reserves does not include quantitative ranges of outcomes that are reasonably likely to occur.

The claim rates and claim amounts are likely to be affected by external events, including actual economic conditions such as changes in unemployment rate, interest rate or housing value. Our estimation process does not include a correlation between claim rates and claim amounts to projected economic conditions such as changes in unemployment rate, interest rate or housing value. Our experience is that analysis of that nature would not produce reliable results. The results would not be reliable as the change in one economic condition cannot be isolated to determine its sole effect on our ultimate paid losses as our ultimate paid losses are also influenced at the same time by other economic conditions. Additionally, the changes and interaction of these economic conditions are not likely homogeneous throughout the regions in which we conduct business. Each economic environment influences our ultimate paid losses differently, even if apparently similar in nature. Furthermore, changes in economic conditions may not necessarily be reflected in our loss development in the quarter or year in which the changes occur. Typically, actual claim results often lag changes in economic conditions by at least nine to twelve months.


In considering the potential sensitivity of the factors underlying our best estimate of loss reserves, it is possible that even a relatively small change in estimated claim rate or a relatively small percentage change in estimated claim amount could have a significant impact on reserves and, correspondingly, on results of operations. For example, a $1,000 change in the average severity reserve factor combined with a 1% change in the average claim rate reserve factor would change the reserve amount by approximately $190 million as of December 31, 2011. Historically, it has not been uncommon for us to experience variability in the development of the loss reserves through the end of the following year at this level or higher, as shown by the historical development of our loss reserves in the table below:

   
Losses incurred
   
Reserve at
 
   
related to
   
end of
 
   
prior years (1)
   
prior year
 
   
(In thousands)
 
2011
  $ (99,328 )   $ 5,884,171  
2010
    (266,908 )     6,704,990  
2009
    466,765       4,775,552  
2008
    387,104       2,642,479  
2007
    518,950       1,125,715  

(1)
A positive number for a prior year indicates a deficiency of loss reserves, and a negative number for a prior year indicates a redundancy of loss reserves.

Estimation of losses is inherently judgmental. The conditions that affect the claim rate and claim severity include the current and future state of the economy, including unemployment and local housing markets. Current conditions in the housing and mortgage industries make these assumptions more volatile than they would otherwise be. The actual amount of the claim payments may be substantially different than our loss reserve estimates. Our estimates could be adversely affected by several factors, including a further deterioration of regional or national economic conditions, including unemployment, leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a further drop in housing values that could result in, among other things, greater losses on loans that have pool insurance, and may affect borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments when the value of the home is below the mortgage balance and mitigation from rescissions being materially less than assumed. Our estimates are also affected by any agreements we enter into regarding claim payments, such as the settlement agreements discussed below under “Losses incurred”. Changes to our estimates could result in a material impact to our results of operations, even in a stable economic environment.

In addition, our loss reserving methodology incorporates the effects rescission activity is expected to have on the losses we will pay on our delinquent inventory. We do not utilize an explicit rescission rate in our reserving methodology, but rather our reserving methodology incorporates the effects rescission activity has had on our historical claim rate and claim severities. A variance between ultimate actual rescission rates and these estimates could materially affect our losses. The estimation of the impact of rescissions on incurred losses, as shown in the table below, must be considered together with the various other factors impacting incurred losses and not in isolation.


The table below represents our estimate of the impact rescissions have had on reducing our loss reserves, paid losses and losses incurred.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In billions)
 
                   
Estimated rescission reduction - beginning reserve
  $ 1.3     $ 2.1     $ 0.5  
                         
Estimated rescission reduction - losses incurred
    -       0.2       2.5  
                         
Rescission reduction - paid claims
    0.6       1.2       1.2  
Amounts that may have been applied to a deductible
    -       (0.2 )     (0.3 )
Net rescission reduction - paid claims
    0.6       1.0       0.9  
                         
Estimated rescission reduction - ending reserve
  $ 0.7     $ 1.3     $ 2.1  

The $2.5 billion estimated mitigation of incurred losses during 2009 represents both the claims not paid in the period due to rescissions, as well as an increasing default inventory and an increasing expected rescission rate for those loans in default. Even though rescissions mitigated our paid losses by a similar amount in 2010 as compared to 2009, the estimated mitigation of incurred losses declined to $0.2 billion for 2010. This decrease was caused by a decline in our default inventory in 2010, compared to an increase in 2009, as well as a modest decline in the expected rescission rate for loans in our default inventory during 2010, compared to a significantly increasing expected rescission rate during 2009 and a decrease in severity on expected rescissions.

The decrease in the estimated mitigation of incurred losses in 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 is due to a decline in the expected rescission rate for loans in our default inventory during 2011 compared to a modest decline in 2010.

At December 31, 2011, our loss reserves continued to be significantly impacted by expected rescission activity. We expect that the reduction of our loss reserves due to rescissions will continue to decline because our recent experience indicates new notices in our default inventory have a lower likelihood of being rescinded than those already in the inventory.

If the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, the outcome of the dispute ultimately would be determined by legal proceedings. Legal proceedings disputing our right to rescind coverage may be brought up to three years after the lender has obtained title to the property (typically through a foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, although in a few jurisdictions there is a longer time to bring such an action. For the majority of our rescissions that are not subject to a settlement agreement, the period in which a dispute may be brought has not ended. We consider a rescission resolved for financial reporting purposes even though legal proceedings have been initiated and are ongoing. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss from such proceedings is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, when establishing our loss reserves, we do not include additional loss reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome from ongoing legal proceedings, including those with Countrywide. For more information about these legal proceedings, see Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8.


In addition to the proceedings involving Countrywide, we are involved in legal proceedings with respect to rescissions that we do not consider to be collectively material in amount. Although it is reasonably possible that, when these discussions or proceedings are completed, there will be a conclusion or determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability.

In 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with a lender-customer regarding our rescission practices. In April 2011, Freddie Mac advised its servicers that they must obtain its prior approval for rescission settlements and Fannie Mae advised its servicers that they are prohibited from entering into such settlements. In addition, in April 2011, Fannie Mae notified us that we must obtain its prior approval to enter into certain settlements. We continue to discuss with other lender-customers their objections to material rescissions and have reached settlement terms with several of our significant lender-customers. Any definitive agreement with these customers would be subject to GSE approval. One GSE has approved one of our settlement agreements, but this agreement remains subject to the approval of the other GSE. We believe that it is probable (within the meaning of ASC 450-20) that this agreement will be approved by the other GSE. As a result, we considered the terms of the agreement when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. This agreement did not have a significant impact on our established loss reserves. Neither GSE has approved our other settlement agreements and the terms of these other agreements were not considered when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. There can be no assurances that both GSEs will approve any settlement agreements and the GSEs may approve some of our settlement agreements and reject others based on the specific terms of those agreements.

Information regarding the ever-to-date rescission rates by the quarter in which the claim was received appears in the table below. No information is presented for claims received in the most recent two quarters to allow sufficient time for a substantial percentage of the claims received in those two quarters to reach resolution.


As of December 31, 2011
Ever to Date Rescission Rates on Primary Claims Received
(based on count)

Quarter in Which the
 
ETD Rescission
 
ETD Claims Resolution
Claim was Received
 
Rate (1)
 
Percentage (2)
         
Q1 2010
 
20.9%
 
99.9%
Q2 2010
 
19.9%
 
100.0%
Q3 2010
 
18.7%
 
99.7%
Q4 2010
 
17.0%
 
99.2%
Q1 2011
 
13.2%
 
97.4%
Q2 2011
 
  9.5%
 
94.3%

(1) This percentage is claims received, during the quarter shown, that have been rescinded as of our most recently completed quarter divided by the total claims received during the quarter shown. In certain cases we rescind coverage before a claim is received. Such rescissions, which have not been material, are not included in the statistics in this table.
(2) This percentage is claims received, during the quarter shown, that have been resolved as of our most recently completed quarter divided by the total claims received during the quarter shown. Claims resolved principally consist of claims paid plus claims for which we have informed the insured of our decision not to pay the claim. Although our decision to not pay a claim is made after we have given the insured an opportunity to dispute the facts underlying our decision to not pay the claim, these decisions are sometimes reversed after further discussion with the insured. The number of rescission reversals has been immaterial.
Note: In the second half of 2011, Countrywide materially increased the percentage of loans for which it is rebutting the assertions that we make prior to rescinding a loan. When we receive a rebuttal prior to a rescission, we do not rescind coverage until after we respond to the rebuttal. Therefore, in addition to our substantial pipeline of claims investigations, we have a substantial pipeline of pre-rescission rebuttals that, based on our historical experience with such rebuttals, we expect will eventually result in rescissions. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline after resolution of the rebuttal pipeline.

We anticipate that the ever-to-date rescission rate on the more recent quarters will increase as the ever-to-date resolution percentage moves closer to 100%.

Our estimates could also be positively affected by government efforts to assist current borrowers in refinancing to new loans, assisting delinquent borrowers and lenders in reducing their mortgage payments, and forestalling foreclosures.

Loss reserves in the most recent years contain a greater degree of uncertainty, even though the estimates are based on the best available data.

Premium deficiency reserve

After our reserves are established, we perform premium deficiency calculations using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date. The calculation of premium deficiency reserves requires the use of significant judgments and estimates to determine the present value of future premium and present value of expected losses and expenses on our business. The present value of future premium relies on, among other things, assumptions about persistency and repayment patterns on underlying loans. The present value of expected losses and expenses depends on assumptions relating to severity of claims and claim rates on current defaults, and expected defaults in future periods. These assumptions also include an estimate of expected rescission activity. Assumptions used in calculating the deficiency reserves can be affected by volatility in the current housing and mortgage lending industries. To the extent premium patterns and actual loss experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating the premium deficiency reserves, the differences between the actual results and our estimate will affect future period earnings.


The establishment of premium deficiency reserves is subject to inherent uncertainty and requires judgment by management. The actual amount of claim payments and premium collections may vary significantly from the premium deficiency reserve estimates. Similar to our loss reserve estimates, our estimates for premium deficiency reserves could be adversely affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or economic conditions leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a drop in housing values that could expose us to greater losses. Changes to our estimates could result in material changes in our operations, even in a stable economic environment. Adjustments to premium deficiency reserves estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the years in which the adjustments are made.

As is the case with our loss reserves, as discussed above, the severity of claims and claim rates, as well as persistency for the premium deficiency calculation, are likely to be affected by external events, including actual economic conditions, as well as future rescission activity. However, our estimation process does not include a correlation between these economic conditions and our assumptions because it is our experience that an analysis of that nature would not produce reliable results. In considering the potential sensitivity of the factors underlying management’s best estimate of premium deficiency reserves, it is possible that even a relatively small change in estimated claim rate or a relatively small percentage change in estimated claim amount could have a significant impact on the premium deficiency reserve and, correspondingly, on our results of operations. For example, a $1,000 change in the average severity combined with a 1% change in the average claim rate could change the Wall Street bulk premium deficiency reserve amount by approximately $69 million. Additionally, a 5% change in the persistency of the underlying loans could change the Wall Street bulk premium deficiency reserve amount by approximately $15 million. We do not anticipate changes in the discount rate will be significant enough as to result in material changes in the calculation.

Revenue recognition

When a policy term ends, the primary mortgage insurance written by us is renewable at the insured’s option through continued payment of the premium in accordance with the schedule established at the inception of the policy term. We have no ability to reunderwrite or reprice these policies after issuance. Premiums written under policies having single and annual premium payments are initially deferred as unearned premium reserve and earned over the policy term. Premiums written on policies covering more than one year are amortized over the policy life in accordance with the expiration of risk which is the anticipated claim payment pattern based on historical experience. Premiums written on annual policies are earned on a monthly pro rata basis. Premiums written on monthly policies are earned as the monthly coverage is provided. When a policy is cancelled, all premium that is non-refundable is immediately earned. Any refundable premium is returned to the lender. Cancellations include rescissions and policies cancelled due to claim payment. When a policy is rescinded, all previously collected premium is returned to the lender and when a claim is paid we return any premium received since the date of default. The liability associated with our estimate of premium to be returned is accrued for separately and separate components of this liability are included in “Other liabilities” and “Premium deficiency reserves” on our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in these liabilities effect premiums written and earned and change in premium deficiency reserve, respectively. In periods prior to 2010, the liability associated with premium to be returned on claim payments was included in loss reserves and changes to this estimate affected losses incurred. This policy did not have a significant impact on premiums written and earned or losses incurred in periods prior to 2010. The actual return of premium for all periods affects premium written and earned. Policy cancellations also lower the persistency rate which is a variable used in calculating the rate of amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs discussed below.


Fee income of our non-insurance subsidiaries is earned and recognized as the services are provided and the customer is obligated to pay.

Deferred insurance policy acquisition costs

Costs associated with the acquisition of mortgage insurance policies, consisting of employee compensation and other policy issuance and underwriting expenses, are initially deferred and reported as deferred insurance policy acquisition costs. Deferred insurance policy acquisition costs arising from each book of business are charged against revenue in the same proportion that the underwriting profit for the period of the charge bears to the total underwriting profit over the life of the policies. The underwriting profit and the life of the policies are estimated and are reviewed quarterly and updated when necessary to reflect actual experience and any changes to key variables such as persistency or loss development. Interest is accrued on the unamortized balance of deferred insurance policy acquisition costs.

Because our insurance premiums are earned over time, changes in persistency result in deferred insurance policy acquisition costs being amortized against revenue over a comparable period of time. At December 31, 2011, the persistency rate of our primary mortgage insurance was 82.9%, compared to 84.4% at December 31, 2010. This change did not significantly affect the amortization of deferred insurance policy acquisition costs for the period ended December 31, 2011. A 10% change in persistency would not have a material effect on the amortization of deferred insurance policy acquisition costs in the subsequent year.

If a premium deficiency exists, we reduce the related deferred insurance policy acquisition costs by the amount of the deficiency or to zero through a charge to current period earnings. If the deficiency is more than the deferred insurance policy acquisition costs balance, we then establish a premium deficiency reserve equal to the excess, by means of a charge to current period earnings.


Fair Value Measurements

We adopted fair value accounting guidance that became effective January 1, 2008. This guidance addresses aspects of the expanding application of fair-value accounting. The guidance defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements regarding fair-value measurements and provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value with changes in fair value reported in earnings. The option to account for selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value is made on an instrument-by-instrument basis at the time of acquisition. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we did not elect the fair value option for any financial instruments acquired for which the primary basis of accounting is not fair value.

In accordance with fair value guidance, we applied the following fair value hierarchy in order to measure fair value for assets and liabilities:

Level 1 – Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that we have the ability to access. Financial assets utilizing Level 1 inputs primarily include certain U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies and Australian government and semi government securities.

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and inputs, other than quoted prices, that are observable in the marketplace for the financial instrument. The observable inputs are used in valuation models to calculate the fair value of the financial instruments. Financial assets utilizing Level 2 inputs primarily include certain municipal and corporate bonds.

Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable. Level 3 inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing an asset or liability. Financial assets utilizing Level 3 inputs include certain state and auction rate (backed by student loans) securities. Non-financial assets which utilize Level 3 inputs include real estate acquired through claim settlement.

To determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, independent pricing sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data. To ensure securities are appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. A variety of inputs are utilized including benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research publications. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation. Market indicators, industry and economic events are also considered. This information is evaluated using a multidimensional pricing model. Quality controls are performed throughout this process which includes reviewing tolerance reports, trading information and data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. This model combines all inputs to arrive at a value assigned to each security. On a quarterly basis, we perform quality controls over values received from the pricing sources which include reviewing tolerance reports, trading information and data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. We have not made any adjustments to the prices obtained from the independent pricing sources.


Assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 are as follows:

·      Securities available-for-sale classified in Level 3 are not readily marketable and are valued using internally developed models based on the present value of expected cash flows. Our Level 3 securities primarily consist of auction rate securities as observable inputs or value drivers are unavailable due to events described in Note 6 – “Investments” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Due to limited market information, we utilized a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model to derive an estimate of fair value of these assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The assumptions used in preparing the DCF model included estimates with respect to the amount and timing of future interest and principal payments, the probability of full repayment of the principal considering the credit quality and guarantees in place, and the rate of return required by investors to own such securities given the current liquidity risk associated with them. The DCF model is based on the following key assumptions.

 
§
Nominal credit risk as substantially all of the underlying collateral of these securities is ultimately guaranteed by the United States Department of Education;
 
§
Liquidity by December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2014;
 
§
Continued receipt of contractual interest; and
 
§
Discount rates ranging from 2.30% to 4.30%, which include a spread for liquidity risk.

A 1.00% change in the discount rate would change the value of our ARS by approximately $3.8 million. A two year change to the years to liquidity assumption would change the value of our ARS by approximately $5.9 million.

·      Real estate acquired through claim settlement is fair valued at the lower of our acquisition cost or a percentage of appraised value. The percentage applied to appraised value is based upon our historical sales experience adjusted for current trends.


Investment Portfolio

Our entire investment portfolio is classified as available-for-sale and is reported at fair value. The related unrealized gains or losses are, after considering the related tax expense or benefit, recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. Realized investment gains and losses are reported in income based upon specific identification of securities sold.

In April 2009, new accounting guidance regarding the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments was issued. The new guidance required us to separate an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of a debt security into two components when there are credit related losses associated with the impaired debt security for which we assert that we do not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery of our cost basis. Under this guidance the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors (such as changes in interest rates or market conditions) is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). If we determine it is more likely than not that we will have to sell a debt security prior to the anticipated recovery, the decline in fair value below amortized cost is recognized as an OTTI in earnings. In periods after recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, we account for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings. For debt securities for which OTTI were recognized in earnings, the difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected will be accreted or amortized into net investment income. This guidance was effective beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2009.

Each quarter we perform reviews of our investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below amortized cost were considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable guidance. In evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, we consider several factors including, but not limited to:

 
§
our intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery;
 
§
extent and duration of the decline;
 
§
failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;
 
§
change in rating below investment grade; and
 
§
adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area.

Under the current guidance a debt security impairment is deemed other than temporary if we either intend to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery or we do not expect to collect cash flows sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. During 2011 we recognized OTTI losses in earnings of $0.7 million. During 2010 we recognized OTTI losses in earnings of $9.6 million. During 2009 we recognized OTTI losses in earnings of $40.9 million and an additional $1.8 million of OTTI losses in other comprehensive income.

 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

At December 31, 2011, the derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio were immaterial. We place our investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines; the policy also limits the amount of credit exposure to any one issue, issuer and type of instrument. At December 31, 2011, the modified duration of our fixed income investment portfolio, including cash and cash equivalents, was 2.8 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a change of 2.8% in the market value of our fixed income portfolio. For an upward shift in the yield curve, the market value of our portfolio would decrease and for a downward shift in the yield curve, the market value would increase.
 
Item 8.           Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

     The following consolidated financial statements are filed pursuant to this Item 8:
 
   
Page No.
Consolidated statements of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011
    137
Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010
    138
Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011
    139
Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011
    140
Notes to consolidated financial statements
    141
Report of independent registered public accounting firm
    209
 
 
MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
Revenues:
                 
Premiums written:
                 
Direct
  $ 1,119,182     $ 1,169,081     $ 1,346,191  
Assumed (note 11)
    (4,898 )     3,090       3,947  
Ceded (note 11)
    (49,904 )     (70,376 )     (107,111 )
Net premiums written
    1,064,380       1,101,795       1,243,027  
Decrease in unearned premiums
    59,455       66,952       59,314  
Net premiums earned (note 11)
    1,123,835       1,168,747       1,302,341  
                         
Investment income, net of expenses (note 6)
    201,270       247,253       304,678  
Realized investment gains, net (note 6)
    143,430       102,581       92,874  
                         
Total other-than-temporary impairment losses
    (715 )     (9,644 )     (42,704 )
Portion of losses recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), before taxes (note 3)
    -       -       1,764  
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    (715 )     (9,644 )     (40,940 )
                         
Other revenue
    36,459       11,588       49,573  
Total revenues
    1,504,279       1,520,525       1,708,526  
                         
Losses and expenses:
                       
Losses incurred, net (notes 9 and 11)
    1,714,707       1,607,541       3,379,444  
Change in premium deficiency reserve (note 10)
    (44,150 )     (51,347 )     (261,150 )
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
    6,880       7,062       8,204  
Other underwriting and operating expenses, net
    207,870       218,080       231,408  
Reinsurance fee (note 11)
    -       -       26,407  
Interest expense (note 8)
    103,271       98,589       89,266  
Total losses and expenses
    1,988,578       1,879,925       3,473,579  
Loss before tax
    (484,299 )     (359,400 )     (1,765,053 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes (note 14)
    1,593       4,335       (442,776 )
                         
Net loss
  $ (485,892 )   $ (363,735 )   $ (1,322,277 )
                         
Loss per share (notes 3 and 18):
                       
Basic
  $ (2.42 )   $ (2.06 )   $ (10.65 )
Diluted
  $ (2.42 )   $ (2.06 )   $ (10.65 )
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic (note 3)
    201,019       176,406       124,209  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted (note 3)
    201,019       176,406       124,209  
                         
Dividends per share
  $ -     $ -     $ -  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, 2011 and 2010

   
2011
   
2010
 
ASSETS
 
(In thousands)
 
             
Investment portfolio (notes 6 and 7):
           
Securities, available-for-sale, at fair value:
           
Fixed maturities (amortized cost, 2011 - $5,700,894; 2010 - $7,366,808)
  $ 5,820,900     $ 7,455,238  
Equity securities
    2,747       3,044  
Total investment portfolio
    5,823,647       7,458,282  
                 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents
    995,799       1,304,154  
Accrued investment income
    55,666       70,305  
Reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves (note 11)
    154,607       275,290  
Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses
    19,891       34,160  
Premiums receivable
    71,073       79,567  
Home office and equipment, net
    28,145       28,638  
Deferred insurance policy acquisition costs
    7,505       8,282  
Other assets
    59,897       74,964  
Total assets
  $ 7,216,230     $ 9,333,642  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
                 
Liabilities:
               
Loss reserves (notes 9 and 11)
  $ 4,557,512     $ 5,884,171  
Premium deficiency reserve (note 10)
    134,817       178,967  
Unearned premiums (note 11)
    154,866       215,157  
Senior notes (note 8)
    170,515       376,329  
Convertible senior notes (note 8)
    345,000       345,000  
Convertible junior debentures (note 8)
    344,422       315,626  
Other liabilities
    312,283       349,337  
Total liabilities
    6,019,415       7,664,587  
                 
Contingencies (note 20)
               
                 
Shareholders' equity (note 15):
               
Common stock (one dollar par value, shares authorized 460,000; shares issued 2011 and 2010 - 205,047; outstanding 2011 - 201,172; 2010 - 200,450)
    205,047       205,047  
Paid-in capital
    1,135,821       1,138,942  
Treasury stock (shares at cost 2011 - 3,875; 2010 - 4,597)
    (162,542 )     (222,632 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax (note 3)
    30,124       22,136  
Retained (deficit) earnings
    (11,635 )     525,562  
Total shareholders' equity
    1,196,815       1,669,055  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
  $ 7,216,230     $ 9,333,642  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

                     
Accumulated
             
                     
other
             
   
Common
   
Paid-in
   
Treasury
   
comprehensive
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
 
   
stock
   
capital
   
stock
   
income (loss) (note 3)
   
earnings/(deficit)
   
loss
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                                     
Balance, December 31, 2008 (as originally reported)
  $ 130,119     $ 367,067     $ (276,873 )   $ (106,789 )   $ 2,253,676        
Cumulative effect of accounting change (convertible debt)
    -       73,475       -       -       (6,442 )      
Balance, December 31, 2008 (as adjusted)
  $ 130,119     $ 440,542     $ (276,873 )   $ (106,789 )   $ 2,247,234        
                                               
Net loss
                                    (1,322,277 )     (1,322,277 )
Change in unrealized investment gains and losses, net
    -       -       -       154,358       -       154,358  
Noncredit component of impairment losses, net (note 6)
    -       -       -       (1,764 )     -       (1,764 )
Common stock shares issued upon debt conversion (note 8)
    44       263       -       -       -          
Reissuance of treasury stock, net
    -       (11,613 )     7,135       -       (545 )        
Equity compensation
    -       14,102       -       -       -          
Defined benefit plan adjustments, net
    -       -       -       10,704       -       10,704  
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustment, net
    -       -       -       17,646       -       17,646  
Other
    -       -       -       -       295          
Comprehensive loss
                                          $ (1,141,333 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 130,163     $ 443,294     $ (269,738 )   $ 74,155     $ 924,707          
Net loss
                                    (363,735 )     (363,735 )
Change in unrealized investment gains and losses, net
    -       -       -       (69,074 )     -       (69,074 )
Common stock shares issued (note 15)
    74,884       697,492       -       -       -          
Reissuance of treasury stock, net
    -       (14,425 )     47,106       -       (35,410 )        
Equity compensation
    -       12,581       -       -       -          
Defined benefit plan adjustments, net
    -       -       -       6,390       -       6,390  
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustment, net
    -       -       -       10,665       -       10,665  
Comprehensive loss
                                          $ (415,754 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 205,047     $ 1,138,942     $ (222,632 )   $ 22,136     $ 525,562          
Net loss
                                    (485,892 )     (485,892 )
Change in unrealized investment gains and losses, net (note 6)
    -       -       -       21,057       -       21,057  
Reissuance of treasury stock, net (note 15)
    -       (14,577 )     60,090       -       (51,305 )        
Equity compensation (note 18)
    -       11,456       -       -       -          
Defined benefit plan adjustments, net (note 13)
    -       -       -       (12,862 )     -       (12,862 )
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustment, net
    -       -       -       (207 )     -       (207 )
Comprehensive loss
                                          $ (477,904 )
                                                 
Balance, December 31, 2011
  $ 205,047     $ 1,135,821     $ (162,542 )   $ 30,124     $ (11,635 )        

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net loss
  $ (485,892 )   $ (363,735 )   $ (1,322,277 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and other amortization
    84,828       60,882       60,349  
Deferred tax (benefit) provision
    (738 )     (75 )     176,279  
Realized investment gains, net
    (143,430 )     (102,581 )     (92,874 )
Net investment impairment losses
    715       9,644       40,940  
Gain on repurchase on senior notes
    (27,688 )     -       (27,238 )
Other
    (14,218 )     (13,646 )     55,764  
Change in certain assets and liabilities:
                       
Accrued investment income
    14,639       9,523       11,028  
Reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves
    120,683       56,937       (99,239 )
Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses
    14,269       (24,863 )     (3,572 )
Premiums receivable
    8,494       10,572       7,462  
Deferred insurance policy acquisition costs
    777       740       2,482  
Real estate
    4,599       (2,390 )     29,028  
Loss reserves
    (1,326,659 )     (820,819 )     1,929,438  
Premium deficiency reserve
    (44,150 )     (14,219 )     (261,150 )
Unearned premiums
    (60,291 )     (65,581 )     (55,360 )
Return premium
    (28,300 )     90,500       57,900  
Income taxes payable (current)
    (1,489 )     293,681       (179,006 )
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (1,883,851 )     (875,430 )     329,954  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Investment purchases:
                       
Equity securities
    (126 )     (156 )     (1,387 )
Fixed maturities
    (4,393,471 )     (5,225,794 )     (4,147,412 )
Proceeds from sale of:
                       
Equity securities
    504       -       1,273  
Fixed maturities
    4,742,213       4,287,312       3,663,239  
Proceeds from maturity of fixed maturities
    1,407,325       740,959       554,980  
Repayment of note receivable from joint ventures
    -       83,500       -  
Net (decrease) increase in payable for securities
    (2,228 )     2,275       (17,890 )
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    1,754,217       (111,904 )     52,803  
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Repayment of note payable
    -       -       (200,000 )
Repayment of long-term debt
    (178,721 )     (1,000 )     (94,352 )
Net proceeds from convertible senior notes
    -       334,373       -  
Common stock shares issued
    -       772,376       -  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (178,721 )     1,105,749       (294,352 )
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (308,355 )     118,415       88,405  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    1,304,154       1,185,739       1,097,334  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 995,799     $ 1,304,154     $ 1,185,739  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

1.
Nature of business

MGIC Investment Corporation is a holding company which, through Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation ("MGIC") and several other subsidiaries, is principally engaged in the mortgage insurance business. We provide mortgage insurance to lenders throughout the United States and to government sponsored entities (“GSEs”) to protect against loss from defaults on low down payment residential mortgage loans. Our principal product is primary mortgage insurance. Primary mortgage insurance may be written through the flow channel, in which loans are insured in individual, loan-by-loan transactions. Primary mortgage insurance may also be written through the bulk channel, in which portfolios of loans are individually insured in single, bulk transactions. Prior to 2008, we wrote significant volume through the bulk channel, substantially all of which was Wall Street bulk business, which we discontinued writing in 2007. We have not written any business through the bulk channel since 2008. Prior to 2009, we also wrote pool mortgage insurance. Pool insurance generally covers the excess of the loss on a defaulted mortgage loan which exceeds the claim payment under the primary coverage, if primary insurance is required on that mortgage loan, as well as the total loss on a defaulted mortgage loan which did not require primary insurance. Pool insurance may have a stated aggregate loss limit for a pool of loans and may also have a deductible under which no losses are paid by the insurer until losses on the pool of loans exceed the deductible. We wrote an insignificant amount of pool business during 2009 and none in 2010 or 2011. Through certain other non-insurance subsidiaries, we also provide various services for the mortgage finance industry, such as contract underwriting and portfolio analysis and retention. We began our international operations in Australia, where we started to write business in June 2007. Since 2008, we are no longer writing new business in Australia. Our Australian operations are included in our consolidated financial statements; however they are not material to our consolidated results.

At December 31, 2011, our direct domestic primary insurance in force was $172.9 billion, which represents the principal balance in our records of all mortgage loans that we insure, and our direct domestic primary risk in force was $44.5 billion, which represents the insurance in force multiplied by the insurance coverage percentage. Our direct pool risk in force at December 31, 2011 was approximately $1.9 billion ($0.7 billion on pool policies with aggregate loss limits and $1.2 billion on pool policies without aggregate loss limits). See Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies” for a discussion of our interpretation of the appropriate aggregate loss limit on certain pool policies we have with Freddie Mac. At December 31, 2011, our loss reserves under these policies have been limited under our interpretation of the aggregate. Our risk in force in Australia at December 31, 2011 was approximately $0.9 billion which represents the risk associated with 100% coverage on the insurance in force. However the mortgage insurance we provided in Australia only covers the unpaid loan balance after the sale of the underlying property.


Capital

The insurance laws or regulations of 16 jurisdictions, including Wisconsin, our domiciliary state, require a mortgage insurer to maintain a minimum amount of statutory capital relative to the risk in force (or a similar measure) in order for the mortgage insurer to continue to write new business. We refer to these requirements as the “Capital Requirements.” While formulations of minimum capital may vary in certain jurisdictions, the most common measure applied allows for a maximum permitted risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1. A risk-to-capital ratio will increase if the percentage decrease in capital exceeds the percentage decrease in insured risk. Therefore, as capital decreases, the same dollar decrease in capital will cause a greater percentage decrease in capital and a greater increase in the risk-to-capital ratio. Wisconsin does not regulate capital by using a risk-to-capital measure but instead requires us to maintain a minimum policyholder position (“MPP”). The “policyholder position” of a mortgage insurer is its net worth or surplus, contingency reserve and a portion of the reserves for unearned premiums.

In December 2011, our holding company, MGIC Investment Corporation, contributed $200 million to increase the statutory capital of MGIC to approximately $1.6 billion at December 31, 2011. (As of December 31, 2011, there was $487 million of cash and investments at our holding company). At December 31, 2011, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio was 20.3 to 1 and its policyholder position exceeded the MPP by $185 million. We currently expect MGIC’s risk-to-capital to exceed 25 to 1 in the second half of 2012. At December 31, 2011, the risk-to-capital ratio of our combined insurance operations (which includes reinsurance affiliates) was 22.2 to 1. A higher risk-to-capital ratio on a combined basis may indicate that, in order for MGIC to continue to utilize reinsurance arrangements with its subsidiaries or subsidiaries of our holding company, additional capital contributions to the reinsurance affiliates could be needed. These reinsurance arrangements permit MGIC to write insurance with a higher coverage percentage than it could on its own under certain state-specific requirements.

The National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) adopted Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles No. 101 (“SSAP No. 101”) effective January 1, 2012. As MGIC approaches a risk-to-capital ratio of 25 to 1, under SSAP No. 101, the benefit to statutory capital allowed for deferred tax assets will be eliminated. Effectively, MGIC’s risk-to-capital ratio, computed while excluding any deferred tax assets from the capital base, must be under 25 to 1 in order to include such deferred tax assets in the amount of available statutory capital. Any exclusion of these assets would negatively impact our statutory capital for purposes of calculating compliance with the Capital Requirements. At December 31, 2011, deferred tax assets of $142 million were included in MGIC’s statutory capital. For more information about factors that could negatively impact our compliance with Capital Requirements, which depending on the severity of adverse outcomes could result in material non-compliance with Capital Requirements, see Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies” and Note 14 – “Income taxes.” As discussed below, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 450-20, we have not accrued an estimated loss in our financial statements to reflect possible adverse developments in litigation or other dispute resolution proceedings. An accrual, if one was required and depending on the amount, could result in material non-compliance with Capital Requirements.


Although we currently meet the Capital Requirements of the jurisdictions in which we write business, in December 2009, the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin (“OCI”) issued an order waiving, until December 31, 2011, its Capital Requirements. On January 23, 2012, the OCI issued an order (the “New Order”) waiving, until December 31, 2013, its Capital Requirements. In place of the Capital Requirements, the New Order provides, as did the prior order, that MGIC can write new business as long as it maintains regulatory capital that the OCI determines is reasonably in excess of a level that would constitute a financially hazardous condition. Pursuant to the New Order, MGIC contributed $200 million to MGIC Indemnity Corporation (“MIC”), a direct subsidiary of MGIC, in January 2012, as part of the plan discussed below to write new mortgage insurance in MIC in certain jurisdictions.

The New Order requires MGIC Investment Corporation, beginning January 1, 2012 and continuing through the earlier of December 31, 2013 and the termination of the New Order (the “Covered Period”), to make cash equity contributions to MGIC as may be necessary so that its “Liquid Assets” are at least $1 billion (this portion of the New Order is referred to as the “Keepwell Provision”). “Liquid Assets”, which include those of MGIC as well as those held in certain of our subsidiaries, excluding MIC and its reinsurance affiliates, are the sum of (i) the aggregate cash and cash equivalents, (ii) fair market value of investments and (iii) assets held in trusts supporting the obligations of captive mortgage reinsurers to MGIC. As of December 31, 2011, “Liquid Assets” were approximately $6.4 billion. Although we do not expect that MGIC’s Liquid Assets will fall below $1 billion during the Covered Period, we do expect the amount of Liquid Assets to continue to decline materially after December 31, 2011 and through the end of the Covered Period as MGIC’s claim payments and other uses of cash continue to exceed cash generated from operations. For more information about factors that could negatively impact MGIC’s Liquid Assets, see Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies” and Note 14 – “Income taxes.”

MGIC previously applied for waivers in all jurisdictions besides Wisconsin that have Capital Requirements and received waivers from some of them. Most of the waivers that MGIC received expired December 31, 2011. We expect to reapply for waivers in all other jurisdictions that have Capital Requirements, and whose laws allow waivers (“Waiver Jurisdictions”), before they are needed. Some jurisdictions denied our original request for a waiver and others may deny future requests. The OCI and insurance departments of other jurisdictions, in their sole discretion, may modify, terminate or extend their waivers. Any modification or extension of the Keepwell Provision requires our written consent. If the OCI or another insurance department modifies or terminates its waiver, or if it fails to grant a waiver or renew its waiver after expiration, depending on the circumstances, MGIC could be prevented from writing new business anywhere, in the case of the waiver from the OCI, or in the particular jurisdiction, in the case of the other waivers, if MGIC does not comply with the Capital Requirements unless MGIC obtained additional capital to enable it to comply with the Capital Requirements. New insurance written in the jurisdictions that have Capital Requirements represented approximately 50% of new insurance written in each of 2010 and 2011. If we were prevented from writing new business in all jurisdictions, our insurance operations in MGIC would be in run-off (meaning no new loans would be insured but loans previously insured would continue to be covered, with premiums continuing to be received and losses continuing to be paid on those loans) until MGIC either met the Capital Requirements or obtained a necessary waiver to allow it to once again write new business.


We cannot assure you that all Waiver Jurisdictions will grant a waiver of their Capital Requirements, the OCI or any other jurisdiction that has granted a waiver of its Capital Requirements will not modify or revoke the waiver, or will renew the waiver when it expires, or that MGIC could obtain the additional capital necessary to comply with the Capital Requirements. Depending on the circumstances, the amount of additional capital we might need could be substantial.

We have implemented a plan to write new mortgage insurance in MIC in selected jurisdictions in order to address our expectation that in the future MGIC will not meet the Capital Requirements discussed above and may not be able to obtain appropriate waivers of these requirements in all jurisdictions in which Capital Requirements are present. As of December 31, 2011, MIC had statutory capital of $234 million (which does not include the $200 million contribution that was made in January 2012, in accordance with the New Order). MIC has received the necessary approvals, including from the OCI, to write business in all of the jurisdictions in which MGIC would be prohibited from continuing to write new business in the event of MGIC’s failure to meet Capital Requirements and obtain waivers of those requirements. Depending on the level of losses that MGIC experiences in the future, however, it is possible that regulatory action by one or more jurisdictions, including those that do not have specific Capital Requirements, may prevent MGIC from continuing to write new insurance in some or all of the jurisdictions in which MIC is not eligible to insure loans purchased or guaranteed by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. If this were to occur, we would need to seek the GSEs’ approval to allow MIC to write business in those jurisdictions. MIC has obtained the appropriate licenses to write business in all jurisdictions.

In October 2009, we, MGIC and MIC entered into an agreement with Fannie Mae under which MGIC agreed to contribute $200 million to MIC (which MGIC did in 2009) and Fannie Mae approved MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer through December 31, 2011. On January 23, 2012, we, MGIC and MIC, entered into a new agreement with Fannie Mae (the “Fannie Mae Extension”) under which we agreed to contribute $200 million to increase the statutory capital of MGIC (our $200 million contribution in December 2011 met this requirement), MGIC agreed to contribute $200 million to MIC on or before January 31, 2012, which MGIC did, and Fannie Mae extended its approval of MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer through December 31, 2013. Under the Fannie Mae Extension, MIC will be eligible to write mortgage insurance only in those jurisdictions (other than Wisconsin) in which MGIC cannot write new insurance due to MGIC’s failure to meet Capital Requirements and if MGIC fails to obtain relief from those requirements or a specific waiver of them. The Fannie Mae Extension includes other conditions and restrictions, including the continued effectiveness of the OCI’s New Order and the continued applicability of the Keepwell Provisions in the New Order. As noted above, we cannot assure you that the OCI will not modify or revoke the New Order, or that it will renew it when it expires.

On February 11, 2010, Freddie Mac notified MGIC that it may utilize MIC to write new business in jurisdictions in which MGIC does not meet Capital Requirements and does not obtain appropriate waivers of those requirements. Freddie Mac’s approval, scheduled to expire December 31, 2012, contained various conditions to MIC’s eligibility, including that MIC could not be capitalized with more than the $200 million contribution made in 2009, without prior approval from Freddie Mac. On January 23, 2012, Freddie Mac agreed to modify its approval in order to allow the $200 million contribution from MGIC to MIC that is provided for in the New Order and the Fannie Mae Extension (the “Freddie Mac Approval”).


Under the Freddie Mac Approval, MIC may write business only in those jurisdictions where MGIC does not meet the Capital Requirements and does not obtain appropriate waivers of those requirements. Freddie Mac anticipates that MGIC will obtain waivers of the minimum capital requirements of most jurisdictions that have such requirements. Therefore, as of the date of the Freddie Mac Approval, approval of MIC as an eligible mortgage insurer is only given for New York, Kansas, Kentucky, Idaho and Puerto Rico. The Freddie Mac Approval, includes certain conditions and restrictions to its continued effectiveness, including requirements that MGIC contribute $200 million to MIC on or before January 31, 2012, which MGIC did; MIC provide MGIC access to the capital of MIC in an amount necessary for MGIC to maintain sufficient liquidity to satisfy its obligations under insurance policies issued by MGIC; while MIC is writing new business under the Freddie Mac approval, MIC may not exceed a risk-to-capital ratio of 20:1; MGIC and MIC comply with all terms and conditions of the New Order and the New Order remain effective. As noted above, we cannot assure you that the OCI will not modify or revoke the New Order, or that it will renew it when it expires. As noted above, Freddie Mac has approved MIC as a Limited Insurer only through December 31, 2012 and Freddie Mac may modify the terms and conditions of its approval at any time without notice and may withdraw its approval of MIC as an eligible insurer at any time in its sole discretion. Unless Freddie Mac extends the term of its approval of MIC, whether MIC will continue as an eligible mortgage insurer after December 31, 2012 will be determined by Freddie Mac’s mortgage insurer eligibility requirements then in effect.

In 2011, one of our competitors, Republic Mortgage Insurance Company (“RMIC”), ceased writing new insurance commitments after the waiver of Capital Requirements that it received from its domiciliary state expired. In early 2012, RMIC was placed under the supervision of the insurance department of its domiciliary state and that insurance department issued a partial claim payment plan, under which RMIC’s claim payments will be made at 50% for an initial period not to exceed one year, with the remaining amount deferred. In 2011, another competitor, PMI Mortgage Insurance Co. (“PMI”) and the subsidiary it established to write new business if PMI was no longer able to do so, ceased issuing new mortgage insurance commitments when PMI was placed under the supervision of the insurance department of its domiciliary state. Later that year, the insurance department took possession and control of PMI and issued a partial claim payment plan, under which PMI’s claim payments will be made at 50%, with the remaining amount deferred. (PMI’s parent company subsequently filed a voluntary petition for relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.)

A failure to meet the Capital Requirements to insure new business does not necessarily mean that MGIC does not have sufficient resources to pay claims on its insurance liabilities. While we believe that MGIC has sufficient claims paying resources to meet its claim obligations on its insurance in force, even in scenarios in which it fails to meet Capital Requirements, we cannot assure you that the events that led to MGIC failing to meet Capital Requirements would not also result in it not having sufficient claims paying resources. Furthermore, our estimates of MGIC’s claims paying resources and claim obligations are based on various assumptions. These assumptions include our anticipated rescission activity; the timing of the receipt of claims on loans in our delinquency inventory and future claims that we anticipate will ultimately be received; future housing values and future unemployment rates. These assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty and require judgment by management. Current conditions in the domestic economy make the assumptions about when anticipated claims will be received, housing values and unemployment rates highly volatile in the sense that there is a wide range of reasonably possible outcomes. Our anticipated rescission activity is also subject to inherent uncertainty due to the difficulty of predicting the amount of claims that will be rescinded and the outcome of any legal proceedings related to rescissions that we make, including those with Countrywide. (For more information about the Countrywide legal proceedings, see Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies.”)


Historically, rescissions of policies for which claims have been submitted to us were not a material portion of our claims resolved during a year. However, beginning in 2008, our rescissions of policies have materially mitigated our paid losses. In each of 2009 and 2010, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $1.2 billion and in 2011, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $0.6 billion (in each case, the figure includes amounts that would have either resulted in a claim payment or been charged to a deductible under a bulk or pool policy, and may have been charged to a captive reinsurer). In recent quarters, 17% to 20% of claims received in a quarter have been resolved by rescissions, down from the peak of approximately 28% in the first half of 2009. In the second half of 2011, Countrywide materially increased the percentage of loans for which it is rebutting the assertions that we make prior to rescinding a loan. When we receive a rebuttal prior to a rescission, we do not rescind coverage until after we respond to the rebuttal. Therefore, in addition to our substantial pipeline of claims investigations, we have a substantial pipeline of pre-rescission rebuttals that, based on our historical experience with such rebuttals, we expect will eventually result in rescissions. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline after resolution of the rebuttal pipeline.

Our loss reserving methodology incorporates the effects we expect rescission activity to have on the losses we expect to pay on our delinquent inventory. A variance between ultimate actual rescission rates and these estimates, as a result of the outcome of claims investigations, litigation, settlements or other factors, could materially affect our losses. We estimate rescissions mitigated our incurred losses by approximately $2.5 billion in 2009 and $0.2 billion in 2010. In 2011, we estimate that rescissions had no significant impact on our losses incurred. All of these figures include the benefit of claims not paid in the period as well as the impact of changes in our estimated expected rescission activity on our loss reserves in the period. At December 31, 2011, we had 175,639 loans in our primary delinquency inventory; a significant portion of these loans will cure their delinquency or be rescinded and will not involve paid claims.

If the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, the outcome of the dispute ultimately would be determined by legal proceedings. Legal proceedings disputing our right to rescind coverage may be brought up to three years after the lender has obtained title to the property (typically through a foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, although in a few jurisdictions there is a longer time to bring such an action. For the majority of our rescissions that are not subject to a settlement agreement, the period in which a dispute may be brought has not ended. We consider a rescission resolved for financial reporting purposes even though legal proceedings have been initiated and are ongoing. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss from such proceedings is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, when establishing our loss reserves, we do not include additional loss reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome from ongoing legal proceedings, including those with Countrywide. For more information about these legal proceedings, see Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies.”


In addition to the proceedings involving Countrywide, we are involved in legal proceedings with respect to rescissions that we do not consider to be collectively material in amount. Although it is reasonably possible that, when these discussions or proceedings are completed, there will be a conclusion or determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability.

In 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with a lender-customer regarding our rescission practices. In April 2011, Freddie Mac advised its servicers that they must obtain its prior approval for rescission settlements and Fannie Mae advised its servicers that they are prohibited from entering into such settlements. In addition, in April 2011, Fannie Mae notified us that we must obtain its prior approval to enter into certain settlements. We continue to discuss with other lender-customers their objections to material rescissions and have reached settlement terms with several of our significant lender-customers. Any definitive agreement with these customers would be subject to GSE approval. One GSE has approved one of our settlement agreements, but this agreement remains subject to the approval of the other GSE. We believe that it is probable (within the meaning of ASC 450-20) that this agreement will be approved by the other GSE. As a result, we considered the terms of the agreement when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. This agreement did not have a significant impact on our established loss reserves. Neither GSE has approved our other settlement agreements and the terms of these other agreements were not considered when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. There can be no assurances that both GSEs will approve any settlement agreements and the GSEs may approve some of our settlement agreements and reject others based on the specific terms of those agreements.

See additional disclosure regarding statutory capital in Note 17 – “Statutory capital.”

2.
Basis of presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP), as codified in the Accounting Standards Codification. In accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of MGIC Investment Corporation and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated.


3.
Summary of significant accounting policies

Fair Value Measurements

In accordance with fair value guidance, we applied the following fair value hierarchy in order to measure fair value for assets and liabilities:

Level 1 – Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that we have the ability to access. Financial assets utilizing Level 1 inputs primarily include certain U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies and Australian government and semi government securities.

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and inputs, other than quoted prices, that are observable in the marketplace for the financial instrument. The observable inputs are used in valuation models to calculate the fair value of the financial instruments. Financial assets utilizing Level 2 inputs primarily include certain municipal and corporate bonds.

Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable. Level 3 inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing an asset or liability. Financial assets utilizing Level 3 inputs include certain state and auction rate (backed by student loans) securities. Non-financial assets which utilize Level 3 inputs include real estate acquired through claim settlement.

To determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, independent pricing sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data. To ensure securities are appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. A variety of inputs are utilized by the independent pricing sources including benchmark yields, reported trades, non-binding broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including data published in market research publications. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation. Market indicators, industry and economic events are also considered. This information is evaluated using a multidimensional pricing model. Quality controls are performed by the independent pricing sources throughout this process, which include reviewing tolerance reports, trading information and data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. This model combines all inputs to arrive at a value assigned to each security. In addition, on a quarterly basis, we perform quality controls over values received from the pricing sources which include reviewing tolerance reports, trading information and data changes, and directional moves compared to market moves. We have not made any adjustments to the prices obtained from the independent pricing sources.

Assets classified as Level 3 are as follows:

 
·
Securities available-for-sale classified in Level 3 are not readily marketable and are valued using internally developed models based on the present value of expected cash flows. Our Level 3 securities primarily consist of auction rate securities as observable inputs or value drivers are unavailable due to events described in Note 6 – “Investments.” Due to limited market information, we utilized a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) model to derive an estimate of fair value of these assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010. The assumptions used in preparing the DCF model included estimates with respect to the amount and timing of future interest and principal payments, the probability of full repayment of the principal considering the credit quality and guarantees in place, and the rate of return required by investors to own such securities given the current liquidity risk associated with them. The DCF model for the auction rate securities is based on the following key assumptions:


 
o
Nominal credit risk as substantially all of the underlying collateral of these securities is ultimately guaranteed by the United States Department of Education;
 
o
Liquidity by December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2014;
 
o
Continued receipt of contractual interest; and
 
o
Discount rates ranging from 2.30% to 4.30%, which include a spread for liquidity risk.

 
·
Real estate acquired through claim settlement is fair valued at the lower of our acquisition cost or a percentage of appraised value. The percentage applied to appraised value is based upon our historical sales experience adjusted for current trends.

Investments

Our entire investment portfolio is classified as available-for-sale and is reported at fair value. The related unrealized gains or losses are, after considering the related tax expense or benefit, recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders' equity. Realized investment gains and losses are reported in income based upon specific identification of securities sold. (See Note 6 – “Investments.”)

In April 2009, new accounting guidance regarding the recognition and presentation of other-than-temporary impairments was issued. This guidance was effective beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2009. The guidance required us to separate an other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) of a debt security into two components when there are credit related losses associated with the impaired debt security; we assert that we do not have the intent to sell the security, and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell the security before recovery of our cost basis. Under this guidance the amount of the OTTI related to a credit loss is recognized in earnings, and the amount of the OTTI related to other factors (such as changes in interest rates or market conditions) is recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). If we determine it is more likely than not that we will have to sell a debt security prior to the anticipated recovery, the decline in fair value below amortized cost is recognized as an OTTI in earnings. In periods after recognition of an OTTI on debt securities, we account for such securities as if they had been purchased on the measurement date of the OTTI at an amortized cost basis equal to the previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings. For debt securities for which OTTI were recognized in earnings, the difference between the new amortized cost basis and the cash flows expected to be collected will be accreted into net investment income.


Each quarter we perform reviews of our investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below amortized cost were considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable guidance. In evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, we consider several factors including, but not limited to:

 
§
our intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery;
 
§
extent and duration of the decline;
 
§
failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;
 
§
change in rating below investment grade; and
 
§
adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area.

Under the current guidance a debt security impairment is deemed other than temporary if (1) we either intend to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery or (2) we do not expect to collect cash flows sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security.

Home office and equipment

Home office and equipment is carried at cost net of depreciation. For financial statement reporting purposes, depreciation is determined on a straight-line basis for the home office, equipment and data processing hardware over estimated lives of 45, 5 and 3 years, respectively. For income tax purposes, we use accelerated depreciation methods.

Home office and equipment is shown net of accumulated depreciation of $65.2 million, $62.9 million and $60.1 million at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $2.3 million, $2.9 million and $4.3 million, respectively.

Deferred insurance policy acquisition costs

Costs associated with the acquisition of mortgage insurance business, consisting of employee compensation and other policy issuance and underwriting expenses, are initially deferred and reported as deferred insurance policy acquisition costs ("DAC"). For each underwriting year of business, these costs are amortized to income in proportion to estimated gross profits over the estimated life of the policies. We utilize anticipated investment income in our calculation. This includes accruing interest on the unamortized balance of DAC. The estimates for each underwriting year are reviewed quarterly and updated when necessary to reflect actual experience and any changes to key variables such as persistency or loss development. If a premium deficiency exists, we reduce the related DAC by the amount of the deficiency or to zero through a charge to current period earnings. If the deficiency is more than the related DAC balance, we then establish a premium deficiency reserve equal to the excess, by means of a charge to current period earnings.

Loss reserves

Reserves are established for reported insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses based on when we receive notices of default on insured mortgage loans. We define a default as an insured loan with a mortgage payment that is 45 days or more past due. Reserves are also established for estimated losses incurred on notices of default not yet reported to us. Even though the accounting standard, ASC 944, regarding accounting and reporting by insurance entities specifically excludes mortgage insurance from its guidance relating to loss reserves, we establish loss reserves using the general principles contained in the insurance standard. However, consistent with industry standards for mortgage insurers, we do not establish loss reserves for future claims on insured loans which are not currently in default. Loss reserves are established by estimating the number of loans in our inventory of delinquent loans that will result in a claim payment, which is referred to as the claim rate, and further estimating the amount of the claim payment, which is referred to as claim severity. Our loss estimates are established based upon historical experience, including rescission and loan modification activity. Adjustments to reserve estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the years in which the adjustments are made. The liability for reinsurance assumed is based on information provided by the ceding companies.


The incurred but not reported ("IBNR") reserves result from defaults occurring prior to the close of an accounting period, but which have not been reported to us. Consistent with reserves for reported defaults, IBNR reserves are established using estimated claim rates and claim amounts for the estimated number of defaults not reported.

Reserves also provide for the estimated costs of settling claims, including legal and other expenses and general expenses of administering the claims settlement process. (See Note 9 – “Loss reserves.”)

Premium deficiency reserve

After our loss reserves are initially established, we perform premium deficiency tests using our best estimate assumptions as of the testing date. Premium deficiency reserves are established, if necessary, when the present value of expected future losses and expenses exceeds the present value of expected future premium and already established reserves. The discount rate used in the calculation of the premium deficiency reserve was based upon our pre-tax investment yield at year-end. Products are grouped for premium deficiency purposes based on similarities in the way the products are acquired, serviced and measured for profitability.

Calculations of premium deficiency reserves require the use of significant judgments and estimates to determine the present value of future premium and present value of expected losses and expenses on our business. The present value of future premium relies on, among other factors, assumptions about persistency and repayment patterns on underlying loans. The present value of expected losses and expenses depends on assumptions relating to severity of claims and claim rates on current defaults, and expected defaults in future periods. These assumptions also include an estimate of expected rescission activity. Assumptions used in calculating the deficiency reserves can be affected by volatility in the current housing and mortgage lending industries and these effects could be material. To the extent premium patterns and actual loss experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating the premium deficiency reserves, the differences between the actual results and our estimate will affect future period earnings. (See Note 10 - “Premium deficiency reserve.”)


Revenue recognition

We write policies which are guaranteed renewable contracts at the insured's option on a single, annual or monthly premium basis. We have no ability to reunderwrite or reprice these contracts. Premiums written on a single premium basis and an annual premium basis are initially deferred as unearned premium reserve and earned over the policy term. Premiums written on policies covering more than one year are amortized over the policy life in accordance with the expiration of risk which is the anticipated claim payment pattern based on historical experience. Premiums written on annual policies are earned on a monthly pro rata basis. Premiums written on monthly policies are earned as coverage is provided. When a policy is cancelled, all premium that is non-refundable is immediately earned. Any refundable premium is returned to the lender. Cancellations include rescissions and policies cancelled due to claim payment. When a policy is rescinded, all previously collected premium is returned to the lender and when a claim is paid we return any premium received since the date of default. The liability associated with our estimate of premium to be returned is accrued for separately and separate components of this liability are included in “Other liabilities” and “Premium deficiency reserves” on our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in these liabilities affect premiums written and earned and change in premium deficiency reserve, respectively. In periods prior to 2010, the liability associated with premium to be returned on claim payments is included in loss reserves and changes to this estimate affect losses incurred. This policy did not have a significant impact on premiums written and earned or losses incurred in periods prior to 2010. The actual return of premium for all periods affects premiums written and earned. Policy cancellations also lower the persistency rate which is a variable used in calculating the rate of amortization of deferred insurance policy acquisition costs.

Fee income of our non-insurance subsidiaries is earned and recognized as the services are provided and the customer is obligated to pay. Fee income consists primarily of contract underwriting and related fee-based services provided to lenders and is included in “Other revenue” on the statement of operations.

Income taxes

Federal tax law permits mortgage guaranty insurance companies to deduct from taxable income, subject to certain limitations, the amounts added to contingency loss reserves, which are recorded for regulatory purposes. Generally, the amounts so deducted must be included in taxable income in the tenth subsequent year. However, to the extent incurred losses exceed 35% of net premiums earned in a calendar year, early withdrawals may be made from the contingency reserves with regulatory approval, which would lead to amounts being included in taxable income earlier than the tenth year. The deduction is allowed only to the extent that U.S. government non-interest bearing tax and loss bonds are purchased and held in an amount equal to the tax benefit attributable to such deduction. We account for these purchases as a payment of current federal income taxes. There were no purchases of tax and loss bonds in 2009, 2010 or 2011. The last tax and loss bonds we held were redeemed in 2009.

Deferred income taxes are provided under the liability method, which recognizes the future tax effects of temporary differences between amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of these items. The expected tax effects are computed at the current federal tax rate. We review the need to establish a deferred tax asset valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. We analyze several factors, among which are the severity and frequency of operating losses, our capacity for the carryback or carryforward of any losses, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and available tax planning alternatives. As discussed in Note 14 –“Income Taxes,” we have reduced our benefit from income tax through the recognition of a valuation allowance.


We provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based on our assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained under any examination by taxing authorities.

Benefit plans

We have a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all employees, as well as a supplemental executive retirement plan. Retirement benefits are based on compensation and years of service. We recognize these retirement benefit costs over the period during which employees render the service that qualifies them for benefits. Our policy is to fund pension cost as required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

We offer both medical and dental benefits for retired domestic employees, their spouses and eligible dependents until the retiree reaches the age of 65. Under the plan retirees pay a premium for these benefits. We accrue the estimated costs of retiree medical and dental benefits over the period during which employees render the service that qualifies them for benefits. Historically benefits were generally funded as they were due, however beginning in 2009 some benefits have been paid from the fund. The cost to us has not been significant. (See Note 13 – “Benefit plans.”)

Reinsurance

Loss reserves and unearned premiums are reported before taking credit for amounts ceded under reinsurance treaties. Ceded loss reserves are reflected as "Reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves." Ceded unearned premiums are included in “Other assets.” Ceded losses paid are reflected as “Reinsurance recoverable on paid losses.” Ceded premiums payable are included in “Other liabilities.” We remain liable for all reinsurance ceded. (See Note 11 – “Reinsurance.”)

Foreign Currency Translation

Assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated at the year-end exchange rates. Operating results are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred taxes, resulting from translation are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses resulting from transactions in a foreign currency are recorded in current period net income at the rate on the transaction date.

Share-Based Compensation

We have certain share-based compensation plans. Under the fair value method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized over the service period which generally corresponds to the vesting period. The fair value of awards classified as liabilities is remeasured at each reporting period until the award is settled. Awards under our plans generally vest over periods ranging from one to five years. (See Note 18 – “Share-based compensation plans.”)


Earnings per share

Our basic EPS is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, which excludes participating securities with non-forfeitable rights to dividends of 1.1 million, 1.8 million and 1.9 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 because they were anti-dilutive due to our reported net loss. Typically, diluted EPS is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus common stock equivalents which include certain stock awards, stock options and the dilutive effect of our convertible debt. In accordance with accounting guidance, if we report a net loss from continuing operations, then our diluted EPS is computed in the same manner as the basic EPS. In addition, if any common stock equivalents are anti-dilutive they are always excluded from the calculation. The following is a reconciliation of the weighted average number of shares; however for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, common stock equivalents of 55.6 million, 47.4 million and 37.6 million, respectively, were not included because they were anti-dilutive.

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
                   
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands, except per share data)
 
                   
Basic loss per share:
                 
Average common shares outstanding
    201,019       176,406       124,209  
Net loss
  $ (485,892 )   $ (363,735 )   $ (1,322,277 )
Basic loss per share
  $ (2.42 )   $ (2.06 )   $ (10.65 )
                         
Diluted loss per share:
                       
                         
Weighted-average shares - Basic
    201,019       176,406       124,209  
Common stock equivalents
    -       -       -  
                         
Weighted-average shares - Diluted
    201,019       176,406       124,209  
                         
Net loss
  $ (485,892 )   $ (363,735 )   $ (1,322,277 )
Diluted loss per share
  $ (2.42 )   $ (2.06 )   $ (10.65 )


Other comprehensive income

Our total other comprehensive income was as follows:

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
                   
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Net loss
  $ (485,892 )   $ (363,735 )   $ (1,322,277 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
    7,988       (52,019 )     180,944  
                         
Total other comprehensive loss
  $ (477,904 )   $ (415,754 )   $ (1,141,333 )
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss) (net of tax):
                       
Change in unrealized gains and losses on investments
  $ 21,057     $ (69,074 )   $ 154,358  
Noncredit component of impairment loss
    -       -       (1,764 )
Amortization related to benefit plans
    (12,862 )     6,390       10,704  
Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustment
    (207 )     10,665       17,646  
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 7,988     $ (52,019 )   $ 180,944  

The tax expense (benefit) on other comprehensive income was $3.6 million, $5.9 million (adjusted for the valuation allowance, see Note 14 – “Income taxes”) and $98.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Our total accumulated other comprehensive income was as follows:

   
December 31,
 
             
   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
             
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
           
             
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
  $ 53,561     $ 32,503  
Defined benefit plans
    (43,642 )     (30,780 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    20,205       20,413  
                 
Total accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ 30,124     $ 22,136  

Cash and cash equivalents

We consider money market funds and investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made in the accompanying financial statements to 2010 and 2009 amounts to conform to the 2011 presentation.


Subsequent events

We have considered subsequent events through the date of this filing.

4.
New accounting policies

In June 2011, as amended in December 2011, new guidance was issued requiring entities to present net income and other comprehensive income in either a single continuous statement or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. The option to present items of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity is eliminated. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption is permitted. Full retrospective application is required. We are currently evaluating the provisions of this guidance and intend to meet the new requirements beginning in the first quarter of 2012.

In May 2011, new guidance was issued regarding fair value measurement. The guidance in the new standard is intended to harmonize the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for United States and International standards. Many of the changes in the standard represent clarifications to existing guidance, but the standard also includes some new guidance and new required disclosures. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. We are currently evaluating the provisions of this guidance and the impact on our financial statements and disclosures.

In October 2010, new guidance was issued on accounting for costs associated with acquiring or renewing insurance contracts. The new guidance will likely change how insurance companies account for acquisition costs, particularly in determining what costs are deferrable. The new requirements are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, either prospectively or by retrospective adjustment. We are currently evaluating the provisions of this guidance, however we do not expect the new guidance to have a material impact on our financial statements and disclosures.

5.
Related party transactions

Credit Based Asset Servicing and Securitization LLC (“C-BASS”), a former minority-owned, unconsolidated, joint venture investment, provided certain services to us during 2009 in exchange for fees. The impact of these transactions was not material to us.


6.
Investments

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of the investment portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are shown below.

         
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
 
December 31, 2011:
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses (1)
   
Value
 
   
(In thousands)
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
  $ 592,108     $ 4,965     $ (36 )   $ 597,037  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    2,255,192       74,918       (6,639 )     2,323,471  
Corporate debt securities
    2,007,720       32,750       (7,619 )     2,032,851  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    441,589       4,113       (285 )     445,417  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    257,530       7,404       -       264,934  
Debt securities issued by foreign sovereign governments
    146,755       10,441       (6 )     157,190  
Total debt securities
    5,700,894       134,591       (14,585 )     5,820,900  
Equity securities
    2,666       82       (1 )     2,747  
                                 
Total investment portfolio
  $ 5,703,560     $ 134,673     $ (14,586 )   $ 5,823,647  


         
Gross
   
Gross
       
   
Amortized
   
Unrealized
   
Unrealized
   
Fair
 
December 31, 2010:
 
Cost
   
Gains
   
Losses (1)
   
Value
 
   
(In thousands)
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
  $ 1,092,890     $ 16,718     $ (6,822 )   $ 1,102,786  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    3,549,355       85,085       (54,374 )     3,580,066  
Corporate debt securities
    2,521,275       54,975       (11,291 )     2,564,959  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    53,845       3,255       -       57,100  
Debt securities issued by foreign sovereign governments
    149,443       1,915       (1,031 )     150,327  
Total debt securities
    7,366,808       161,948       (73,518 )     7,455,238  
Equity securities
    3,049       40       (45 )     3,044  
                                 
Total investment portfolio
  $ 7,369,857     $ 161,988     $ (73,563 )   $ 7,458,282  

 
(1)
There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses recorded in other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011 and 2010.


Our foreign investments primarily consist of the investment portfolio supporting our Australian domiciled subsidiary. This portfolio is comprised of Australian government and semi government securities, rated AAA, by one or more of the following major rating agencies: Moody’s, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings, representing 94% of the market value of our foreign investments with the remaining 6% invested in corporate securities.

The amortized cost and fair values of debt securities at December 31, 2011, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Because most auction rate and mortgage-backed securities provide for periodic payments throughout their lives, they are listed below in separate categories.

   
Amortized
   
Fair
 
December 31, 2011
 
Cost
   
Value
 
   
(In thousands)
 
             
Due in one year or less
  $ 1,238,386     $ 1,240,917  
Due after one year through five years
    1,860,588       1,900,400  
Due after five years through ten years
    897,967       942,561  
Due after ten years
    828,573       856,774  
      4,825,514       4,940,652  
                 
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    441,589       445,417  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    257,530       264,934  
Auction rate securities (1)
    176,261       169,897  
                 
Total at December 31, 2011
  $ 5,700,894     $ 5,820,900  

(1) At December 31, 2011, 100% of auction rate securities had a contractual maturity greater than 10 years.


At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the investment portfolio had gross unrealized losses of $14.6 million and $73.6 million, respectively. For those securities in an unrealized loss position, the length of time the securities were in such a position, as measured by their month-end fair values, is as follows:

 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Greater
 
Total
 
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
December 31, 2011
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
 
 
(In thousands)
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
  $ 78,546     $ 36     $ -     $ -     $ 78,546     $ 36  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    188,879       837       137,965       5,802       326,844       6,639  
Corporate debt securities
    689,396       6,709       28,174       910       717,570       7,619  
Residential mortgage- backed securities
    120,405       285       -       -       120,405       285  
Debt securities issued by foreign sovereign governments
    484       6       -       -       484       6  
Equity securities
    -       -       33       1       33       1  
Total investment portfolio
  $ 1,077,710     $ 7,873     $ 166,172     $ 6,713     $ 1,243,882     $ 14,586  
 
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Greater
 
Total
 
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
Fair
 
Unrealized
 
December 31, 2010
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
 
Value
 
Losses
 
 
(In thousands)
 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
  $ 258,235     $ 6,822     $ -     $ -     $ 258,235     $ 6,822  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    1,160,877       32,415       359,629       21,959       1,520,506       54,374  
Corporate debt securities
    817,471       9,921       28,630       1,370       846,101       11,291  
Debt securities issued by foreign sovereign governments
    105,724       1,031       -       -       105,724       1,031  
Equity securities
    2,723       45       -       -       2,723       45  
Total investment portfolio
  $ 2,345,030     $ 50,234     $ 388,259     $ 23,329     $ 2,733,289     $ 73,563  

The securities in an unrealized loss position for 12 months or greater are primarily auction rate securities (“ARS”) backed by student loans. See further discussion of these securities below. The unrealized losses in all categories of our investments were primarily caused by the difference in interest rates at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, compared to the interest rates at the time of purchase as well as the discount rate applied in our auction rate securities discounted cash flow model.


Under the current guidance a debt security impairment is deemed other than temporary if we either intend to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery or we do not expect to collect cash flows sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. During 2011 we recognized OTTI losses in earnings of $0.7 million, related to further impairments on certain ARS previously impaired in 2010. During 2010 we recognized OTTI losses in earnings of $9.6 million. During 2009 we recognized OTTI losses in earnings of $40.9 million and an additional $1.8 million of OTTI losses in other comprehensive income. In 2010, our OTTI losses were primarily related to certain securities for which the expected cash flows are not sufficient to recover the amortized cost. In 2009, our OTTI losses were primarily related to securities for which we had the intent to sell.

The following table provides a rollforward of the amount related to credit losses recognized in earnings for which a portion of an OTTI loss was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
             
Beginning balance
  -     $ 1,021  
Addition for the amount related to the credit loss for which an OTTI was not previously recognized
    -       -  
Additional increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which an OTTI was previously recognized
    -       -  
Reductions for securities sold during the period (realized)
            (1,021 )
Ending balance
  $ -     $ -  

The fair value of our ARS backed by student loans was approximately $170 million and $358 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. ARS are intended to behave like short-term debt instruments because their interest rates are reset periodically through an auction process, most commonly at intervals of 7, 28 and 35 days. The same auction process has historically provided a means by which we may rollover the investment or sell these securities at par in order to provide us with liquidity as needed. The ARS we hold are collateralized by portfolios of student loans, substantially all of which are ultimately 97% guaranteed by the United States Department of Education. At December 31, 2011, our ARS portfolio was 83% AAA/Aaa-rated by one or more of the major rating agencies.

In mid-February 2008, auctions began to fail due to insufficient buyers, as the amount of securities submitted for sale in auctions exceeded the aggregate amount of the bids. For each failed auction, the interest rate on the security moves to a maximum rate specified for each security, and generally resets at a level higher than specified short-term interest rate benchmarks. At December 31, 2011, our entire ARS portfolio, consisting of 19 investments, was subject to failed auctions; however, from the period when the auctions began to fail through December 31, 2011, $361 million in par value of ARS was either sold or called, with the average amount we received being approximately 97% of par which approximated the aggregate fair value prior to redemption. To date, we have collected all interest due on our ARS.


As a result of the persistent failed auctions, and the uncertainty of when these investments could be liquidated at par, the investment principal associated with failed auctions will not be accessible until successful auctions occur, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, the issuers establish a different form of financing to replace these securities, or final payments come due according to the contractual maturities of the debt issues. However, we continue to believe we will have liquidity to our ARS portfolio by December 31, 2014.

Net investment income is comprised of the following:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Fixed maturities
  $ 202,301     $ 236,734     $ 291,304  
Equity securities
    330       315       819  
Cash equivalents
    496       1,526       3,056  
Interest on Sherman note
    -       10,796       11,323  
Other
    926       1,081       1,389  
                         
Investment income
    204,053       250,452       307,891  
Investment expenses
    (2,783 )     (3,199 )     (3,213 )
                         
Net investment income
  $ 201,270     $ 247,253     $ 304,678  


The net realized investment gains (losses), including impairment losses, and change in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments are as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Net realized investment gains (losses) on investments:
                 
Fixed maturities
  $ 142,284     $ 93,017     $ 51,109  
Equity securities
    330       151       116  
Joint ventures
    -       (466 )     -  
Other
    101       235       709  
                         
    $ 142,715     $ 92,937     $ 51,934  
                         
Change in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation):
                       
Fixed maturities
  $ 31,576     $ (71,304 )   $ 237,521  
Equity securities
    86       (4 )     144  
Other
    -       -       (2,263 )
                         
    $ 31,662     $ (71,308 )   $ 235,402  

The reclassification adjustment relating to the change in unrealized investment gains and losses is as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period, net of tax, included in accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ 68,822     $ (7,534 )   $ 143,378  
Less: net gains (losses) reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings for the period
    47,765       61,540       (9,216 )
Change in unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax
  $ 21,057     $ (69,074 )   $ 152,594  

Note: Components of the 2009 and 2010 “Change in unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax” have been reclassified. The total “Change in unrealized investment gains (losses), net of tax” remains unchanged.

The tax expense related to the changes in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) was $10.6 million, $1.0 million (adjusted for the valuation allowance, see Note 14 – “Income taxes”) and $82.8 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


The gross realized gains, gross realized losses and impairment losses are as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
                   
Gross realized gains
  $ 158,659     $ 119,325     $ 112,148  
Gross realized losses
    (15,229 )     (16,278 )     (19,274 )
Impairment losses
    (715 )     (9,644 )     (40,940 )
                         
Net realized gains on securities
  $ 142,715     $ 93,403     $ 51,934  
                         
Loss from joint ventures
    -       (466 )     -  
Total net realized gains
  $ 142,715     $ 92,937     $ 51,934  

We had $22.3 million and $21.8 million of investments on deposit with various states at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, due to regulatory requirements of those state insurance departments.


7.
Fair value measurements

Fair value measurements for items measured at fair value included the following as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

   
Fair Value
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
 
   
(In thousands)
 
December 31, 2011
                       
                         
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
  $ 597,037     $ 597,037     $ -     $ -  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    2,323,471       -       2,209,245       114,226  
Corporate debt securities
    2,032,851       1,455       1,971,168       60,228  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    445,417       -       445,417       -  
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
    264,934       -       264,934       -  
Debt securities issued by foreign sovereign governments
    157,190       147,976       9,214       -  
Total debt securities
    5,820,900       746,468       4,899,978       174,454  
Equity securities
    2,747       2,426       -       321  
Total investments
  $ 5,823,647     $ 748,894     $ 4,899,978     $ 174,775  
Real estate acquired (1)
  $ 1,621     $ -     $ -     $ 1,621  
                                 
December 31, 2010
                               
                                 
U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies
  $ 1,102,786     $ 1,102,786     $ -     $ -  
Obligations of U.S. states and political subdivisions
    3,580,066       -       3,284,376       295,690  
Corporate debt securities
    2,564,959       2,563       2,492,343       70,053  
Residential mortgage-backed securities
    57,100       -       57,100       -  
Debt securities issued by foreign sovereign governments
    150,327       135,457       14,870       -  
Total debt securities
    7,455,238       1,240,806       5,848,689       365,743  
Equity securities
    3,044       2,723       -       321  
Total investments
  $ 7,458,282     $ 1,243,529     $ 5,848,689     $ 366,064  
Real estate acquired (1)
  $ 6,220     $ -     $ -     $ 6,220  

 
(1)
Real estate acquired through claim settlement, which is held for sale, is reported in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheet.


There were no significant transfers of securities between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2011 or 2010.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

   
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions
   
Corporate Debt Securities
   
Equity Securities
   
Total Investments
   
Real Estate Acquired
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 295,690     $ 70,053     $ 321     $ 366,064     $ 6,220  
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses):
                                       
Included in earnings and reported as realized investment gains (losses), net
    (7,883 )     200       -       (7,683 )     -  
Included in earnings and reported as net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    -       (662 )     -       (662 )     -  
Included in earnings and reported as losses incurred, net
    -       -       -       -       (371 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    6,894       637       -       7,531       -  
Purchases
    -       -       -       -       5,279  
Sales
    (180,475 )     (10,000 )     -       (190,475 )     (9,507 )
Transfers into Level 3
    -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of Level 3
    -       -       -       -       -  
Balance at December 31, 2011
  $ 114,226     $ 60,228     $ 321     $ 174,775     $ 1,621  
                                         
Amount of total losses included in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2011 attributable to the change in unrealized losses on assets still held at December 31, 2011
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  


   
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions
   
Corporate Debt Securities
   
Equity Securities
   
Total Investments
   
Real Estate Acquired
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 370,341     $ 129,338     $ 321     $ 500,000     $ 3,830  
Total realized/unrealized gains (losses):
                                       
Included in earnings and reported as realized investment gains (losses), net
    -       (2,880 )     -       (2,880 )     -  
Included in earnings and reported as net impairment losses recognized in earnings
    -       (2,677 )     -       (2,677 )     -  
Included in earnings and reported as losses incurred, net
    -       -       -       -       (1,926 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    4,913       5,342       -       10,255       -  
Purchases
    -       -       -       -       15,606  
Sales
    (79,564 )     (59,070 )     -       (138,634 )     (11,290 )
Transfers into Level 3
    -       -       -       -       -  
Transfers out of Level 3
    -       -       -       -       -  
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 295,690     $ 70,053     $ 321     $ 366,064     $ 6,220  
                                         
Amount of total losses included in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2010 attributable to the change in unrealized losses on assets still held at December 31, 2010
  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  

Additional fair value disclosures related to our investment portfolio are included in Note 6 – “Investments”. Fair value disclosures related to our debt are included in Note 8 – “Debt.”

8.
Debt

Senior Notes

In September 2011 we repaid our $77.4 million, 5.625% Senior Notes that came due. At December 31, 2011 we had outstanding $171 million, 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015. During 2011 we repurchased $129 million in par value of our 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015. We recognized a gain on the repurchases of approximately $27.7 million, which is included in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. At December 31, 2010 we had outstanding $77.4 million, 5.625% Senior Notes due in September 2011 and $300 million, 5.375% Senior Notes due in November 2015. Covenants in the Senior Notes include the requirement that there be no liens on the stock of the designated subsidiaries unless the Senior Notes are equally and ratably secured; that there be no disposition of the stock of designated subsidiaries unless all of the stock is disposed of for consideration equal to the fair market value of the stock; and that we and the designated subsidiaries preserve our corporate existence, rights and franchises unless we or any such subsidiary determines that such preservation is no longer necessary in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous to the Senior Notes. A designated subsidiary is any of our consolidated subsidiaries which has shareholders’ equity of at least 15% of our consolidated shareholders’ equity. We were in compliance with all covenants at December 31, 2011.


If we fail to meet any of the covenants of the Senior Notes discussed above; there is a failure to pay when due at maturity, or a default results in the acceleration of maturity of, any of our other debt in an aggregate amount of $40 million or more; or we fail to make a payment of principal on the Senior Notes when due or a payment of interest on the Senior Notes within thirty days after due and we are not successful in obtaining an agreement from holders of a majority of the Senior Notes to change (or waive) the applicable requirement or payment default, then the holders of 25% or more of our Senior Notes would have the right to accelerate the maturity of those notes. In addition, the trustee, U.S. Bank National Association, of the Senior Notes could, independent of any action by holders of Senior Notes, accelerate the maturity of the Senior Notes.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of the amount outstanding under our Senior Notes was $116.7 million and $355.6 million, respectively. The fair value was determined using publicly available trade information.

Interest payments on the Senior Notes were $19.3 million, $20.5 million and $25.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

Convertible Senior Notes

At December 31, 2011 and 2010 we had outstanding $345 million principal amount of 5% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2017. Interest on the Convertible Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on May 1 and November 1 of each year. We do not have the right to defer interest payments on the Convertible Senior Notes. The Convertible Senior Notes will mature on May 1, 2017, unless earlier converted by the holders or repurchased by us. Covenants in the Convertible Senior Notes include a requirement to notify holders in advance of certain events and that we and the designated subsidiaries (defined above) preserve our corporate existence, rights and franchises unless we or any such subsidiary determines that such preservation is no longer necessary in the conduct of its business and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous to the Convertible Senior Notes.

If we fail to meet any of the covenants of the Convertible Senior Notes; there is a failure to pay when due at maturity, or a default results in the acceleration of maturity of, any of our other debt in an aggregate amount of $40 million or more; a final judgment for the payment of $40 million or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance) is rendered against us or any of our subsidiaries which judgment is not discharged or stayed within certain time limits; or we fail to make a payment of principal on the Convertible Senior Notes when due or a payment of interest on the Convertible Senior Notes within thirty days after due and we are not successful in obtaining an agreement from holders of a majority of the Convertible Senior Notes to change (or waive) the applicable requirement or payment default, then the holders of 25% or more of the Convertible Senior Notes would have the right to accelerate the maturity of those notes. In addition, the trustee of the Convertible Senior Notes could, independent of any action by holders, accelerate the maturity of the Convertible Senior Notes.


The Convertible Senior Notes are convertible, at the holder's option, at an initial conversion rate, which is subject to adjustment, of 74.4186 shares per $1,000 principal amount at any time prior to the maturity date. This represents an initial conversion price of approximately $13.44 per share. These Convertible Senior Notes will be equal in right of payment to our existing Senior Notes, discussed above, and will be senior in right of payment to our existing Convertible Junior Debentures, discussed below. Debt issuance costs are being amortized to interest expense over the contractual life of the Convertible Senior Notes. The provisions of the Convertible Senior Notes are complex. The description above is not intended to be complete in all respects. Moreover, that description is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the notes, which are contained in the Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 26, 2010, between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and the Indenture dated as of October 15, 2000, between us and the trustee.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the fair value of the amount outstanding under our Convertible Senior Notes was $202.3 million and $400.5 million, respectively. The fair value was determined using publicly available trade information.

Interest payments on the Convertible Senior Notes were $17.3 million and $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures

At December 31, 2011 and 2010 we had outstanding $389.5 million principal amount of 9% Convertible Junior Subordinated Debentures due in 2063 (the “debentures”). The debentures have an effective interest rate of 19% that reflects our non-convertible debt borrowing rate at the time of issuance. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the amortized value of the principal amount of the debentures is reflected as a liability on our consolidated balance sheet of $344.4 million and $315.6 million, respectively, with the unamortized discount reflected in equity. The debentures rank junior to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness.

Interest on the debentures is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year. As long as no event of default with respect to the debentures has occurred and is continuing, we may defer interest, under an optional deferral provision, for one or more consecutive interest periods up to ten years without giving rise to an event of default. Deferred interest will accrue additional interest at the rate then applicable to the debentures. During an optional deferral period we may not pay or declare dividends on our common stock. Violations of the covenants under the Indenture governing the debentures, including covenants to provide certain documents to the trustee, are not events of default under the Indenture and would not allow the acceleration of amounts that we owe under the debentures. Similarly, events of default under, or acceleration of, any of our other obligations, including those described above, would not allow the acceleration of amounts that we owe under the debentures. However, violations of the events of default under the Indenture, including a failure to pay principal when due under the debentures and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership involving our holding company would allow acceleration of amounts that we owe under the debentures.


Interest on the debentures that would have been payable on the scheduled interest payment dates of April 1, 2009, October 1, 2009 and April 1, 2010 had been deferred past the scheduled payment date. During this deferral period the deferred interest continued to accrue and compound semi-annually at an annual rate of 9%.

On October 1, 2010 we paid each of those deferred interest payments, including the compound interest on each. The interest payments, totaling approximately $57.5 million, were made from the net proceeds of our April 2010 common stock offering. We have remained current on these interest payments since October 1, 2010. We continue to have the right to defer interest that is payable on subsequent scheduled interest payment dates if we give the required 15 day notice. Any deferral of such interest would be on terms equivalent to those described above.

When interest on the debentures is deferred, we are required, not later than a specified time, to use reasonable commercial efforts to begin selling qualifying securities to persons who are not our affiliates. The specified time is one business day after we pay interest on the debentures that was not deferred, or if earlier, the fifth anniversary of the scheduled interest payment date on which the deferral started. Qualifying securities are common stock, certain warrants and certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock. The requirement to use such efforts to sell such securities is called the Alternative Payment Mechanism.

The net proceeds of Alternative Payment Mechanism sales are to be applied to the payment of deferred interest, including the compound portion. We cannot pay deferred interest other than from the net proceeds of Alternative Payment Mechanism sales, except at the final maturity of the debentures or at the tenth anniversary of the start of the interest deferral. The Alternative Payment Mechanism does not require us to sell common stock or warrants before the fifth anniversary of the interest payment date on which that deferral started if the net proceeds (counting any net proceeds of those securities previously sold under the Alternative Payment Mechanism) would exceed the 2% cap. The 2% cap is 2% of the average closing price of our common stock times the number of our outstanding shares of common stock. The average price is determined over a specified period ending before the issuance of the common stock or warrants being sold, and the number of outstanding shares is determined as of the date of our most recent publicly released financial statements.

We are not required to issue under the Alternative Payment Mechanism a total of more than 10 million shares of common stock, including shares underlying qualifying warrants. In addition, we may not issue under the Alternative Payment Mechanism qualifying preferred stock if the total net proceeds of all issuances would exceed 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the debentures.

The Alternative Payment Mechanism does not apply during any period between scheduled interest payment dates if there is a “market disruption event” that occurs over a specified portion of such period. Market disruption events include any material adverse change in domestic or international economic or financial conditions.

The provisions of the Alternative Payment Mechanism are complex. The description above is not intended to be complete in all respects. Moreover, that description is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the debentures, which are contained in the Indenture, dated as of March 28, 2008, between us and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.


We may redeem the debentures prior to April 6, 2013, in whole but not in part, only in the event of a specified tax or rating agency event, as defined in the Indenture. In any such event, the redemption price will be equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the principal amount of the debentures being redeemed and (2) the applicable make-whole amount, as defined in the Indenture, in each case plus any accrued but unpaid interest. On or after April 6, 2013, we may redeem the debentures in whole or in part from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the debentures being redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if the closing sale price of our common stock exceeds 130% of the then prevailing conversion price of the debentures for at least 20 of the 30 trading days preceding notice of the redemption. We will not be able to redeem the debentures, other than in the event of a specified tax event or rating agency event, during an optional deferral period.

The debentures are currently convertible, at the holder's option, at an initial conversion rate, which is subject to adjustment, of 74.0741 common shares per $1,000 principal amount of debentures at any time prior to the maturity date. This represents an initial conversion price of approximately $13.50 per share. If a holder elects to convert their debentures, deferred interest owed on the debentures being converted is also converted into shares of our common stock. The conversion rate for any deferred interest is based on the average price that our shares traded at during a 5-day period immediately prior to the election to convert. In lieu of issuing shares of common stock upon conversion of the debentures occurring after April 6, 2013, we may, at our option, make a cash payment to converting holders equal to the value of all or some of the shares of our common stock otherwise issuable upon conversion.

The fair value of the debentures was approximately $189.6 million and $432.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, as determined using available pricing for these debentures or similar instruments.

Interest payments on the debentures were $35.1 million and $75.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There were no interest payments made on the debentures in 2009 as we were in a deferral period that ended October 1, 2010 as discussed above.

Other debt

In June 2009, we repaid the $200 million that was then outstanding under our bank revolving credit facility and terminated the facility. Interest payments related to that facility were $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

9.
Loss reserves

As described in Note 3 – “Summary of significant accounting policies”, we establish reserves to recognize the estimated liability for losses and loss adjustment expenses related to defaults on insured mortgage loans. Loss reserves are established by estimating the number of loans in our inventory of delinquent loans that will result in a claim payment, which is referred to as the claim rate, and further estimating the amount of the claim payment, which is referred to as claim severity.


Estimation of losses is inherently judgmental. The conditions that affect the claim rate and claim severity include the current and future state of the domestic economy, including unemployment, and the current and future strength of local housing markets. Current conditions in the housing and mortgage industries make these assumptions more volatile than they would otherwise be. The actual amount of the claim payments may be substantially different than our loss reserve estimates. Our estimates could be adversely affected by several factors, including a further deterioration of regional or national economic conditions, including unemployment, leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a further drop in housing values that could result in, among other things, greater losses on loans that have pool insurance, and may affect borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments when the value of the home is below the mortgage balance and mitigation from rescissions being materially less than assumed. Changes to our estimates could result in a material impact to our results of operations and capital position, even in a stable economic environment.


The following table provides a reconciliation of beginning and ending loss reserves for each of the past three years:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Reserve at beginning of year
  $ 5,884,171     $ 6,704,990     $ 4,775,552  
Less reinsurance recoverable
    275,290       332,227       232,988  
Net reserve at beginning of year (1)
    5,608,881       6,372,763       4,542,564  
Adjustment to reserves (2)
    -       (92,000 )     -  
Adjusted beginning reserves
    5,608,881       6,280,763       4,542,564  
                         
Losses incurred:
                       
Losses and LAE incurred in respect of default notices received in:
                       
Current year
    1,814,035       1,874,449       2,912,679  
Prior years (3)
    (99,328 )     (266,908 )     466,765  
Subtotal (4)
    1,714,707       1,607,541       3,379,444  
                         
Losses paid:
                       
Losses and LAE paid in respect of default notices received in:
                       
Current year
    121,383       60,897       62,491  
Prior years
    2,838,069       2,256,206       1,605,668  
Reinsurance terminations (5)
    (38,769 )     (37,680 )     (118,914 )
Subtotal (6)
    2,920,683       2,279,423       1,549,245  
Net reserve at end of year (7)
    4,402,905       5,608,881       6,372,763  
Plus reinsurance recoverables
    154,607       275,290       332,227  
                         
Reserve at end of year
  $ 4,557,512     $ 5,884,171     $ 6,704,990  

 
(1)
At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the estimated reduction in loss reserves related to rescissions approximated $1.3 billion, $2.1 billion and $0.5 billion, respectively.
 
(2)
In periods prior to 2010 an estimate of premium to be refunded in conjunction with claim payments was included in Loss Reserves. In 2010, we separately stated portions of this liability in Other liabilities and Premium deficiency reserve on the consolidated balance sheet.
 
(3)
A negative number for prior year losses incurred indicates a redundancy of prior year loss reserves, and a positive number for prior year losses incurred indicates a deficiency of prior year loss reserves.
 
(4)
Rescissions did not have a significant impact on incurred losses in 2011. Rescissions mitigated our incurred losses by an estimated $0.2 billion and $2.5 billion in 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
(5)
In a termination, the reinsurance agreement is cancelled, with no future premium ceded and funds for any incurred but unpaid losses transferred to us. The transferred funds result in an increase in our investment portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents) and a decrease in net losses paid (reduction to losses incurred). In addition, there is an offsetting decrease in the reinsurance recoverable (increase in losses incurred), and thus there is no net impact to losses incurred. (See Note 11 – “Reinsurance”)
 
(6)
Rescissions mitigated our paid losses by an estimated $0.6 billion, $1.0 billion and $0.9 billion in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which excludes amounts that may have been applied to a deductible.
 
(7)
At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 the estimated reduction in loss reserves related to rescissions approximated $0.7 billion, $1.3 billion and $2.1 billion, respectively.

The “Losses incurred” section of the table above shows losses incurred on default notices received in the current year and in prior years. The amount of losses incurred relating to default notices received in the current year represents the estimated amount to be ultimately paid on such default notices. The amount of losses incurred relating to default notices received in prior years represents the actual claim rate and severity associated with those defaults notices resolved in the current year differing from the estimated liability at the prior year-end, as well as a re-estimation of amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory from the end of the prior year. This re-estimation of the estimated claim rate and estimated severity is the result of our review of current trends in default inventory, such as percentages of defaults that have resulted in a claim, the amount of the claims, changes in the relative level of defaults by geography and changes in average loan exposure.


In 2011, net losses incurred were $1,715 million, comprised of $1,814 million of current year loss development, offset by $99 million of favorable prior years’ loss development. In 2010, net losses incurred were $1,608 million, comprised of $1,875 million of current year loss development, offset by $267 million of favorable prior years’ loss development. In 2009, net losses incurred were $3,379 million, comprised of which $2,913 million of current year loss development and $466 million of unfavorable prior years’ loss development.

Losses incurred on default notices received in the current year decreased slightly in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to a decrease in the number of new default notices received, net of cures on those notices received, from 108,701 in 2010 to 86,592 in 2011. Losses incurred on default notices received in the current year decreased more significantly in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to a more significant decrease in the number of new default notices received, net of cures on those notices received, which was 161,081 in 2009. These factors were somewhat offset by a smaller benefit from captive arrangements.

The development of the reserves in 2011, 2010 and 2009 is reflected in the “Prior years” line in the table above. The $99 million decrease in losses incurred in 2011 that was related to defaults that occurred in prior years resulted primarily from a decrease in the estimated severity on primary defaults (approximately $165 million) and a decrease in estimated loss adjustment expenses (approximately $114 million), offset by an increase in the estimated claim rate on primary defaults (approximately $200 million). The decrease in the severity was based on the resolution of approximately 57% of the prior year default inventory. The decrease in estimated loss adjustment expense was based on recent historical trends in the costs associated with resolving a claim. The increase in the claim rate was also based on the resolution of the prior year default inventory, as well as a re-estimation of amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory from the end of the prior year and estimated incurred but not reported items from the end of the prior year. The remaining decrease in losses incurred that was related to defaults that occurred in prior years (approximately $20 million) related to a decrease in estimated severity and claim rates on pool defaults.

The $267 million decrease in losses incurred in 2010 that was related to defaults that occurred in prior years primarily resulted from a decrease in the expected claim rate on the defaults that occurred in prior periods (approximately $432 million), partially offset by an increase in severity on pool defaults that occurred in prior periods (approximately $185 million). The decrease in the claim rate was based on the resolution of approximately 55% of the prior year default inventory, as well as a re-estimation of amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory from the end of the prior year. The decrease in the claim rate was due to greater cures experienced during 2010, a portion of which resulted from loan modifications. The increase in pool severity was based on the resolution of defaults that occurred in prior periods with higher claim amounts, which in part, were applied to remaining deductibles on certain pool policies. The remaining decrease in losses incurred related to prior years (approximately $20 million) related to LAE reserves and reinsurance.


The $467 million increase in losses incurred in 2009 that was related to defaults that occurred in prior years primarily resulted from an increase in the claim rate on defaults that occurred in prior periods (approximately $337 million) and an increase in severity on defaults that occurred in prior periods (approximately $137 million). The increase in the claim rate was based on the resolution of approximately 50% of the prior year default inventory, as well as a re-estimation of amounts to be ultimately paid on defaults remaining in inventory from the end of the prior year. The increase in the claim rate was likely due to general economic conditions, including the unemployment rate, as well as further decreases in home values which may affect borrower willingness to continue to make mortgage payments. The increase in severity was related to the weakening of the housing and mortgage markets which resulted in adverse claim sizes. The offsetting decrease in losses incurred related to prior years (approximately $7 million) related to LAE reserves and reinsurance.

The “Losses paid” section of the table above shows the breakdown between claims paid on default notices received in the current year and default notices received in prior years. It has historically taken, prior to the last few years, on average, approximately twelve months for a default which is not cured to develop into a paid claim, therefore, most losses paid relate to default notices received in prior years. Due to a combination of reasons that have slowed the rate at which claims are received and paid, including foreclosure moratoriums and suspensions, servicing delays, court delays, loan modifications, our fraud investigations and our claim rescissions and denials for misrepresentation, it is difficult to estimate how long it may take for current and future defaults that do not cure to develop into paid claims. In 2011, we experienced an increase in claims paid on default notices received in the current year due to fewer claim investigations and an increase in short sales. The “Losses paid” section of the table also includes a decrease in losses paid related to terminated reinsurance agreements as noted in footnote (5) of the table above.

The liability associated with our estimate of premiums to be refunded on expected claim payments is accrued for separately at December 31, 2011 and 2010 and approximated $114 million and $113 million, respectively. Separate components of this liability are included in “Other liabilities” and “Premium deficiency reserve” on our consolidated balance sheet. (See Note 3 – “Summary of significant accounting policies – Revenue recognition”)

The decrease in the primary default inventory experienced during 2011 and 2010 was generally across all markets and all book years. However the percentage of loans in the inventory that have been in default for 12 or more consecutive months has increased, as shown in the table below. Historically as a default ages it becomes more likely to result in a claim.


Aging of the Primary Default Inventory

   
December 31,
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                                     
Consecutive months in default
                                   
3 months or less
    31,456       18 %     37,640       18 %     48,252       19 %
4 - 11 months
    46,352       26 %     58,701       27 %     98,210       39 %
12 months or more
    97,831       56 %     118,383       55 %     103,978       42 %
                                                 
                                                 
Total primary default inventory
    175,639       100 %     214,724       100 %     250,440       100 %
                                                 
Primary claims received inventory included in ending default inventory
    12,610       7 %     20,898       10 %     16,389       7 %

The length of time a loan is in the default inventory can differ from the number of payments that the borrower has not made or is considered delinquent. These differences typically result from a borrower making monthly payments that do not result in the loan becoming fully current. The number of payments that a borrower is delinquent is shown in the table below.

Number of Payments Delinquent

   
December 31,
   
December 31,
   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                                     
                                     
3 payments or less
    42,804       24 %     51,003       24 %     60,970       24 %
4 - 11 payments
    47,864       27 %     65,797       31 %     105,208       42 %
12 payments or more
    84,971       49 %     97,924       45 %     84,262       34 %
                                                 
                                                 
Total primary default inventory
    175,639       100 %     214,724       100 %     250,440       100 %

Before paying a claim, we can review the loan file to determine whether we are required, under the applicable insurance policy, to pay the claim or whether we are entitled to reduce the amount of the claim. For example, all of our insurance policies provide that we can reduce or deny a claim if the servicer did not comply with its obligation to mitigate our loss by performing reasonable loss mitigation efforts or diligently pursuing a foreclosure or bankruptcy relief in a timely manner. We also do not cover losses resulting from property damage that has not been repaired. We are currently reviewing the loan files for the majority of the claims submitted to us.


In addition, subject to rescission caps in certain of our Wall Street bulk transactions, all of our insurance policies allow us to rescind coverage under certain circumstances. Because we can review the loan origination documents and information as part of our normal processing when a claim is submitted to us, rescissions occur on a loan by loan basis most often after we have received a claim. Historically, rescissions of policies for which claims have been submitted to us were not a material portion of our claims resolved during a year. However, beginning in 2008, our rescissions of policies have materially mitigated our paid losses. In each of 2009 and 2010, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $1.2 billion and in 2011, rescissions mitigated our paid losses by approximately $0.6 billion (in each case, the figure includes amounts that would have either resulted in a claim payment or been charged to a deductible under a bulk or pool policy, and may have been charged to a captive reinsurer). In recent quarters, 17% to 20% of claims received in a quarter have been resolved by rescissions, down from the peak of approximately 28% in the first half of 2009. In the second half of 2011, Countrywide materially increased the percentage of loans for which it is rebutting the assertions that we make prior to rescinding a loan. When we receive a rebuttal prior to a rescission, we do not rescind coverage until after we respond to the rebuttal. Therefore, in addition to our substantial pipeline of claims investigations, we have a substantial pipeline of pre-rescission rebuttals that, based on our historical experience with such rebuttals, we expect will eventually result in rescissions. We continue to expect that the percentage of claims that will be resolved through rescissions will continue to decline after resolution of the rebuttal pipeline.

Our loss reserving methodology incorporates the effects we expect rescission activity to have on the losses we will pay on our delinquent inventory. A variance between ultimate actual rescission rates and these estimates, as a result of the outcome of claims investigations, litigation, settlements or other factors, could materially affect our losses. We estimate rescissions mitigated our incurred losses by approximately $2.5 billion in 2009 and $0.2 billion in 2010. In 2011, we estimate that rescissions had no significant impact on our losses incurred. All of these figures include the benefit of claims not paid in the period as well as the impact of changes in our estimated expected rescission activity on our loss reserves in the period. At December 31, 2011, we had 175,639 loans in our primary delinquency inventory; a significant portion of these loans will cure their delinquency or be rescinded and will not involve paid claims.


The table below represents our estimate of the impact rescissions have had on reducing our loss reserves, paid losses and losses incurred.

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In billions)
 
                   
Estimated rescission reduction - beginning reserve
  $ 1.3     $ 2.1     $ 0.5  
                         
Estimated rescission reduction - losses incurred
    -       0.2       2.5  
                         
Rescission reduction - paid claims
    0.6       1.2       1.2  
Amounts that may have been applied to a deductible
    -       (0.2 )     (0.3 )
Net rescission reduction - paid claims
    0.6       1.0       0.9  
                         
Estimated rescission reduction - ending reserve
  $ 0.7     $ 1.3     $ 2.1  

The $2.5 billion estimated mitigation of incurred losses during 2009 represents both the claims not paid in the period due to rescissions, as well as an increasing default inventory and an increasing expected rescission rate for those loans in default. Even though rescissions mitigated our paid losses by a similar amount in 2010 as compared to 2009, the estimated mitigation of incurred losses declined to $0.2 billion for 2010. This decrease was caused by a decline in our default inventory in 2010, compared to an increase in 2009, as well as a modest decline in the expected rescission rate for loans in our default inventory during 2010, compared to a significantly increasing expected rescission rate during 2009 and a decrease in severity on expected rescissions.

The decrease in the estimated mitigation of incurred losses in 2011 compared to 2010 is due to a decline in the expected rescission rate for loans in our default inventory during 2011 compared to a more modest decline in 2010.

At December 31, 2011, our loss reserves continued to be significantly impacted by expected rescission activity. We expect that the reduction of our loss reserves due to rescissions will continue to decline because our recent experience indicates new notices in our default inventory have a lower likelihood of being rescinded than those already in the inventory.

The liability associated with our estimate of premiums to be refunded on expected future rescissions is accrued for separately. At December 31, 2011 and 2010 the estimate of this liability totaled $58 million and $101 million, respectively. Separate components of this liability are included in “Other liabilities” and “Premium deficiency reserve” on our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in the liability affect premiums written and earned and change in premium deficiency reserve, respectively.

If the insured disputes our right to rescind coverage, the outcome of the dispute ultimately would be determined by legal proceedings. Legal proceedings disputing our right to rescind coverage may be brought up to three years after the lender has obtained title to the property (typically through a foreclosure) or the property was sold in a sale that we approved, whichever is applicable, although in a few jurisdictions there is a longer time to bring such an action. For the majority of our rescissions that are not subject to a settlement agreement, the period in which a dispute may be brought has not ended. We consider a rescission resolved for financial reporting purposes even though legal proceedings have been initiated and are ongoing. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss from such proceedings is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, when establishing our loss reserves, we do not include additional loss reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome from ongoing legal proceedings, including those with Countrywide. For more information about these legal proceedings, see Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies.”


In addition to the proceedings involving Countrywide, we are involved in legal proceedings with respect to rescissions that we do not consider to be collectively material in amount. Although it is reasonably possible that, when these discussions or proceedings are completed, there will be a conclusion or determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability.

In 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with a lender-customer regarding our rescission practices. In April 2011, Freddie Mac advised its servicers that they must obtain its prior approval for rescission settlements and Fannie Mae advised its servicers that they are prohibited from entering into such settlements. In addition, in April 2011, Fannie Mae notified us that we must obtain its prior approval to enter into certain settlements. We continue to discuss with other lender-customers their objections to material rescissions and have reached settlement terms with several of our significant lender-customers. Any definitive agreement with these customers would be subject to GSE approval. One GSE has approved one of our settlement agreements, but this agreement remains subject to the approval of the other GSE. We believe that it is probable (within the meaning of ASC 450-20) that this agreement will be approved by the other GSE. As a result, we considered the terms of the agreement when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. This agreement did not have a significant impact on our established loss reserves. Neither GSE has approved our other settlement agreements and the terms of these other agreements were not considered when establishing our loss reserves at December 31, 2011. There can be no assurances that both GSEs will approve any settlement agreements and the GSEs may approve some of our settlement agreements and reject others based on the specific terms of those agreements.

A rollforward of our primary default inventory for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appears in the table below. The information concerning new notices and cures is compiled from monthly reports received from loan servicers. The level of new notice and cure activity reported in a particular month can be influenced by, among other things, the date on which a servicer generates its report, the number of business days in a month and by transfers of servicing between loan servicers.


   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
                   
Default inventory at beginning of period
    214,724       250,440       182,188  
Plus: New Notices
    169,305       205,069       259,876  
Less: Cures
    (149,643 )     (183,017 )     (149,251 )
Less: Paids (including those charged to a deductible or captive)
    (51,138 )     (43,826 )     (29,732 )
Less: Rescissions and denials
    (7,609 )     (13,942 )     (12,641 )
Default inventory at end of period
    175,639       214,724       250,440  

Pool insurance notice inventory decreased from 43,329 at December 31, 2010 to 32,971 at December 31, 2011. The pool insurance notice inventory was 44,231 at December 31, 2009.

10.
Premium deficiency reserve

Beginning in 2007, when we stopped writing Wall Street bulk business, we began to separately measure the performance of these transactions and established a premium deficiency reserve related to this business. This premium deficiency reserve as of December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $135 million, $179 million and $193 million, respectively. The $135 million premium deficiency reserve as of December 31, 2011 reflects the present value of expected future losses and expenses that exceeded the present value of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves. The discount rate used in the calculation of the premium deficiency reserve at December 31, 2011 was 2.3%. The discount rate used in the calculation of the premium deficiency reserve at December 31, 2010 was 2.5%.


The components of the premium deficiency reserve at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 appear in the table below.

   
December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In millions)
 
Present value of expected future premium
  $ 494     $ 506     $ 427  
                         
Present value of expected future paid losses
                       
and expenses
    (1,455 )     (1,760 )     (2,157 )
                         
Net present value of future cash flows
    (961 )     (1,254 )     (1,730 )
                         
Established loss reserves
    826       1,075       1,537  
                         
Net deficiency
  $ (135 )   $ (179 )   $ (193 )

Each quarter, we re-estimate the premium deficiency reserve on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in force. The premium deficiency reserve primarily changes from quarter to quarter as a result of two factors. First, it changes as the actual premiums, losses and expenses that were previously estimated are recognized. Each period such items are reflected in our financial statements as earned premium, losses incurred and expenses. The difference between the amount and timing of actual earned premiums, losses incurred and expenses and our previous estimates used to establish the premium deficiency reserves has an effect (either positive or negative) on that period’s results. Second, the premium deficiency reserve changes as our assumptions relating to the present value of expected future premiums, losses and expenses on the remaining Wall Street bulk insurance in force change. Changes to these assumptions also have an effect on that period’s results.

The decrease in the premium deficiency reserve for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $44 million, $14 million and $261 million, respectively, as shown in the charts below. The decrease represents the net result of actual premiums, losses and expenses as well as a net change in assumptions for these periods. The change in assumptions for 2011 is primarily related to higher estimated ultimate premiums resulting principally from an increase in the projected persistency rate, somewhat offset by higher estimated ultimate losses resulting principally from an increase in the number of projected claims that will ultimately be resolved as a claim paid. The change in assumptions for 2010 is primarily related to higher estimated ultimate premiums, which is principally related to an increase in the projected persistency rate. The change in assumptions for 2009 primarily related to lower estimated ultimate losses, offset by lower estimated ultimate premiums, both due to higher expected rates of rescission.


   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In millions)
 
                                     
Premium Deficiency Reserve at beginning of period
        $ (179 )         $ (193 )         $ (454 )
Adjustment to premium deficiency reserve (1)
          -             (37 )           -  
Adjusted premium deficiency reserve at beginning of period
          (179 )           (230 )           (454 )
                                           
Paid claims and loss adjustment expenses
  $ 334             $ 426             $ 584          
Decrease in loss reserves
    (249 )             (425 )             (360 )        
Premium earned
    (120 )             (128 )             (156 )        
Effects of present valuing on future premiums, losses and expenses
    (8 )             (25 )             21          
                                                 
Change in premium deficiency reserve to reflect actual premium, losses and expenses recognized
            (43 )             (152 )             89  
                                                 
Change in premium deficiency reserve to reflect change in assumptions relating to future premiums, losses, expenses and discount rate (2)
            87               203               172  
                                                 
Premium Deficiency Reserve at end of period
          $ (135 )           $ (179 )           $ (193 )

(1) In periods prior to 2010 an estimate of premium to be refunded in conjunction with claim payments was included in Loss Reserves. In 2010, we separately stated this liability in Premium deficency reserve on the consolidated balance sheet. (See Note 3 - "Summary of significant accounting policies - Revenue recognition")

(2) A positive number for changes in assumptions relating to premiums, losses, expenses and discount rate indicates a redundancy of prior premium deficiency reserves.

Each quarter we perform a premium deficiency analysis on the portion of our book of business not covered by the premium deficiency described above. As of December 31, 2011, the analysis concluded that there was no premium deficiency on such portion of our book of business. For the reasons discussed below, our analysis of any potential deficiency reserve is subject to inherent uncertainty and requires significant judgment by management. To the extent, in a future period, expected losses are higher or expected premiums are lower than the assumptions we used in our analysis, we could be required to record a premium deficiency reserve on this portion of our book of business in such period.

The calculation of premium deficiency reserves requires the use of significant judgments and estimates to determine the present value of future premium and present value of expected losses and expenses on our business. The present value of future premium relies on, among other things, assumptions about persistency and repayment patterns on underlying loans. The present value of expected losses and expenses depends on assumptions relating to severity of claims and claim rates on current defaults, and expected defaults in future periods. These assumptions also include an estimate of expected rescission activity. Similar to our loss reserve estimates, our estimates for premium deficiency reserves could be adversely affected by several factors, including a deterioration of regional or economic conditions leading to a reduction in borrowers’ income and thus their ability to make mortgage payments, and a drop in housing values that could expose us to greater losses. Assumptions used in calculating the deficiency reserves can also be affected by volatility in the current housing and mortgage lending industries. To the extent premium patterns and actual loss experience differ from the assumptions used in calculating the premium deficiency reserves, the differences between the actual results and our estimates will affect future period earnings and could be material.


11.
Reinsurance

We cede a portion of our business to reinsurers and record assets for reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves and prepaid reinsurance premiums. We cede primary business to reinsurance subsidiaries of certain mortgage lenders (“captives”). The majority of ceded premiums relates to these agreements. Historically, most of these reinsurance arrangements are aggregate excess of loss reinsurance agreements, and the remainder have been quota share agreements. Under the aggregate excess of loss agreements, we are responsible for the first aggregate layer of loss (typically 4% or 5%), the captives are responsible for the second aggregate layer of loss (typically 5% or 10%) and we are responsible for any remaining loss. The layers are typically expressed as a percentage of the original risk on an annual book of business reinsured by the captive. The premium cessions on these agreements typically range from 25% to 40% of the direct premium. Under a quota share arrangement premiums and losses are shared on a pro-rata basis between us and the captives, with the captive’s portion of both premiums and losses typically ranging from 25% to 50%. Effective January 1, 2009, we are no longer ceding new business under excess of loss reinsurance treaties with lender captive reinsurers. Loans reinsured on an excess of loss basis through December 31, 2008 will run off pursuant to the terms of the particular captive arrangement. New business remains eligible to be ceded under quota share reinsurance arrangements, limited to a 25% cede rate. During 2009 through 2011, many of our captive arrangements have either been terminated or placed into run-off.

Under these agreements the captives are required to maintain a separate trust account, of which we are the sole beneficiary. Premiums ceded to a captive are deposited into the applicable trust account to support the captive’s layer of insured risk. These amounts are held in the trust account and are available to pay reinsured losses. The trust assets are primarily invested in money market funds and government issued securities. The captive’s ultimate liability is limited to the assets in the trust account. When specific time periods are met and the individual trust account balance has reached a required level, then the individual captive may make authorized withdrawals from its applicable trust account. In most cases, the captives are also allowed to withdraw funds from the trust account to pay verifiable federal income taxes and operational expenses. Conversely, if the account balance falls below certain thresholds, the individual captive may be required to contribute funds to the trust account. However, in most cases, our sole remedy if a captive does not contribute such funds is to put the captive into run-off (in a run-off, no new loans are reinsured by the captive but loans previously reinsured continue to be covered, with premium and losses continuing to be ceded on those loans). In the event that the captive’s incurred but unpaid losses exceed the funds in the trust account, and the captive does not deposit adequate funds, we may also be allowed to terminate the captive agreement, assume the captive’s obligations, transfer the assets in the trust accounts to us, and retain all future premium payments.

The reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $155 million and $275 million, respectively. The reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves related to captive agreements was approximately $142 million at December 31, 2011, which was supported by $359 million of trust assets, while at December 31, 2010 the reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves related to captives was $248 million which was supported by $484 million in trust assets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 there was an additional $27 million and $26 million, respectively, of trust assets in captive agreements where there was no related reinsurance recoverable on loss reserves. During 2011 and 2010, $39 million and $38 million, respectively, of trust fund assets were transferred to us as a result of captive terminations. The transferred funds resulted in an increase in our investment portfolio (including cash and cash equivalents) and a decrease in our net losses paid (reduction in losses incurred). In addition, there is an offsetting decrease in the reinsurance recoverable (increase in losses incurred), and thus there is no net impact to losses incurred.


Since 2005, we have entered into three separate aggregate excess of loss reinsurance agreements under which we ceded approximately $130 million of risk in force in the aggregate to three special purpose reinsurance companies. In 2008, we terminated one of these excess of loss reinsurance agreements. The remaining amount of ceded risk in force at December 31, 2011 was approximately $23.8 million. Additionally, certain pool polices written by us have been reinsured with one domestic reinsurer. We receive a ceding commission under certain reinsurance agreements.

Generally, reinsurance recoverables on primary loss reserves, paid losses and prepaid reinsurance premiums are supported by trust funds or letters of credit. As such, we have not established an allowance against these recoverables.

The effect of these agreements on premiums earned and losses incurred is as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Premiums earned:
                 
Direct
  $ 1,170,868     $ 1,236,949     $ 1,406,977  
Assumed
    3,891       3,091       3,339  
Ceded
    (50,924 )     (71,293 )     (107,975 )
                         
Net premiums earned
  $ 1,123,835     $ 1,168,747     $ 1,302,341  
                         
Losses incurred:
                       
Direct
  $ 1,775,122     $ 1,716,538     $ 3,637,706  
Assumed
    5,229       4,128       4,290  
Ceded
    (65,644 )     (113,125 )     (262,552 )
                         
Net losses incurred
  $ 1,714,707     $ 1,607,541     $ 3,379,444  

See Note 20 – “Litigation and contingencies” for a discussion of requests or subpoenas for information regarding captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements.

In the third quarter of 2011, our Australian writing company terminated a reinsurance agreement under which it had assumed business from a third party. As a result of that termination, it returned approximately $7 million in unearned premium and it has no further obligations under this reinsurance agreement. The termination of this reinsurance agreement had no significant impact on our remaining risk in force in Australia.


In June 2008 we entered into a reinsurance agreement that was effective on the risk associated with up to $50 billion of qualifying new insurance written each calendar year. The term of the reinsurance agreement began April 1, 2008 and was scheduled to end on December 31, 2010, subject to two one-year extensions that could have been exercised by the reinsurer. Effective March 20, 2009, we terminated this reinsurance agreement. The termination resulted in a reinsurance fee of $26.4 million as reflected in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. There are no further obligations under this reinsurance agreement.

12.
Investments in joint ventures

C-BASS

C-BASS, a limited liability company, was an unconsolidated, less than 50%-owned investment of ours that was not controlled by us. Historically, C-BASS was principally engaged in the business of investing in the credit risk of subprime single-family residential mortgages. In 2007, C-BASS ceased its operations and was managing its portfolio pursuant to a consensual, non-bankruptcy restructuring, under which its assets are to be paid out over time to its secured and unsecured creditors. In November 2010, C-BASS filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. In June 2011 the remaining assets were liquidated and distributed to creditors under an approved bankruptcy plan and as a result our interest in C-BASS was eliminated. Since 2007, the carrying value of our investment in C-BASS has been zero.

Sherman

During the period in which we held an equity interest in Sherman Financial Group, LLC (“Sherman”), an unconsolidated, minority-owned joint venture, Sherman was principally engaged in the business of purchasing and collecting for its own account delinquent consumer assets which were primarily unsecured, and in originating and servicing subprime credit card receivables. The borrowings used to finance these activities were included in Sherman’s balance sheet. A substantial portion of Sherman's consolidated assets were investments in consumer receivable portfolios that do not have readily ascertainable market values. Sherman's results of operations were sensitive to estimates by Sherman's management of ultimate collections on these portfolios.

In August 2008 we sold our entire interest in Sherman to Sherman. Our interest sold represented approximately 24.25% of Sherman’s equity. The sale price was $124.5 million in cash and Sherman’s unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $85 million (the “Note”). The scheduled maturity of the Note was February 13, 2011 and it paid interest, monthly, at the annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 500 basis points. Sherman repaid the Note in December 2010 for approximately $83.5 million. The carrying value of the Note at the time of repayment was approximately $84.0 million. The loss recognized on the repayment of $0.5 million is included in net realized investment gains on the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010.


13.
Benefit plans

We have a non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all domestic employees, as well as a supplemental executive retirement plan. We also offer both medical and dental benefits for retired domestic employees and their spouses under a postretirement benefit plan. In October 2008 we amended our postretirement benefit plan. The amendment, which was effective January 1, 2009, terminated the benefits provided to retirees once they reach the age of 65. This amendment reduced our accumulated postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 2008. The benefit from this amendment was amortized to net periodic benefit cost in 2009 and future periods. The following tables provide the components of aggregate annual net periodic benefit cost, changes in the benefit obligation and the funded status of the pension, supplemental executive retirement and other postretirement benefit plans as recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:

   
Pension and Supplemental
   
Other Postretirement
 
   
Executive Retirement Plans
   
Benefits
 
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Cost for fiscal year ending
 
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2009
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
1. Company Service Cost
  $ 8,917     $ 8,531     $ 8,154     $ 1,090     $ 1,126     $ 1,280  
2. Interest Cost
    16,098       15,535       14,300       1,350       1,183       1,463  
3. Expected Return on Assets
    (17,373 )     (14,502 )     (15,340 )     (3,299 )     (2,891 )     (2,229 )
4. Other Adjustments
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
Subtotal
    7,642       9,564       7,114       (859 )     (582 )     514  
5. Amortization of :
                                               
a. Net Transition Obligation/(Asset)
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
b. Net Prior Service Cost/(Credit)
    661       650       716       (6,217 )     (6,138 )     (6,059 )
c. Net Losses/(Gains)
    4,010       5,924       6,330       632       764       1,704  
Total Amortization
    4,671       6,574       7,046       (5,585 )     (5,374 )     (4,355 )
6. Net Periodic Benefit Cost
    12,313       16,138       14,160       (6,445 )     (5,956 )     (3,841 )
7. Cost of settlements or curtailments
    -       -       -       -       -       -  
8. Total Expense for Year
  $ 12,313     $ 16,138     $ 14,160     $ (6,445 )   $ (5,956 )   $ (3,841 )


Development of Funded Status
 
   
Pension and Supplemental
   
Other Postretirement
 
   
Executive Retirement Plans
   
Benefits
 
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                         
Actuarial Value of Benefit Obligations
                       
1. Measurement Date
 
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
 
2. Accumulated Benefit Obligation
  $ 297,145     $ 270,684     $ 25,007     $ 26,200  
                                 
Funded Status/Asset (Liability) on the Consolidated Balance Sheet
                               
1. Projected Benefit Obligation
  $ (318,048 )   $ (291,456 )   $ (25,007 )   $ (26,200 )
2. Plan Assets at Fair Value
    305,748       284,080       42,578       44,362  
3. Funded Status - Overfunded/Asset
    N/A       N/A     $ 17,571     $ 18,162  
4. Funded Status - Underfunded/Liability
  $ (12,300 )   $ (7,376 )     N/A       N/A  


Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
1. Net Actuarial (Gain)/Loss
  $ 95,298     $ 81,802     $ 14,109     $ 13,463  
2. Net Prior Service Cost/(Credit)
    2,278       2,847       (41,072 )     (47,290 )
3. Net Transition Obligation/(Asset)
    -       -       -       -  
4. Total at Year End
  $ 97,576     $ 84,649     $ (26,964 )   $ (33,827 )

The changes in the projected benefit obligation are as follows:

   
Pension and Supplemental
   
Other Postretirement
 
   
Executive Retirement Plans
   
Benefits
 
Change in Projected Benefit Obligation
       
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
1. Benefit Obligation at Beginning of Year
  $ 291,456     $ 258,592     $ 26,200     $ 24,144  
2. Company Service Cost
    8,917       8,531       1,090       1,126  
3. Interest Cost
    16,098       15,535       1,350       1,183  
4. Plan Participants' Contributions
    -       -       261       327  
5. Net Actuarial (Gain)/Loss due to Assumption Changes
    23,037       10,425       397       (2,925 )
6. Net Actuarial (Gain)/Loss due to Plan Experience
    (6,544 )     3,624       (3,643 )     3,695  
7. Benefit Payments from Fund (1)
    (14,692 )     (5,769 )     (560 )     (510 )
8. Benefit Payments Directly by Company
    (316 )     (231 )     (87 )     (120 )
9. Plan Amendments
    92       749       -       (720 )
10. Other Adjustment
    -       -       -       -  
11. Benefit Obligation at End of Year
  $ 318,048     $ 291,456     $ 25,007     $ 26,200  

(1) In 2011, includes lump sum payments of $8.2 million from our pension plan to eligible participants, which were former employees with vested benefits of $50 thousand or less. Additional former employees may elect this option in 2012.

The changes in the fair value of the net assets available for plan benefits are as follows:

Change in Plan Assets
 
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
1. Fair Value of Plan Assets at Beginning of Year
  $ 284,080     $ 243,369     $ 44,362     $ 38,920  
2. Company Contributions
    20,316       15,231       -       -  
3. Plan Participants' Contributions
    -       -       261       327  
4. Benefit Payments from Fund
    (14,692 )     (5,769 )     (560 )     (510 )
5. Benefit Payments paid directly by Company
    (316 )     (231 )     (87 )     (120 )
6. Actual Return on Assets
    16,360       31,480       (1,224 )     5,951  
7. Other Adjustment
    -       -       (173 )     (207 )
8. Fair Value of Plan Assets at End of Year
  $ 305,748     $ 284,080     $ 42,578     $ 44,361  


   
Pension and Supplemental
 
Other Postretirement
 
   
Executive Retirement Plans
 
Benefits
 
Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI)
 
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
1. AOCI in Prior Year
  $ 84,649     $ 93,403     $ (33,827 )   $ (36,190 )
2. Increase/(Decrease) in AOCI
                               
a. Recognized during year - Prior Service (Cost)/Credit
    (661 )     (650 )     6,217       6,138  
b. Recognized during year - Net Actuarial (Losses)/Gains
    (4,010 )     (5,924 )     (632 )     (764 )
c. Occurring during year - Prior Service Cost
    92       749       -       (720 )
d. Occurring during year - Net Actuarial Losses/(Gains)
    17,507       (2,929 )     1,278       (2,291 )
3. AOCI in Current Year
  $ 97,576     $ 84,649     $ (26,964 )   $ (33,827 )


Amortizations Expected to be Recognized During Next Fiscal Year Ending
 
   
12/31/2012
   
12/31/2012
 
   
(In thousands)
 
1. Amortization of Net Transition
           
Obligation/(Asset)
  $ -     $ -  
2. Amortization of Prior Service Cost/(Credit)
    643       (6,217 )
3. Amortization of Net Losses/(Gains)
    5,911       842  

The projected benefit obligations, net periodic benefit costs and accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for the plans were determined using the following weighted average assumptions.

   
Pension and Supplemental
   
Other Postretirement
 
   
Executive Retirement Plans
   
Benefits
 
Actuarial Assumptions
 
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
 
Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations at year end
 
1. Discount Rate
    5.25 %     5.75 %     4.75 %     5.50 %
2. Rate of Compensation Increase
    3.00 %     3.00 %     N/A       N/A  
                                 
Weighted-Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Cost for Year
 
1. Discount Rate
    5.75 %     6.00 %     5.50 %     5.75 %
2. Expected Long-term Return on Plan Assets
    6.00 %     6.00 %     7.50 %     7.50 %
3. Rate of Compensation Increase
    3.00 %     3.00 %     N/A       N/A  
                                 
Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates at year end
 
1. Health Care Cost Trend Rate Assumed for Next Year
    N/A       N/A       8.00 %     8.50 %
2. Rate to Which the Cost Trend Rate is Assumed to Decline (Ultimate Trend Rate)
    N/A       N/A       5.00 %     5.00 %
3. Year That the Rate Reaches the Ultimate Trend Rate
    N/A       N/A       2018       2018  

In selecting a discount rate, we performed a hypothetical cash flow bond matching exercise, matching our expected pension plan and postretirement medical plan cash flows, respectively, against a selected portfolio of high quality corporate bonds. The modeling was performed using a bond portfolio of noncallable bonds with at least $50 million outstanding. The average yield of these hypothetical bond portfolios was used as the benchmark for determining the discount rate. In selecting the expected long-term rate of return on assets, we considered the average rate of earnings expected on the classes of funds invested or to be invested to provide for the benefits of these plans. This included considering the trusts' targeted asset allocation for the year and the expected returns likely to be earned over the next 20 years.


The weighted-average asset allocations of the plans are as follows:

               
Other Postretirement
 
   
Pension Plan
   
Benefits
 
Plan Assets
                       
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2010
 
Allocation of Assets at year end
 
1. Equity Securities
    38 %     38 %     100 %     100 %
2. Debt Securities
    62 %     62 %     0 %     0 %
3. Other
    0 %     0 %     0 %     0 %
4. Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %

In accordance with fair value guidance, we applied the following fair value hierarchy in order to measure fair value of our benefit plan assets:

Level 1 – Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets that we have the ability to access. Financial assets utilizing Level 1 inputs include equity securities, mutual funds, money market funds and certain U.S. Treasury securities and obligations of U.S. government corporations and agencies.

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and inputs, other than quoted prices, that are observable in the marketplace for the financial instrument. The observable inputs are used in valuation models to calculate the fair value of the financial instruments. Financial assets utilizing Level 2 inputs include certain municipal, corporate and foreign bonds.

Level 3 – Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable. Level 3 inputs reflect our own assumptions about the assumptions a market participant would use in pricing an asset or liability. There are no securities that utilize Level 3 inputs.

To determine the fair value of securities in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, independent pricing sources have been utilized. One price is provided per security based on observable market data. To ensure securities are appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing sources and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. A variety of inputs are utilized including benchmark yields, reported trades, non-binding broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research publications. Inputs may be weighted differently for any security, and not all inputs are used for each security evaluation. Market indicators, industry and economic events are also considered. This information is evaluated using a multidimensional pricing model. In addition, on a quarterly basis, we perform quality controls over values received from the pricing source (the “Trustee”) which include comparing values to other independent pricing sources. In addition, we review annually the Trustee’s auditor’s report on internal controls in order to determine that their controls around valuing securities are operating effectively. We have not made any adjustments to the prices obtained from the independent sources.


The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the pension plan assets at fair value as of December 31, 2011.

Assets at Fair Value as of December 31, 2011

Pension Plan
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Domestic Mutual Funds
  $ 58,699     $ -     $ -     $ 58,699  
International Mutual Funds
    32,664       -       -       32,664  
Common Stocks
    45,770       -       -       45,770  
Corporate Bonds
    -       118,575       -       118,575  
U.S. Government Securities
    13,137       -       -       13,137  
Municipals
    -       18,362       -       18,362  
Foreign Bonds
    -       15,411       -       15,411  
Foreign Stocks
    3,130       -       -       3,130  
Total Assets at fair value
  $ 153,400     $ 152,348     $ -     $ 305,748  

Our pension plan portfolio is designed to achieve the following objectives over each market cycle and for at least 5 years:

Fixed income allocation

 
·
Protect actuarial benefit payment stream through asset liability matching
 
·
Reduce volatility of investment returns compared to actuarial benefit liability

Equity allocation

 
·
Protect long tailed liabilities through the use of equity portfolio
 
·
Achieve competitive investment results

The primary focus in developing asset allocation ranges for the portfolio is the assessment of the portfolio's investment objectives and the level of risk that is acceptable to obtain those objectives. To achieve these goals the minimum and maximum allocation ranges for fixed income securities and equity securities are:

   
Minimum
   
Maximum
 
Fixed income
    40 %     100 %
Equity
    0 %     60 %
Cash equivalents
    0 %     10 %


The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the postretirement plan assets at fair value as of December 31, 2011.

Assets at Fair Value as of December 31, 2011

Postretirement Plan
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Domestic Mutual Funds
  $ 30,229     $ -     $ -     $ 30,229  
International Mutual Funds
    12,349       -       -       12,349  
 Total Assets at fair value
  $ 42,578     $ -     $ -     $ 42,578  

Our postretirement plan portfolio is designed to achieve the following objectives over each market cycle and for at least 5 years:

 
·
Total return should exceed growth in the Consumer Price Index
 
·
Achieve competitive investment results

The primary focus in developing asset allocation ranges for the portfolio is the assessment of the portfolio's investment objectives and the level of risk that is acceptable to obtain those objectives. To achieve these goals the minimum and maximum allocation ranges for fixed income securities and equity securities are:

   
Minimum
   
Maximum
 
Fixed income
    0 %     10 %
Equity
    90 %     100 %

Given the long term nature of this portfolio and the lack of any immediate need for significant cash flow, it is anticipated that the equity investments will consist of growth stocks and will typically be at the higher end of the allocation ranges above.

Investment in international oriented funds is limited to a maximum of 30% of the equity range. The current international allocation is invested in two mutual funds with 5% of the equity allocation in a fund which has the objective of investments primarily in equity securities of emerging markets countries, and 25% of the equity allocation in a fund investing in securities of companies based outside the United States. It invests in companies primarily based in Europe and the Pacific Basin, and includes common and preferred stocks, convertibles, ADR's, EDR's, bonds and cash. In addition to the foreign mutual funds, separately managed accounts have investments in equity securities of foreign corporations, and fixed income securities issued by foreign entities.


The following tables show the estimated future contributions and estimated future benefit payments.

   
Pension and Supplemental
   
Other Postretirement
 
   
Executive Retirement Plans
   
Benefits
 
Company Contributions
           
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2011
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Company Contributions for the Year Ending:
 
1. Current
  $ 20,316     $ -  
2. Current + 1
    984       -  


Benefit Payments (Total)
           
   
12/31/2011
   
12/31/2011
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Actual Benefit Payments for the Year Ending:
 
1. Current
  $ 15,008     $ 387  
Expected Benefit Payments for the Year Ending:
 
2. Current + 1
    10,377       907  
3. Current + 2
    11,383       1,033  
4. Current + 3
    14,051       1,227  
5. Current + 4
    14,194       1,318  
6. Current + 5
    15,098       1,472  
7. Current + 6 - 10
    95,553       10,686  

Health care sensitivities
For measurement purposes, an 8.0% health care trend rate was used for benefits for retirees before they reach age 65 for 2011. In 2012, the rate is assumed to be 8.0%, decreasing to 5.0% by 2018 and remaining at this level beyond.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plan. A 1% change in the health care trend rate assumption would have the following effects on other postretirement benefits:

   
1-Percentage
   
1-Percentage
 
   
Point Increase
   
Point Decrease
 
   
(In thousands)
 
             
Effect on total service and interest cost components
  $ 573     $ (408 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
    4,463       (3,490 )

We have a profit sharing and 401(k) savings plan for employees. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, we may make a profit sharing contribution of up to 5% of each participant's eligible compensation. We provide a matching 401(k) savings contribution on employees' before-tax contributions at a rate of 80% of the first $1,000 contributed and 40% of the next $2,000 contributed. We recognized profit sharing expense and 401(k) savings plan expense of $3.6 million, $3.7 million and $3.1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


14.
Income taxes

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
             
Total deferred tax assets
  $ 683,645     $ 651,568  
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (86,490 )     (249,989 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance
    597,155       401,579  
Valuation allowance
    (608,761 )     (410,333 )
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (11,606 )   $ (8,754 )

The components of the net deferred tax liability as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
             
Convertible debentures
  $ (15,785 )   $ (25,864 )
Net operating loss
    506,614       432,827  
Loss reserves
    60,478       85,425  
Unrealized (appreciation) depreciation in investments
    (42,009 )     (31,379 )
Mortgage investments
    18,944       17,934  
Deferred compensation
    17,447       19,080  
Investments in joint ventures
    (3,018 )     (165,598 )
Premium deficiency reserves
    47,186       62,638  
Loss due to "other than temporary" impairments
    11,068       14,160  
Other, net
    (3,770 )     (7,644 )
                 
Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance
    597,155       401,579  
Valuation allowance
    (608,761 )     (410,333 )
Net deferred tax liability
  $ (11,606 )   $ (8,754 )

We review the need to adjust the deferred tax asset valuation allowance on a quarterly basis. We analyze several factors, among which are the severity and frequency of operating losses, our capacity for the carryback or carryforward of any losses, the expected occurrence of future income or loss and available tax planning alternatives. Based on our analysis and the level of cumulative operating losses, we have reduced our benefit from income tax through the recognition of a valuation allowance.

Beginning with the first quarter of 2009, any benefit from income taxes, relating to operating losses, has been reduced or eliminated by the establishment of a valuation allowance. During 2009, our deferred tax asset valuation allowance was reduced by the deferred tax liability related to $102.3 million of income that was recorded in other comprehensive income. During 2010, our deferred tax valuation allowance was increased due to a decrease in the deferred tax liability related to $63.5 million of losses that were recorded in other comprehensive income. During 2011, our deferred tax asset valuation allowance was reduced due to an increase in the deferred tax liability related to $2.3 million of income that was recorded in other comprehensive income. In the event of future operating losses, it is likely that the valuation allowance will be adjusted by any taxes recorded to equity for changes in other comprehensive income.


The effect of the change in valuation allowance on the benefit from income taxes was as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Benefit from income taxes
  $ (196,835 )   $ (145,334 )   $ (681,266 )
Change in valuation allowance
    198,428       149,669       238,490  
                         
Tax provision (benefit)
  $ 1,593     $ 4,335     $ (442,776 )

The increase in the valuation allowance that was included in other comprehensive income was zero, $22.2 million and zero for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The total valuation allowance as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $608.8 million, $410.3 million and $238.5 million, respectively.

Legislation enacted in 2009 expanded the carryback period for certain net operating losses from 2 years to 5 years. A total benefit for income taxes of $282.0 million was recorded during 2009 in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the carryback of 2009 losses. The refund related to these benefits was received in the second quarter of 2010.

Giving full effect to the carryback of net operating losses for federal income tax purposes, we have approximately $1,448 million of net operating loss carryforwards on a regular tax basis and $582 million of net operating loss carryforwards for computing the alternative minimum tax as of December 31, 2011. The increase in net operating carryforwards from operating losses during 2011 was partially offset by a onetime inclusion of taxable income. The taxable income related to the cancellation of indebtedness triggered by the conclusion of bankruptcy proceedings for C-BASS, a joint venture investment. Any unutilized carryforwards are scheduled to expire at the end of tax years 2029 through 2031.

The following summarizes the components of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Current
  $ 598     $ 1,618     $ (621,170 )
Deferred
    (945 )     (19 )     175,194  
Other
    1,940       2,736       3,200  
                         
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
  $ 1,593     $ 4,335     $ (442,776 )


We received zero, $289.1 million and $437.5 million in federal income tax refunds in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Proceeds received in 2010 were primarily from the carryback of 2009 losses. Proceeds received in 2009 were primarily from the redemption of tax and loss bonds. We did not own any tax and loss bonds at December 31, 2011, 2010, or 2009.

The reconciliation of the federal statutory income tax benefit rate to the effective income tax (benefit) rate is as follows:

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
                   
                   
Federal statutory income tax benefit rate
    (35.0 ) %     (35.0 ) %     (35.0 ) %
Valuation allowance
    41.0       41.6       13.5  
Tax exempt municipal bond interest
    (5.4 )     (10.5 )     (3.6 )
Other, net
    (0.3 )     5.1       -  
                         
Effective income tax (benefit) rate
    0.3 %     1.2 %     (25.1 ) %

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed separate examinations of our federal income tax returns for the years 2000 through 2004 and 2005 through 2007 and issued assessments for unpaid taxes, interest and penalties related to our treatment of the flow-through income and loss from an investment in a portfolio of residual interests of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”). This portfolio has been managed and maintained during years prior to, during and subsequent to the examination period. The IRS indicated that it did not believe that, for various reasons, we had established sufficient tax basis in the REMIC residual interests to deduct the losses from taxable income. The IRS assessment related to the REMIC issue is $190.7 million in taxes and penalties. There would also be applicable interest, which may be substantial. Additional state income taxes along with any applicable interest may become due when a final resolution is reached and could also be substantial. We appealed these assessments within the IRS and, in 2007, we made a payment of $65.2 million with the United States Department of the Treasury related to this assessment. In August 2010, we reached a tentative settlement agreement with the IRS. Because net operating losses that we incurred in 2009 were carried back to taxable years that were included in the settlement agreement, it was subject to review by the Joint Committee on Taxation of Congress. Following that review, the IRS indicated that it is reconsidering the terms of the settlement. We are attempting to address the IRS’ concerns, but there is a risk that we may not be able to settle the proposed adjustments with the IRS or, alternatively, that the terms of any final settlement will be more costly to us than the currently proposed settlement. In the event that we are unable to reach any settlement of the proposed adjustments, we would be required to litigate their validity in order to avoid a full concession to the IRS. Any such litigation could be lengthy and costly in terms of legal fees and related expenses. We adjusted our tax provision and liabilities for the effects of the tentative settlement agreement in 2010. The IRS’ reconsideration of the terms of the settlement agreement did not change our belief that the previously recorded items are appropriate. However, we would need to make appropriate adjustments, which could be material, to our tax provision and liabilities if our view of the probability of success in this matter changes, and the ultimate resolution of this matter could have a material negative impact on our effective tax rate, results of operations, cash flows and statutory capital. In this regard, see Note 1 – “Nature of business -Capital.”


The IRS is currently conducting an examination of our federal income tax returns for the years 2008 and 2009, which is scheduled to be completed in 2012. The adjustments that are currently proposed by the IRS are temporary in nature and would have no material effect on the financial statements.

Under current guidance, when evaluating a tax position for recognition and measurement, an entity shall presume that the tax position will be examined by the relevant taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The interpretation adopts a benefit recognition model with a two-step approach, a more-likely-than-not threshold for recognition and derecognition, and a measurement attribute that is the greatest amount of benefit that is cumulatively greater than 50% likely of being realized. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

   
Unrecognized tax benefits
 
   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 109,282     $ 91,117     $ 87,965  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
    -       -       258  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    798       18,165       2,894  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
    -       -       -  
Settlements
    -       -       -  
Balance at end of year
  $ 110,080     $ 109,282     $ 91,117  

The total amount of the unrecognized tax benefits that would affect our effective tax rate is $97.5 million. We recognize interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes. During 2011, we recognized $0.8 million in interest. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had $26.7 million and $25.9 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions, respectively. The statute of limitations related to the consolidated federal income tax return is closed for all years prior to 2000. Although the IRS is reconsidering the terms of our settlement agreement with them, as discussed above, if approved our total amount of unrecognized tax benefits would be reduced by $104.0 million during 2012, while after taking into account prior payments and the effect of available NOL carrybacks, any net cash outflows would approximate $23 million.

15.
Shareholders' equity

In April 2010 we completed the public offering and sale of 74,883,720 shares of our common stock at a price of $10.75 per share. We received net proceeds of approximately $772.4 million, after deducting underwriting discount and offering expenses. The shares of common stock sold were newly issued shares.

We have 28.9 million authorized shares reserved for conversion under our convertible debentures and 25.7 million authorized shares reserved for conversion under our convertible senior notes. (See Note 8 – “Debt”)


We have a Shareholders Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) that seeks to diminish the risk that our ability to use our net operating losses (“NOLs”) to reduce potential future federal income tax obligations may become substantially limited and to deter certain abusive takeover practices. The benefit of the NOLs, would be substantially limited, and the timing of the usage of the NOLs could be substantially delayed, if we were to experience an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.

Under the Agreement each outstanding share of our Common Stock is accompanied by one Right. The Distribution Date occurs on the earlier of ten days after a public announcement that a person has become an Acquiring Person, or ten business days after a person announces or begins a tender offer in which consummation of such offer would result in a person becoming an Acquiring Person. An Acquiring Person is any person that becomes, by itself or together with its affiliates and associates, a beneficial owner of 5% or more of the shares of our Common Stock then outstanding, but excludes, among others, certain exempt and grandfathered persons as defined in the Agreement. The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. Each Right will initially entitle shareholders to buy one-half of one share of our Common Stock at a Purchase Price of $25 per full share (equivalent to $12.50 for each one-half share), subject to adjustment. Each exercisable Right (subject to certain limitations) will entitle its holder to purchase, at the Rights’ then-current Purchase Price, a number of our shares of Common Stock (or if after the Shares Acquisition Date, we are acquired in a business combination, common shares of the acquiror) having a market value at the time equal to twice the Purchase Price. The Rights will expire on August 17, 2012, or earlier as described in the Agreement. The Rights are redeemable at a price of $0.001 per Right at any time prior to the time a person becomes an Acquiring Person. Other than certain amendments, the Board of Directors may amend the Rights in any respect without the consent of the holders of the Rights.

16.
Dividend restrictions

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to statutory regulations as to maintenance of policyholders' surplus and payment of dividends. The maximum amount of dividends that the insurance subsidiaries may pay in any twelve-month period without regulatory approval by the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin is the lesser of adjusted statutory net income or 10% of statutory policyholders' surplus as of the preceding calendar year end. Adjusted statutory net income is defined for this purpose to be the greater of statutory net income, net of realized investment gains, for the calendar year preceding the date of the dividend or statutory net income, net of realized investment gains, for the three calendar years preceding the date of the dividend less dividends paid within the first two of the preceding three calendar years.

The senior notes, convertible senior notes and convertible debentures, discussed in Note 8 – “Debt”, are obligations of MGIC Investment Corporation, our holding company, and not of its subsidiaries. The payment of dividends from our insurance subsidiaries, which prior to raising capital in the public markets in 2008 and 2010 had been the principal source of our holding company cash inflow, is restricted by insurance regulation. MGIC is the principal source of dividend-paying capacity. In 2009 through 2011, MGIC has not paid any dividends to our holding company. In 2012, MGIC and our other insurance subsidiaries cannot pay any dividends to our holding company without approval from the OCI.


In the fourth quarter of 2008, we suspended the payment of dividends to shareholders.

17.
Statutory capital

Accounting Principles
 
The accounting principles used in determining statutory financial amounts differ from GAAP, primarily for the following reasons:

Under statutory accounting practices, mortgage guaranty insurance companies are required to maintain contingency loss reserves equal to 50% of premiums earned. Such amounts cannot be withdrawn for a period of ten years except as permitted by insurance regulations. With regulatory approval a mortgage guaranty insurance company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 35% of net premiums earned in a calendar year. Changes in contingency loss reserves impact the statutory statement of operations. Contingency loss reserves are not reflected as liabilities under GAAP and changes in contingency loss reserves do not impact GAAP operations. A premium deficiency reserve that may be recorded on a GAAP basis when present value of expected future losses and expenses exceeds the present value of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves, may not be recorded on a statutory basis if the present value of expected future premiums and already established loss reserves and statutory contingency reserves, exceeds the present value of expected future losses and expenses. On a GAAP basis, when calculating a premium deficiency reserve policies are grouped based on how they are acquired, serviced and measured. On a statutory basis, a premium deficiency reserve is calculated on all policies in force.

Under statutory accounting practices, insurance policy acquisition costs are charged against operations in the year incurred. Under GAAP, these costs are deferred and amortized as the related premiums are earned commensurate with the expiration of risk.

Under statutory accounting practices, purchases of tax and loss bonds are accounted for as investments. Under GAAP, purchases of tax and loss bonds are recorded as payments of current income taxes.

Under statutory accounting practices, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized as a separate component of gains and losses in statutory surplus. Under GAAP, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded on the statement of operations as a component of the (benefit) provision for income tax.

Under statutory accounting practices, fixed maturity investments are generally valued at amortized cost. Under GAAP, those investments which we do not have the ability and intent to hold to maturity are considered to be available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value, with the unrealized gain or loss recognized, net of tax, as an increase or decrease to shareholders' equity.


Under statutory accounting practices, certain assets, including certain deferred tax assets, designated as non-admitted assets, are charged directly against statutory surplus. Such assets are reflected on the GAAP financial statements.

The statutory net income, surplus and the contingency reserve liability of the insurance subsidiaries (excluding the non-insurance subsidiaries of our parent company), as well as the surplus contributions made to MGIC and other insurance subsidiaries and dividends paid by MGIC to us, are included below. The surplus amounts included below are the combined surplus of our insurance operations as utilized in our risk-to-capital calculations.

Year Ended
 
Net (loss)
         
Contingency
 
December 31,
 
Income
   
Surplus
   
Reserve
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
2011
  $ (436,277 )   $ 1,657,349     $ 4,104  
2010
    113,651       1,692,392       5,480  
2009
    (44,669 )     1,442,407       417,587  


Year Ended
December 31,
 
Additions to the surplus of MGIC from parent company funds
   
Additions to the surplus of other insurance subsidiaries from parent company funds
   
Dividends paid by MGIC to the parent company
 
   
(In thousands)
 
                   
2011
  $ 200,000     $ -     $ -  
2010
    200,000       -       -  
2009
    -       -       -  

Statutory capital

The Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of Wisconsin is MGIC’s principal insurance regulator. To assess a mortgage guaranty insurer’s capital adequacy, Wisconsin’s insurance regulations require that a mortgage guaranty insurance company maintain “policyholders position” of not less than a minimum computed under a formula. Policyholders position is the insurer’s net worth or surplus, contingency reserve and a portion of the reserves for unearned premiums, with credit given for authorized reinsurance. The minimum required by the formula depends on the insurance in force and whether the loans insured are primary insurance or pool insurance and further depends on the LTV ratio of the individual loans and their coverage percentage (and in the case of pool insurance, the amount of any deductible). If a mortgage guaranty insurer does not meet MPP it may be prohibited from writing new business until its policyholders position meets the minimum.


Some states that regulate us have provisions that limit the risk-to-capital ratio of a mortgage guaranty insurance company to 25 to 1. This ratio is computed on a statutory basis for our insurance entities and is our net risk in force divided by our policyholders’ position. Policyholders’ position consists primarily of statutory policyholders’ surplus, plus the statutory contingency reserve. The statutory contingency reserve is reported as a liability on the statutory balance sheet. A mortgage insurance company is required to make annual contributions to the contingency reserve of approximately 50% of net earned premiums. These contributions must generally be maintained for a period of ten years. However, with regulatory approval a mortgage insurance company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 35% of net earned premium in a calendar year. If an insurance company’s risk-to-capital ratio exceeds the limit applicable in a state, it may be prohibited from writing new business in that state until its risk-to-capital ratio falls below the limit.

At December 31, 2011, MGIC exceeded MPP by approximately $185 million, and we exceeded MPP by approximately $249 million on a combined basis. At December 31, 2011 MGIC’s risk-to-capital was 20.3 to 1 and was 22.2 to 1 on a combined basis. See Note 1 – “Nature of business – Capital” for a discussion of our capital plans.

18.
Share-based compensation plans

We have certain share-based compensation plans. Under the fair value method, compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized over the service period which generally corresponds to the vesting period. The fair value of awards classified as liabilities is remeasured at each reporting period until the award is settled. Awards under our plans generally vest over periods ranging from one to five years.

We have a stock incentive plan that was adopted in May 2011. When the 2011 plan was adopted, no further awards could be made under our previous 2002 plan. All share based compensation granted in 2011 was granted under the 2002 plan prior to the adoption of the 2011 plan. The purpose of the 2011 plan is to motivate and incent performance by and to retain the services of, key employees and non-employee directors through receipt of equity-based and other incentive awards under the plan. The maximum number of shares of stock that can be awarded under the 2011 plan is 7.0 million. Awards issued under the plan that are subsequently forfeited will not count against the limit on the maximum number of shares that may be issued under the plan. In addition, shares used for income tax withholding or used for payment of the exercise price of an option will not be counted against such limit. The plan provides for the award of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units, as well as cash incentive awards. No awards may be granted after May 5, 2021 under the 2011 plan. The exercise price of options is the closing price of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant. The vesting provisions of options, restricted stock and restricted stock units are determined at the time of grant. Shares issued under the 2011 plan are treasury shares if available, otherwise they will be newly issued shares. Treasury shares will continue to be issued for nonvested unit awards under the 2002 plan.

The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the share-based plans was $12.1 million, $13.7 million and $15.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The related income tax benefit, before valuation allowance, recognized for the share-based compensation plans was $4.2 million, $1.5 million and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


A summary of option activity in the stock incentive plans during 2011 is as follows:

   
Weighted
       
   
Average
   
Shares
 
   
Exercise
   
Subject
 
   
Price
   
to Option
 
             
Outstanding, December 31, 2010
  $ 60.08       1,749,700  
                 
Granted
    -       -  
Exercised
    -       -  
Forfeited or expired
    58.28       (329,200 )
                 
Outstanding, December 31, 2011
  $ 60.50       1,420,500  

There were no options granted or exercised in 2011, 2010 or 2009.

The following is a summary of stock options outstanding, all of which are exercisable, at December 31, 2011:

   
Options Outstanding and Exercisable
 
               
Weighted
 
Exercise
       
Remaining
   
Average
 
Price
       
Average
   
Exercise
 
Range
 
Shares
   
Life (years)
   
Price
 
                   
$43.70 - 43.70
    349,500       1.1     $ 43.70  
                         
$63.80 - 68.20
    1,071,000       1.1     $ 65.98  
                         
Total
    1,420,500       1.1     $ 60.50  

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2011 was zero. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value based on our closing stock price of $3.73 as of December 31, 2011 which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on that date. Because our closing stock price at December 31, 2011 was below all exercise prices, none of the outstanding options had any intrinsic value.


A summary of restricted stock or restricted stock unit activity during 2011 is as follows:

   
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Market Value
   
Shares
 
             
Restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2010
  $ 14.69       3,457,266  
                 
                 
Granted
    8.94       1,368,295  
Vested
    8.32       (1,698,956 )
Forfeited
    60.01       (180,843 )
                 
Restricted stock outstanding at December 31, 2011
  $ 12.88       2,945,762  

At December 31, 2011, the 2.9 million shares of restricted stock outstanding consisted of 2.3 million shares that are subject to performance conditions (“performance shares”) and 0.6 million shares that are subject only to service conditions (“time vested shares”). The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted during 2010 and 2009 was $6.82 and $3.11, respectively. The fair value of restricted stock granted is the closing price of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant. The total fair value of restricted stock vested during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $14.9 million, $8.5 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $22.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation agreements granted under the 2002 Plan. Of this total, $21.6 million of unrecognized compensation costs relate to performance shares and $1.0 million relates to time vested shares. The unrecognized costs associated with the performance shares may or may not be recognized in future periods, depending upon whether or not the performance conditions are met. The cost associated with the time vested shares is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.2 years.

During 2011, we also granted 449,350 shares that will be settled as cash payments over the vesting period under the 2002 stock incentive plan. The grant date fair value of these restricted share units was $8.94 in 2011. During 2011, 5,400 shares of this grant were forfeited. As of December 31, 2011, there was $1.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested shares under this grant. The unrecognized compensation cost associated with this grant is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.1 years.

At December 31, 2011, 7.0 million shares were available for future grant under the 2011 stock incentive plan.


19.
Leases

We lease certain office space as well as data processing equipment and autos under operating leases that expire during the next six years. Generally, rental payments are fixed.

Total rental expense under operating leases was $5.4 million, $6.3 million and $6.8 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

At December 31, 2011, minimum future operating lease payments are as follows (in thousands):

2012
  $ 4,379  
2013
    3,151  
2014
    1,098  
2015
    294  
2016 and thereafter
    137  
         
Total (1)
  $ 9,059  
         
(1) Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $525 thousand due in the future under noncancelable subleases.
 

20.
Litigation and contingencies

Consumers are bringing a growing number of lawsuits against home mortgage lenders and settlement service providers. Mortgage insurers, including MGIC, have been involved in litigation alleging violations of the anti-referral fee provisions of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, which is commonly known as RESPA, and the notice provisions of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which is commonly known as FCRA. MGIC’s settlement of class action litigation against it under RESPA became final in October 2003. MGIC settled the named plaintiffs’ claims in litigation against it under FCRA in December 2004, following denial of class certification in June 2004. Since December 2006, class action litigation has been brought against a number of large lenders alleging that their captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements violated RESPA. On December 11, 2011, seven mortgage insurers (including MGIC) and a large mortgage lender (which was the named plaintiffs’ lender) were named as defendants in a complaint, alleged to be a class action, filed in U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. On December 30, 2011, a similar complaint was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania by different plaintiffs against the same seven mortgage insurers and another large lender. The complaints in both cases alleged various causes of action related to the captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements of these two mortgage lenders, including that the defendants violated RESPA by paying excessive premiums to the lenders’ captive reinsurer in relation to the risk assumed by that captive. The named plaintiffs’ loans were not insured by MGIC. MGIC denies any wrongdoing and intends to vigorously defend itself against the allegations in the lawsuits. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to further litigation under RESPA (or FCRA) or that the outcome of any such litigation, including the lawsuits mentioned above, would not have a material adverse effect on us.


In June 2005, in response to a letter from the New York Insurance Department, we provided information regarding captive mortgage reinsurance arrangements and other types of arrangements in which lenders receive compensation. In February 2006, the New York Insurance Department requested MGIC to review its premium rates in New York and to file adjusted rates based on recent years’ experience or to explain why such experience would not alter rates. In March 2006, MGIC advised the New York Insurance Department that it believes its premium rates are reasonable and that, given the nature of mortgage insurance risk, premium rates should not be determined only by the experience of recent years. In February 2006, in response to an administrative subpoena from the Minnesota Department of Commerce (the “MN Department”), which regulates insurance, we provided the MN Department with information about captive mortgage reinsurance and certain other matters. We subsequently provided additional information to the MN Department, and beginning in March 2008, the MN Department has sought additional information as well as answers to questions regarding captive mortgage reinsurance on several occasions, including as recently as May 2011.

In addition, beginning in June 2008, and as recently as December 2011, we received various subpoenas from the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”), seeking information about captive mortgage reinsurance similar to that requested by the MN Department, but not limited in scope to the state of Minnesota. In January 2012, we received correspondence from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) indicating that the CFPB had opened an investigation into captive mortgage reinsurance premium ceding practices by private mortgage insurers. In that correspondence, the CFPB also requested certain information regarding captive mortgage reinsurance transactions in which we participated. Other insurance departments or other officials, including attorneys general, may also seek information about or investigate captive mortgage reinsurance.

Various regulators, including the CFPB, state insurance commissioners and state attorneys general may bring actions seeking various forms of relief, including civil penalties and injunctions against violations of RESPA. The insurance law provisions of many states prohibit paying for the referral of insurance business and provide various mechanisms to enforce this prohibition. While we believe our captive reinsurance arrangements are in conformity with applicable laws and regulations, it is not possible to predict the eventual scope, duration or outcome of any such reviews or investigations nor is it possible to predict their effect on us or the mortgage insurance industry.

We are subject to comprehensive, detailed regulation by state insurance departments. These regulations are principally designed for the protection of our insured policyholders, rather than for the benefit of investors. Although their scope varies, state insurance laws generally grant broad supervisory powers to agencies or officials to examine insurance companies and enforce rules or exercise discretion affecting almost every significant aspect of the insurance business. Given the recent significant losses incurred by many insurers in the mortgage and financial guaranty industries, our insurance subsidiaries have been subject to heightened scrutiny by insurance regulators. State insurance regulatory authorities could take actions, including changes in capital requirements or termination of waivers of capital requirements, that could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, we are uncertain whether the CFPB, established by the Dodd-Frank Act to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services under federal law, will issue any rules or regulations that affect our business apart from any action it may take as a result of its investigation of captive mortgage reinsurance. Such rules and regulations could have a material adverse effect on us.


In September 2010, a housing discrimination complaint was filed against MGIC with HUD alleging that MGIC violated the Fair Housing Act and discriminated against the complainant on the basis of her sex and familial status when MGIC underwrote her loan for mortgage insurance. In May 2011, HUD commenced an administrative action against MGIC and two of its employees, seeking, among other relief, aggregate fines of $48,000. The HUD complainant elected to have charges in the administrative action proceed in federal court and in July 2011, the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) filed a civil complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Western District of Pennsylvania against MGIC and these employees on behalf of the complainant. The complaint seeks redress for the alleged housing discrimination, including compensatory and punitive damages for the alleged victims and a civil penalty payable to the United States. MGIC denies that any unlawful discrimination occurred and disputes many of the allegations in the complaint.

In October 2010, a separate purported class action lawsuit was filed against MGIC by the HUD complainant in the same District Court in which the DOJ action is pending alleging that MGIC discriminated against her on the basis of her sex and familial status when MGIC underwrote her loan for mortgage insurance. In May 2011, the District Court granted MGIC’s motion to dismiss with respect to all claims except certain Fair Housing Act claims.

MGIC intends to vigorously defend itself against the allegations in both the class action lawsuit and the DOJ lawsuit. Based on the facts known at this time, we do not foresee the ultimate resolution of these legal proceedings having a material adverse effect on us.

Five previously-filed purported class action complaints filed against us and several of our executive officers were consolidated in March 2009 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin and Fulton County Employees’ Retirement System was appointed as the lead plaintiff. The lead plaintiff filed a Consolidated Class Action Complaint (the “Complaint”) in June 2009. Due in part to its length and structure, it is difficult to summarize briefly the allegations in the Complaint but it appears the allegations are that we and our officers named in the Complaint violated the federal securities laws by misrepresenting or failing to disclose material information about (i) loss development in our insurance in force, and (ii) C-BASS (a former minority-owned, unconsolidated, joint venture investment), including its liquidity. The Complaint also named two officers of C-BASS with respect to the Complaints’ allegations regarding C-BASS. Our motion to dismiss the Complaint was granted in February 2010. In March 2010, plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to file an amended complaint. Attached to this motion was a proposed Amended Complaint (the “Amended Complaint”). The Amended Complaint alleged that we and two of our officers named in the Amended Complaint violated the federal securities laws by misrepresenting or failing to disclose material information about C-BASS, including its liquidity, and by failing to properly account for our investment in C-BASS. The Amended Complaint also named two officers of C-BASS with respect to the Amended Complaint’s allegations regarding C-BASS. The purported class period covered by the Amended Complaint began on February 6, 2007 and ended on August 13, 2007. The Amended Complaint sought damages based on purchases of our stock during this time period at prices that were allegedly inflated as a result of the purported violations of federal securities laws. In December 2010, the plaintiffs’ motion to file an amended complaint was denied and the Complaint was dismissed with prejudice. In January 2011, the plaintiffs appealed the February 2010 and December 2010 decisions to the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit; during oral argument before the Appeals Court regarding the case on January 12, 2012, the plaintiffs confirmed the appeal was limited to issues regarding C-BASS. In June 2011, the plaintiffs filed a motion with the District Court for relief from that court’s judgment of dismissal on the ground of newly discovered evidence consisting of transcripts the plaintiffs obtained of testimony taken by the Securities and Exchange Commission in its now-terminated investigation regarding C-BASS. We are opposing this motion and the matter is awaiting decision by the District Court. We are unable to predict the outcome of these consolidated cases or estimate our associated expenses or possible losses. Other lawsuits alleging violations of the securities laws could be brought against us.


We understand several law firms have, among other things, issued press releases to the effect that they are investigating us, including whether the fiduciaries of our 401(k) plan breached their fiduciary duties regarding the plan’s investment in or holding of our common stock or whether we breached other legal or fiduciary obligations to our shareholders. We intend to defend vigorously any proceedings that may result from these investigations.

With limited exceptions, our bylaws provide that our officers and 401(k) plan fiduciaries are entitled to indemnification from us for claims against them.

In December 2009, Countrywide filed a complaint for declaratory relief in the Superior Court of the State of California in San Francisco against MGIC. This complaint alleges that MGIC has denied, and continues to deny, valid mortgage insurance claims submitted by Countrywide and says it seeks declaratory relief regarding the proper interpretation of the insurance policies at issue. In October 2011, the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, to which the case had been removed, entered an order staying the litigation in favor of the arbitration proceeding we commenced against Countrywide in February 2010.

In the arbitration proceeding, we are seeking a determination that MGIC is entitled to rescind coverage on the loans involved in the proceeding. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, rescissions of Countrywide-related loans mitigated our paid losses on the order of $435 million. This amount is the amount we estimate we would have paid had the loans not been rescinded. On a per loan basis, the average amount that we would have paid had the loans not been rescinded was approximately $72,100. Various materials exchanged by MGIC and Countrywide bring into the dispute loans we did not previously consider to be Countrywide-related and loans on which MGIC rescinded coverage subsequent to those specified at the time MGIC began the proceeding (including loans insured through the bulk channel), and set forth Countrywide’s contention that, in addition to the claim amounts under policies it alleges MGIC has improperly rescinded, Countrywide is entitled to other damages of almost $700 million as well as exemplary damages. Countrywide and MGIC have each selected 12 loans for which a three-member arbitration panel will determine coverage. While the panel’s determination will not be binding on the other loans at issue, the panel will identify the issues for these 24 “bellwether” loans and strive to set forth findings of fact and conclusions of law in such a way as to aid the parties to apply them to the other loans at issue. The hearing before the panel on the bellwether loans was scheduled to begin in September 2012, but we and Countrywide have agreed that the parties will take steps to delay the hearing at least 60 days.

We intend to defend MGIC against any further proceedings arising from Countrywide’s complaint and to advocate MGIC’s position in the arbitration, vigorously. Although it is reasonably possible that, when the proceedings are completed, there will be a determination that we were not entitled to rescind in all cases, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate or range of estimates of the potential liability. Under ASC 450-20, an estimated loss is accrued for only if we determine that the loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. Therefore, we have not accrued any reserves that would reflect an adverse outcome in this proceeding. An accrual for an adverse outcome in this (or any other) proceeding would be a reduction to our capital.


At December 31, 2011, 38,127 loans in our primary delinquency inventory were Countrywide-related loans (approximately 22% of our primary delinquency inventory). Of these 38,127 loans, we expect a significant portion will cure their delinquency or be rescinded and will not involve paid claims. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, of the claims on Countrywide-related loans that were resolved (a claim is resolved when it is paid or rescinded; claims that are submitted but which are under review are not resolved until one of these two outcomes occurs), approximately 78% were paid and the remaining 22% were rescinded.

The flow policies at issue with Countrywide are in the same form as the flow policies that we use with all of our customers, and the bulk policies at issue vary from one another, but are generally similar to those used in the majority of our Wall Street bulk transactions. Because our rescission practices with Countrywide do not differ from our practices with other servicers with which we have not entered into settlement agreements, an adverse result in the Countrywide proceeding may adversely affect the ultimate result of rescissions involving other servicers and lenders. From January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2011, we estimate that total rescissions mitigated our incurred losses by approximately $3.1 billion, which included approximately $2.6 billion of mitigation on paid losses, excluding $0.6 billion that would have been applied to a deductible. At December 31, 2011, we estimate that our total loss reserves were benefited from rescissions by approximately $0.7 billion.

In addition to the rescissions at issue with Countrywide, we have a substantial pipeline of claims investigations and pre-rescission rebuttals (including those involving loans related to Countrywide) that we expect will eventually result in future rescissions. For additional information about rescissions as well as rescission settlement agreements, see Note 9 – “Loss reserves.”

MGIC and Freddie Mac disagree on the amount of the aggregate loss limit under certain pool insurance policies insuring Freddie Mac that share a single aggregate loss limit. We believe the initial aggregate loss limit for a particular pool of loans insured under a policy decreases to correspond to the termination of coverage for that pool under that policy while Freddie Mac believes the initial aggregate loss limit remains in effect until the last of the policies that provided coverage for any of the pools terminates. The aggregate loss limit is approximately $535 million higher under Freddie Mac’s interpretation than under our interpretation. We account for losses under our interpretation although it is reasonably possible that were the matter to be decided by a third party our interpretation would not prevail. The differing interpretations had no effect on our results until the second quarter of 2011. For 2011, our incurred losses would have been $192 million higher in the aggregate had they been recorded based on Freddie Mac’s interpretation, and our capital and Capital Requirements would have been negatively impacted. We expect the incurred losses that would have been recorded under Freddie Mac’s interpretation will continue to increase in future quarters. We have discussed the disagreement with Freddie Mac in an effort to resolve it and expect that these discussions will continue.


In addition to the matters described above, we are involved in other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. In our opinion, based on the facts known at this time, the ultimate resolution of these ordinary course legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Our mortgage insurance business utilizes its underwriting skills to provide an outsourced underwriting service to our customers known as contract underwriting. As part of our contract underwriting activities, we are responsible for the quality of our underwriting decisions in accordance with the terms of the contract underwriting agreements with customers. We may be required to provide certain remedies to our customers if certain standards relating to the quality of our underwriting work are not met, and we have an established reserve for such obligations. Through December 31, 2011, the cost of remedies provided by us to customers for failing to meet the standards of the contracts has not been material. Claims for remedies may be made a number of years after the underwriting work was performed. A material portion of our new insurance written through the flow channel in recent years, including for 2006 and 2007, has involved loans for which we provided contract underwriting services. We believe the rescission of mortgage insurance coverage on loans for which we provided contract underwriting services may make a claim for a contract underwriting remedy more likely to occur. Beginning in the second half of 2009, we experienced an increase in claims for contract underwriting remedies, which continued into 2011. Hence, there can be no assurance that contract underwriting remedies will not be material in the future.

See Note 14 – “Income taxes” for a description of federal income tax contingencies.


21.
Unaudited quarterly financial data

   
Quarter
   
2011
 
2011:
 
First
   
Second
   
Third
   
Fourth
   
Year
 
   
(In thousands, except share data)
 
                               
Net premiums written
  $ 274,463     $ 270,399     $ 255,745     $ 263,773     $ 1,064,380  
Net premiums earned
    288,546       284,454       275,094       275,741       1,123,835  
Investment income, net of expenses
    56,543       55,490       48,898       40,339       201,270  
Loss incurred, net
    310,431       459,552       462,654       482,070       1,714,707  
Change in premium deficiency reserves
    (9,018 )     (11,035 )     (12,388 )     (11,709 )     (44,150 )
Underwriting and other operating expenses
    57,550       54,043       52,477       50,680       214,750  
Interest expense
    26,042       26,326       25,761       25,142       103,271  
Net income (loss)
    (33,661 )     (151,732 )     (165,205 )     (135,294 )     (485,892 )
Income (loss) per share (a):
                                       
Basic
    (0.17 )     (0.75 )     (0.82 )     (0.67 )     (2.42 )
Diluted
    (0.17 )     (0.75 )     (0.82 )     (0.67 )     (2.42 )


   
Quarter
   
2010
 
2010:
 
First
   
Second
   
Third
   
Fourth (b)
   
Year
 
   
(In thousands, except share data)
 
                               
Net premiums written
  $ 256,058     $ 295,346     $ 278,982     $ 271,409     $ 1,101,795  
Net premiums earned
    271,952       309,174       296,496       291,125       1,168,747  
Investment income, net of expenses
    68,859       62,868       58,465       57,061       247,253  
Loss incurred, net
    454,511       320,077       384,578       448,375       1,607,541  
Change in premium deficiency reserves
    (13,566 )     (10,619 )     (8,887 )     (18,275 )     (51,347 )
Underwriting and other operating expenses
    59,945       54,050       57,606       53,541       225,142  
Interest expense
    21,018       25,099       26,702       25,770       98,589  
Net income (loss)
    (150,091 )     24,551       (51,528 )     (186,667 )     (363,735 )
Income (loss) per share (a):
                                       
Basic
    (1.20 )     0.14       (0.26 )     (0.93 )     (2.06 )
Diluted
    (1.20 )     0.13       (0.26 )     (0.93 )     (2.06 )

 
(a)
Due to the use of weighted average shares outstanding when calculating earnings per share, the sum of the quarterly per share data may not equal the per share data for the year.
 
(b)
In prior periods, the liability associated with premium to be returned on claim payments is included in loss reserves and changes to this estimate affect losses incurred. See Note 3 – “Summary of significant accounting policies – Revenue recognition.”
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
MGIC Investment Corporation

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MGIC Investment Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 29, 2012
 
 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Controls and Procedures.

Management’s Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on such evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that such controls and procedures were effective as of the end of such period.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, however, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on such evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm has audited the consolidated financial statements and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as of December 31, 2011 as stated in their report which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control during the Fourth Quarter

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2011 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Other Information.

None.

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

This information (other than on the executive officers) will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and is hereby incorporated by reference. The information on the executive officers appears at the end of Part I of this Form 10-K.
 
 
Our Code of Business Conduct is available on our website (http://mtg.mgic.com) under the “Investor Information; Corporate Governance” links. Written copies of our Code of Business Conduct are available to any shareholder who submits a written request to our Secretary, addressed to: MGIC Investment Corporation, Secretary, P.O. Box 488, Milwaukee, WI 53201. We intend to disclose on our website any waivers and amendments to our Code of Business Conduct that are required to be disclosed under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K.

Executive Compensation.

This information will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

This information, other than information regarding equity compensation plans required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K of the Securities and Exchange Commission which appears below, will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and is hereby incorporated by reference.

The table below sets forth certain information, as of December 31, 2011, about options outstanding (all of which are exercisable) under our 1991 Stock Incentive Plan (the “1991 Plan”) and our 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”). Other than under these plans, no options, warrants or rights were outstanding at that date under any compensation plan or individual compensation arrangement with us. We have no compensation plan under which our equity securities may be issued that has not been approved by shareholders. Share units or phantom shares, which have no voting power and can be settled only in cash, are not considered to be equity securities for this purpose.
 
   
(a)
 
(b)
 
(c)
 
   
Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights
 
Number of Securities Remaining Available For Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))
 
Plan Category
             
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
   
1,420,500
(1)
 
$
60.50
 
 7,000,000
(2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
   
-
     
-
 
 
Total
   
1,420,500
(1)
 
$
60.50
 
 7,000,000
(2)
 
(1) 
Excludes 2,899,444 restricted stock units (RSUs) granted for which shares will be issued if certain criteria are met.  Of the 2,899,444 RSUs granted, 2,317,407 are subject to performance conditions and the remainder are subject to service conditions.

(2)
Reflects shares available for granting.  All of these shares are available under our 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

To the extent applicable, this information will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and is hereby incorporated by reference.
 
 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

This information will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and is hereby incorporated by reference.

PART IV

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)

 
1.
Financial statements. The following financial statements are filed in Item 8 of this annual report:

 
Consolidated statements of operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011
   
 
Consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010
   
 
Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011
   
 
Consolidated statements of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011
   
 
Notes to consolidated financial statements
   
 
Report of independent registered public accounting firm

 
2.
Financial statement schedules. The following financial statement schedules are filed as part of this Form 10-K and appear immediately following the signature page:

 
Report of independent registered public accounting firm on financial statement schedules
   
 
Schedules at and for the specified years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011:
   
 
Schedule I - Summary of investments, other than investments in related parties
   
 
Schedule II - Condensed financial information of Registrant
   
 
Schedule IV - Reinsurance
   
 
All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

 
3.
Exhibits. The accompanying Index to Exhibits is incorporated by reference in answer to this portion of this Item and, except as otherwise indicated in the next sentence, the Exhibits listed in such Index are filed as part of this Form 10-K. Exhibit 32 is not filed as part of this Form 10-K but accompanies this Form 10-K.
 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 29, 2012.

MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION

 
/s/ Curt S. Culver
 
Curt S. Culver
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below as of the date set forth above by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

Name and Title

 
/s/ Curt S. Culver
 
/s/ Timothy A. Holt
Curt S. Culver
 
Timothy A. Holt, Director
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
   
Officer and Director
   
   
/s/ Kenneth M. Jastrow, II
   
Kenneth M. Jastrow, II, Director
/s/ J. Michael Lauer
   
J. Michael Lauer
   
Executive Vice President and
 
/s/ Daniel P. Kearney
Chief Financial Officer
 
 Daniel P. Kearney, Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
   
     
   
/s/ Michael E. Lehman 
/s/ Timothy J. Mattke
 
Michael E. Lehman, Director
Timothy J. Mattke
   
Vice President, Controller and
   
Chief Accounting Officer
 
/s/ William A. McIntosh
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
William A. McIntosh, Director
     
     
/s/ James A. Abbott
 
/s/ Leslie M. Muma
James A. Abbott, Director
 
 Leslie M. Muma, Director
     
     
/s/ Thomas M. Hagerty
 
/s/ Donald T. Nicolaisen
Thomas M. Hagerty, Director
 
Donald T. Nicolaisen, Director
     
     
   
/s/ Mark M. Zandi
   
Mark M. Zandi, Director
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on
Financial Statement Schedules

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
MGIC Investment Corporation

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements and of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting referred to in our report dated February 29, 2012 appearing in this Annual Report to Shareholders of MGIC Investment Corporation on Form 10-K also included an audit of the financial statement schedules listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K.  In our opinion, these financial statement schedules present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 29, 2012
 
 
MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION
SCHEDULE I — SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS -
OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES

December 31, 2011

Type of Investment
 
Amortized Cost
   
Fair Value
   
Amount at which shown in the balance sheet
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Fixed maturities:
                 
Bonds:
                 
United States Government and government agencies and authorities
  $ 592,108     $ 597,037     $ 597,037  
States, municipalities and political subdivisions
    2,255,192       2,323,471       2,323,471  
Foreign governments
    146,755       157,190       157,190  
Public utilities
    317,977       323,982       323,982  
Mortgage-backed
    699,119       710,351       710,351  
All other corporate bonds
    1.689.743       1,708,869       1,708,869  
                         
Total fixed maturities
    5,700,894       5,820,900       5,820,900  
Equity securities:
                       
Common stocks:
                       
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other
    2,666       2,747       2,747  
                         
Total equity securities
    2,666       2,747       2,747  
                         
Total investments
  $ 5,703,560     $ 5,823,647     $ 5,823,647  


MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
PARENT COMPANY ONLY
December 31, 2011 and 2010

   
2011
   
2010
 
   
(In thousands)
 
ASSETS
           
             
Fixed maturities (amortized cost, 2011-$421,250; 2010-$844,383)
  $ 428,985     $ 832,484  
Cash and cash equivalents
    57,636       58,380  
Investment in subsidiaries, at equity in net assets
    1,544,017       1,786,522  
Accounts receivable - affiliates
    -       686  
Income taxes receivable
    23,864       21,412  
Accrued investment income
    3,720       5,610  
Other assets
    11,785       16,530  
Total assets
  $ 2,070,007     $ 2,721,624  
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
               
Liabilities:
               
Senior notes
  $ 170,515     $ 376,329  
Convertible senior notes
    345,000       345,000  
Convertible junior debentures
    344,422       315,626  
Accounts payable - affiliates
    84       -  
Accrued interest
    13,171       15,609  
Other liabilities
    -       5  
Total liabilities
    873,192       1,052,569  
                 
Shareholders' equity
               
Common stock, (one dollar par value, shares authorized 460,000; shares issued 2011 and 2010 - 205,047; shares outstanding 2011 - 201,172 ; 2010 - 200,450)
    205,047       205,047  
Paid-in capital
    1,135,821       1,138,942  
Treasury stock (shares at cost, 2011 - 3,875; 2010 - 4,597)
    (162,542 )     (222,632 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
    30,124       22,136  
Retained (deficit) earnings
    (11,635 )     525,562  
Total shareholders' equity
    1,196,815       1,669,055  
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
  $ 2,070,007     $ 2,721,624  
 
See accompanying supplementary notes to Parent Company condensed financial statements.
 
 
MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
PARENT COMPANY ONLY
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Revenues:
                 
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries
  $ (437,731 )   $ (270,844 )   $ (1,326,671 )
Investment income, net of expenses
    15,693       5,573       1,026  
Realized investment gains (losses), net
    4,724       163       (38 )
Other income
    27,688       -       27,378  
Total losses
    (389,626 )     (265,108 )     (1,298,305 )
                         
Expenses:
                       
Operating expenses
    (133 )     2,116       350  
Interest expense
    103,271       98,589       89,266  
Total expenses
    103,138       100,705       89,616  
Loss before tax
    (492,764 )     (365,813 )     (1,387,921 )
Benefit from income taxes
    (6,872 )     (2,078 )     (65,644 )
Net loss
    (485,892 )     (363,735 )     (1,322,277 )
Other comprehensive income (loss), net
    7,988       (52,019 )     180,944  
Comprehensive loss
  $ (477,904 )   $ (415,754 )   $ (1,141,333 )

See accompanying supplementary notes to Parent Company condensed financial statements.
 

MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION

SCHEDULE II - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
PARENT COMPANY ONLY
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009


   
2011
   
2010
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net loss
  $ (485,892 )   $ (363,735 )   $ (1,322,277 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
     437,731       270,844        1,326,671  
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries
                       
Other
    7,378       40,638       1,842  
Change in certain assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable - affiliates
    770       658       (41 )
Income taxes receivable
    (2,452 )     6,330       (54,755 )
Accrued investment income
    1,890       (5,474 )     267  
Accrued interest
    (2,438 )     (33,795 )     33,286  
Net cash used in operating activities
    (43,013 )     (84,534 )     (15,007 )
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Transactions with subsidiaries
    (200,000 )     (200,000 )     (1,050 )
Purchase of fixed maturities
    (130,503 )     (977,408 )     (6,618 )
Sale of fixed maturities
    551,493       135,413       2,336  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    220,990       (1,041,995 )     (5,332 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Repayment of note payable
    -       -       (200,000 )
Repayment of long-term debt
    (178,721 )     (1,000 )     (94,352 )
Net proceeds from convertible senior notes
    -       334,373       -  
Common stock shares issued
    -       772,376       -  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (178,721 )     1,105,749       (294,352 )
                         
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (744 )     (20,780 )     (314,691 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    58,380       79,160       393,851  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 57,636     $ 58,380     $ 79,160  

See accompanying supplementary notes to Parent Company condensed financial statements.
 
 
SCHEDULE II — CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF REGISTRANT

PARENT COMPANY ONLY

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES
Note A

The accompanying Parent Company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements appearing in Item 8 of this annual report.


Note B

Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to statutory regulations as to maintenance of policyholders' surplus and payment of dividends.  The maximum amount of dividends that the insurance subsidiaries may pay in any twelve-month period without regulatory approval by the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin is the lesser of adjusted statutory net income or 10% of statutory policyholders' surplus as of the preceding calendar year end. Adjusted statutory net income is defined for this purpose to be the greater of statutory net income, net of realized investment gains, for the calendar year preceding the date of the dividend or statutory net income, net of realized investment gains, for the three calendar years preceding the date of the dividend less dividends paid within the first two of the preceding three calendar years.

The senior notes, convertible senior notes and convertible debentures, discussed in Note 8 – “Debt” to our consolidated financial statements in Item 8, are obligations of MGIC Investment Corporation, our holding company, and not of its subsidiaries. The payment of dividends from our insurance subsidiaries, which prior to raising capital in the public markets in 2008 and 2010 had been the principal source of our holding company cash inflow, is restricted by insurance regulation. MGIC is the principal source of dividend-paying capacity.  In 2009 through 2011, MGIC has not paid any dividends to our holding company. In 2012, MGIC and our other insurance subsidiaries cannot pay any dividends to our holding company without approval from the OCI.

In the fourth quarter of 2008, we suspended the payment of dividends to shareholders.
 

MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION

SCHEDULE IV — REINSURANCE

MORTGAGE INSURANCE PREMIUMS EARNED
Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009


   
Gross
Amount
   
Ceded to
Other
Companies
   
Assumed
From
Other
Companies
   
Net
Amount
   
Percentage
of Amount
Assumed to
Net
 
   
(In thousands of dollars)
 
Year ended December 31,
                                       
2011
 
$
 1,170,868
   
$
50,924
   
$
3,891
   
$
1,123,835
     
0.3
%
                                         
2010
 
 
1,236,949
     
71,293
     
3,091
     
1,168,747
     
0.3
%
                                         
2009
 
 
1,406,977
     
107,975
     
3,339
     
1,302,341
     
0.3
%
 
 
 
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Item 15(a)3

        Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
               
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
 
Form
 
Exhibit(s)
 
Filing Date
3.1
 
Articles of Incorporation, as amended.
 
10-Q
 
3.1
 
May 10, 2011
                 
3.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws, as amended.
 
8-K
 
3.2
 
February 3, 2012
                 
4.1
 
Articles of Incorporation (included within Exhibit 3.1).
 
10-Q
 
3.1
 
May 10, 2011
                 
4.2
 
Amended and Restated Bylaws (included as Exhibit 3.2).
 
8-K
 
3.2
 
February 3, 2012
                 
4.3
 
Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2009 (as amended through December 29, 2009), between MGIC Investment Corporation and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, which includes as Exhibit A thereto the Form of Right Certificate and as Exhibit B thereto the Summary of Rights to Purchase Common Shares.
 
DEF 14A
 
App. A
 
March 26, 2010
                 
4.4
 
Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2000, between the MGIC Investment Corporation and Bank One Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee.
 
8-K
 
4.1
 
October 19, 2000
                 
4.5
 
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 26, 2010, between MGIC Investment Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association (as successor to Bank One Trust Company, National Association), as Trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of October 15, 2000, between the Company and the Trustee.
 
8-K
 
4.1
 
April 30, 2010
                 
4.6
 
Indenture, dated as of March 28, 2008, between U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and MGIC Investment Corporation.
 
10-Q
 
4.6
 
May 12, 2008
                 
   
[We are a party to various other agreements with respect to our long-term debt. These agreements are not being filed pursuant to Reg. S-K Item 601(b) (4) (iii) (A). We hereby agree to furnish a copy of such agreements to the Commission upon its request.]
           
                 
10.1
 
Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.1
 
March 31, 2003
                 
10.1.1
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Stock Option Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.1.1
 
March 31, 2003
                 
10.2
 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.2
 
March 31, 2003
                 
10.2.1
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Restricted Stock Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.1
 
March 31, 2003
                 
10.2.2
 
Form of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.1
 
March 13, 2006
                 
10.2.3
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.2
 
March 13, 2006
                 
10.2.4
 
Form of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.4
 
March 1, 2007
                 
10.2.5
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.5
 
March 1, 2007
                 
10.2.6
 
Form of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for Directors) under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.4
 
March 16, 2005
                 
10.2.7
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (for Directors) under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.5
 
March 16, 2005
                 
10.2.8
 
Form of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Adopted February 2008). *
 
10-Q
 
10.2.8
 
May 12, 2008
                 
10.2.9
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Adopted February 2008). *
 
10-Q
 
10.2.9
 
May 12, 2008
                 
10.2.10
 
Form of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (for Directors) (Adopted April 2008). *
 
10-Q
 
10.2.10
 
May 12, 2008
 
 
       
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
               
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
 
Form
 
Exhibit(s)
 
Filing Date
10.2.11
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (for Directors) (Adopted April 2008). *
 
10-Q
 
10.2.11
 
May 12, 2008
                 
10.2.12
 
Amendment to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2008, between MGIC Investment Corporation and Curt S. Culver. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.12
 
March 2, 2009
                 
10.2.13
 
Form of Amendment to Certain Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreements, dated as of December 2, 2008, between MGIC Investment Corporation and Certain of its Officers. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.13
 
March 2, 2009
                 
10.2.14
 
Form of Amendment to Certain Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreements, dated as of December 2, 2008, between MGIC Investment Corporation and its Directors. *
 
10-K
 
10.2.14
 
March 2, 2009
                 
10.2.15
 
Form of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Adopted January 2009). *
 
10-K
 
10.2.15
 
March 2, 2009
                 
10.2.16
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Adopted January 2009). *
 
10-K
 
10.2.16
 
March 2, 2009
                 
10.2.17
 
Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, dated as of March 12, 2010, between MGIC Investment Corporation and Jeffrey H. Lane. *
 
10-Q
 
10.2.17
 
May 10, 2010
                 
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Adopted January 2011). * †
           
                 
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Restricted Stock Unit Agreement under 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (Adopted January 2011). * †
           
                 
10.3
 
MGIC Investment Corporation 1991 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.7
 
March 29, 2000
                 
10.3.1
 
MGIC Investment Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended. *
 
10-K
 
10.3.1
 
March 1, 2011
                 
10.3.2
 
MGIC Investment Corporation 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan. *
 
DEF 14A
 
App. B
 
March 31, 2011
                 
10.5
 
Two Forms of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 1991 Stock Incentive Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.10
 
March 29, 2000
                 
 
Executive Bonus Plan. *
 
10-K
 
10.6
 
March 1, 2011
                 
10.7
 
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. *
 
8-K
`
10.7
 
October 25, 2011
                 
10.8
 
MGIC Investment Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended.*
 
10-K
 
10.8
 
March 1, 2011
                 
10.9
 
MGIC Investment Corporation 1993 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors. *
 
10-K
 
10.24
 
Dated
December 31, 1993
                 
10.10
 
Two Forms of Award Agreement under MGIC Investment Corporation 1993 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors. *
 
10-Q
 
10.27 and 10.28
 
Dated
June 30, 1994
                 
10.11.1
 
Form of Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreement. *
 
10-K
 
10.11.1
 
March 2, 2009
                 
10.11.2
 
Form of Incorporated Terms to Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreement. *
 
10-K
 
10.11.2
 
March 2, 2009
                 
10.11.3
 
Form of Letter Agreement Amending Certain of the Company’s Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreements. *
 
8-K
 
10.11.3
 
April 13, 2009
                 
10.11.4
 
Supplemental Plan for Executives covered by MGIC Investment Corporation Key Executive Employment and Severance Agreements. *
 
8-K
 
10.11.4
 
October 25, 2011
                 
 
Form of Agreement Not to Compete. *  †
           
                 
 
Direct and Indirect Subsidiaries. †
           
                 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.  †
           
 
 
       
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
               
Number   Descripition of Exhibit   Form   Exhibit(s)   Filing Date
 
Certification of CEO under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  †
           
                 
 
Certification of CFO under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  †
           
                 
 
Certification of CEO and CFO under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (as indicated in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, this Exhibit is not being “filed”).  ††
           
                 
99.1
 
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation’s “Flow” Master Insurance Policy and Declaration Page, Restated to Include Selected Endorsements.
 
10-K
 
99.1
 
March 2, 2009
                 
99.2
 
Endorsement to Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation’s “Flow” Master Insurance Policy Applicable to Lenders with Delegated Underwriting Authority.
 
10-K
 
99.2
 
March 2, 2009
                 
99.3
 
Order of the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance for the State of Wisconsin dated as of January 23, 2012.
 
8-K
 
99.2
 
January 24, 2012
                 
99.4
 
Letter Agreement dated as of January 23, 2012, by and between MGIC Investment Corporation, Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation and MGIC Indemnity Corporation and Federal National Mortgage Association (including exhibits thereto and agreements incorporated therein by reference).
 
8-K
 
99.3
 
January 24, 2012
                 
99.5
 
Letter dated January 23, 2012, by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation to MGIC Indemnity Corporation and Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation.
 
8-K
 
99.4
 
January 24, 2012
                 
 
Specimen Freddie Mac Pool Policy and Endorsements.  †
           
                 
101
 
The following financial information from MGIC Investment Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
           

*     Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan.

†     Filed herewith.

††     Furnished herewith.
 
223 

 
ex10_12.htm
Exhibit 10.12
 
AGREEMENT NOT TO COMPETE

As a condition to and in consideration of the award by MGIC Investment Corporation (the “Company”) of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) pursuant to the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, to the individual signing this Agreement Not to Compete (“Employee”), Employee agrees that he will not render services to any competitor of the Company (a) during the term of his employment and (b) for a period of one year after the termination of such employment, with respect to customers of the Company called on by the Employee or in the geographic area in which he performed services for the Company, or a present or future parent, subsidiary or affiliate of the Company (collectively, “Subsidiary”), during the three years prior to the termination of his employment.  It is understood that “geographic area” means in the case of an Employee whose principal business function was (a) sales or marketing directly to customers of the Company, the area(s) in which the employee called on the accounts assigned to the Employee, which area for each such account shall be a circle with a diameter of 50 miles in which the principal office of such account shall be the center, (b) supervising employees described in clause (a), the geographic areas in which such employees called on such accounts, or (c) a function not described in clause (a) or (b), a circle with a diameter of 300 miles in which the center is the headquarters of each competitor.

For the purposes of this Agreement: (a) the term “competitor” means any company (regardless of the form of its organization), including a proprietorship (i) engaged in the business of guaranteeing or insuring mortgages in any geographic area in which the Company or any Subsidiary is engaged in guaranteeing or insuring mortgages or (ii) engaged in any other business in which the Company or any Subsidiary is engaged, in any geographic area in which the Company or any Subsidiary is so engaged, but only if such business accounted for at least 10% of the revenues of the Company and its subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, during the twelve months preceding the month in which the Employee’s employment terminated; and (b) the term “services” means services of the same or similar nature to any services Employee rendered to the Company or Subsidiaries during the three-year period prior to Employee’s termination of employment.

The provisions of this Agreement shall bind the Employee and inure to the benefit of the Company, notwithstanding: (a) any termination of the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement associated with this Agreement, or any forfeiture of the related RSUs, or (b) any issuance of cash or shares to the Employee in settlement of any RSU.

The Employee acknowledges that the Company and each Subsidiary are third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and each one is entitled to enforce the provisions of this Agreement by an action for injunction, damages or both, and such other relief as may be proper.

All terms capitalized in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings set forth in the associated Restricted Stock Unit Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein.  The validity and construction of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Wisconsin (excluding the conflict of laws provisions of such laws).  This Agreement does not supersede or modify any other agreement regarding non-competition of which the Company has the benefit.

Dated:  As of the ___ day of __________, ______.
 
       
  Name:    
 
 

ex10_218.htm
Exhibit 10.2.18
 
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the date indicated on the signature page under “Date of Agreement” by and between MGIC Investment Corporation, a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and the employee of Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation, or one of its subsidiaries, whose signature is set forth on the signature page hereto (the “Employee”).

INTRODUCTION

The Company is awarding Restricted Stock Units to the Employee.  Those Restricted Stock Units that are “Stock-Settled,” as described below, are awarded under the MGIC Investment Corporation 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and this Agreement.  Those Restricted Stock Units, if any, that are “Cash-Settled,” as described below, are awarded under this Agreement.  Although the “Cash-Settled” Restricted Stock Units are not awarded under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan, with all changes that are appropriate for awards that are settled only in cash, shall as part of this Agreement be deemed to apply to such awards as though they had been awarded under the Plan.

This Agreement consists of this instrument and the Incorporated Terms Dated As of January 25, 2011 to Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “Incorporated Terms”), which although not attached to this instrument, are part of this Agreement and were provided to the Employee as indicated in Paragraph 1(b) below.

The parties mutually agree as follows:

1.           Award of RSUs; Incorporated Terms.

(a)           Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company is confirming the award to the Employee of:

(i)           the number of Restricted Stock Units equal to the number referred to after “Time Vested Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page, which shall be the “Time Vested RSUs.” If  after “Time Vested RSU Cash Settlement” on the signature page “Applicable” appears, then such Time Vested RSUs shall be “Cash-Settled”; if “Not Applicable” appears, they shall be “Stock-Settled”; and

(ii)           the number of Restricted Stock Units equal to the number referred to after “Performance Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page, which shall be the “Performance RSUs.”  Such Performance RSUs shall be “Stock-Settled.”

As used in this Agreement, the term “RSUs” means collectively all Time Vested RSUs and all Performance RSUs.
 
 
 

 

(b)           The Incorporated Terms are incorporated in this instrument with the same effect as if they were physically set forth in this instrument.  The Incorporated Terms and this instrument constitute a single agreement which is referred to as “this Agreement.”  The terms “herein,” “hereof,” “above” and similar terms used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole.  The “Award Notification” is the document entitled “Executive Compensation” that was delivered to the Employee by the Company in January or February 2011 to notify the Employee of the award of RSUs, the legal terms of which are set forth in this Agreement.  The Employee agrees if there is any difference between the number of RSUs determined by (i) the Award Notification, as delivered to the Employee, and (ii) the number of RSUs awarded by the Committee, as reflected in the records of the Committee, the number of RSUs reflected in the records of the Committee shall control.  The Incorporated Terms were attached to an email sent in December 2011 to the Employee from a member of the Legal Department of the Company which included other documents relating to the RSUs.  The Company is hereby advising the Employee to print and retain a copy of the Incorporated Terms.  The Employee agrees if there is any difference between the text of the Incorporated Terms obtained as indicated above and the text of the Incorporated Terms retained by the Company's Secretary, the text of the copy retained by the Secretary will control.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized signer, and the Employee has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year set forth below.

Date of Agreement:        As of __________________
 
  MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION
   
  By:  
  Title: Authorized Signer
 
   
 
Name:    
   
 
Time Vested Restricted Stock Units:
   
 
Time Vested RSU Cash Settlement:
   
 
Performance Restricted Stock Units:
   
 
Performance RSU Multiplier:
   
 
Time Vested RSUs Release Date:
   
 
Performance RSUs Release Date:
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
 
RSU Settlement Date:
 
Stock-Settled Time Vested RSUs:
 
Cash-Settled Time Vested RSUs:
 
Performance RSUs:
 
 
Holding Period:
   
 
Threshold Expense Ratio:
Target Expense Ratio:
Maximum Expense Ratio:
 
Threshold Loss Ratio:
Target Loss Ratio:
Maximum Loss Ratio:
 
Threshold Share:
Target Share:
Maximum Share:
   
 
Goal:
   
 
Dividend Start Date:
   
 
*           *           *           *
   
  Beneficiary Name:   
     
 
Address of Beneficiary:                                                                                 
   
   
   
  Beneficiary Tax Identification
  No:  
 
 
- 3 -

ex10_219.htm
Exhibit 10.2.19
 
INCORPORATED TERMS
DATED AS OF ___________________
TO
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT

The following are the “Incorporated Terms” referred to in the instrument entitled “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement” which refers to these Incorporated Terms and which has been signed by the Company and the Employee (the “Base Instrument”). The Incorporated Terms and the Base Instrument constitute a single agreement and that agreement consists of the Base Instrument and the Incorporated Terms.  The Incorporated Terms dovetail with the Base Instrument; because the last paragraph of the Base Instrument is Paragraph 1, the Incorporated Terms begin with Paragraph 2.

 2.            Release Date.

(a)           (i)  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Release Date, which determines the date on which the property underlying RSUs shall be released and settled, shall be determined as follows.

(ii)           The term “Release Date” shall be applied separately to the Time Vested RSUs and the Performance RSUs as if the term “Release Date” were the term “Time Vested RSUs Release Date,” or “Performance RSUs Release Date,” as the case may be, and such application shall correspond to the application of the term “RSUs” as set forth in Paragraph 1(a) of the Base Instrument.

(b)           (i)            For each date set forth after “Time Vested RSUs Release Date” on the signature page, divide the number of shares referred to after “Time Vested Restricted Stock Units” by the sum of one and the difference between the latest year set forth after “Time Vested RSUs Release Date” on the signature page and the earliest year set forth thereafter.  The resulting quotient, rounded down to the nearest whole RSU, is the number of Time Vested RSUs for which a Release Date shall occur on the corresponding date set forth after “Time Vested RSUs Release Date” and such date shall be the Release Date for such RSUs (and only for such RSUs), except that if after “Goal” on the signature page “Applicable” appears, then such date shall be a Release Date only if the condition set forth after “Goal” applicable to such Release Date is satisfied, provided that if such condition is not satisfied, the number of RSUs for which a Release Date did not occur as a result thereof (the “Unreleased RSUs”), shall be added to the number of RSUs for which a Release Date shall occur on the next date on which a Release Date occurs, and provided further that if on the last date set forth after “Time Vested RSUs Release Date” on the signature page, there are Unreleased RSUs, such RSUs shall be released on the earliest of the next two anniversaries of such last date on which the condition set forth after “Goal” is satisfied and such anniversary shall be a Release Date.

(ii)           As used herein, “Combined Ratio” shall mean, for any year, the sum of the Loss Ratio and the Expense Ratio for such year, expressed as a percentage.  “Loss Ratio” shall mean, for any year, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the Company’s direct losses incurred from primary NIW written that year, excluding losses associated with incurred but not reported defaults, to its direct premiums earned from primary NIW written that year, in each case as computed in accordance with Past Practices.  “Expense Ratio” shall mean, for any year, the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the underwriting and other expenses of the Company’s insurance company subsidiaries that year to its net premiums written that year, in each case as computed in accordance with Past Practices.  As used herein, “Past Practices” shall mean the manner in which the applicable item was calculated by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement.
 
 
 

 

(c)           (i)            The Release Date for Performance RSUs shall be determined as follows.  For each date set forth after “Performance RSUs Release Date” on the signature page, multiply the number referred to after “Performance Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page by the product of (i) the Aggregate Percentage Achievement for the fiscal year of the Company ended on the December 31 immediately preceding such date, and (ii) one-third, and if after “Performance RSU Multiplier” on the signature page “Applicable” appears, (iii) the fraction set forth after “Performance RSU Multiplier.”  The resulting product, rounded down to the nearest whole RSU, is the number of Performance RSUs for which a Release Date shall occur on the corresponding date set forth after “Performance RSUs Release Date” and such date shall be the Release Date for such RSUs (and only for such RSUs); provided that the number of Performance RSUs for which a Release Date occurs shall in no event exceed the number of Performance RSUs that, when added together with Performance RSUs as to which a Release Date has previously occurred under this Agreement, equals the number set forth after “Performance Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page.  The “Aggregate Percentage Achievement” for any year shall mean the sum of the Expense Ratio Achievement Percentage, the Loss Ratio Achievement Percentage and the Share Achievement Percentage for such year.

(ii)           The “Expense Ratio Achievement Percentage” for any year shall be determined as follows:

(A)           If the Company’s Expense Ratio (as defined above) for such year is equal to or higher than the Expense Ratio set forth after “Maximum Expense Ratio” on the signature page, then the Expense Ratio Achievement Percentage shall be 0%;

(B)           If the Company’s Expense Ratio for such year is equal to the Expense Ratio set forth after “Target Expense Ratio” on the signature page, then the Expense Ratio Achievement Percentage shall be 33.34%;

(C)           If the Company’s Expense Ratio for such year is equal to or lower than the Expense Ratio set forth after “Threshold Expense Ratio” on the signature page, then the Expense Ratio Achievement Percentage shall be 50%; and

(D)           If the Company’s Expense Ratio for such year is between the Maximum Expense Ratio and the Target Expense Ratio, or between the Target Expense Ratio and the Threshold Expense Ratio, then the Expense Ratio Achievement Percentage shall be correspondingly interpolated on a linear basis between 0% and 33.34%, or between 33.34% and 50%, respectively.

(iii)           The “Loss Ratio Achievement Percentage” for any year shall be determined as follows:
 
 
- 2 -

 

(A)           If the Company’s Loss Ratio (defined above) for such year is equal to or higher than the Loss Ratio set forth after “Maximum Loss Ratio” on the signature page, the Loss Ratio Achievement Percentage shall be 0%;

(B)           If the Company’s Loss Ratio for such year is equal to the Loss Ratio set forth after “Target Loss Ratio” on the signature page, then the Loss Ratio Achievement Percentage shall be 33.33%;

(C)           If the Company’s Loss Ratio for such year is equal to or lower than the Loss Ratio set forth after “Threshold Loss Ratio” on the signature page, then the Loss Ratio Achievement Percentage shall be 50%; and

(D)           If the Company’s Loss Ratio for such year is between the Maximum Loss Ratio and the Target Loss Ratio, or between the Target Loss Ratio and the Threshold Loss Ratio, then the Loss Ratio Achievement Percentage shall be correspondingly interpolated on a linear basis between 0% and 33.33%, or between 33.33% and 50%, respectively.

(iv)           The “Share Achievement Percentage” for any year shall be determined as follows:

(A)           If the Company’s Flow Market Share for such year is equal to or lower than the Flow Market Share set forth after “Threshold Share” on the signature page, then the Flow Market Share Achievement Percentage shall be 0%;

(B)           If the Company’s Flow Market Share for such year is equal to the Flow Market Share set forth after “Target Share” on the signature page, then the Flow Market Share Achievement Percentage shall be 33.33%;

(C)           If the Company’s Flow Market Share for such year is equal to or higher than the Flow Market Share set forth after “Maximum Share” on the signature page, then the Flow Market Share Achievement Percentage shall be 50%; and

(D)           If the Company’s Flow Market Share for such year is between the Threshold Share and the Target Share, or between the Target Share and the Maximum Share, then the Flow Market Share Achievement Percentage shall be correspondingly interpolated on a linear basis between 0% and 33.33%, or between 33.33% and 50%, respectively.

“Flow Market Share” for any year shall mean the Company’s market share of the industry’s flow NIW for that year, expressed as a percentage, as reported by Inside Mortgage Finance (along with any successor publication thereto, “Inside Mortgage Finance”); provided, however, that if Inside Mortgage Finance has not reported the foregoing by the end of the second business day preceding the Release Date, then, unless Inside Mortgage Finance reports the foregoing at least one business day before the Certification Date (defined below), “Flow Market Share” shall, for the applicable year, be calculated by the Company using data provided by Mortgage Insurance Companies of America (“MICA”) and data publicly reported by any domestic mortgage guaranty insurance company, but not included (or, if applicable, not fully included) in the data provided by MICA; and provided, further, that if data for a particular company that is included in the calculation last reported by Inside Mortgage Finance on or prior to the date of this Agreement is not available from Inside Mortgage Finance or MICA, or publicly reported, then the Release Date shall be postponed in accordance with Paragraph 2(e); and provided, further, that the Release Date shall not occur earlier than the date on which the Committee (as defined in Paragraph 6) certifies the Aggregate Percentage Achievement in accordance with the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code (the date of such certification, the “Certification Date”).
 
 
- 3 -

 

(d)           If all Time Vested RSUs set forth after “Time Vested Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page or if all Performance RSUs set forth after “Performance Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page would have been released but for the provisions of this Agreement that round down RSUs to the nearest whole number, the number of RSUs released on the last Release Date shall be the RSUs awarded minus the RSUs that were previously released such that on such last Release Date the fractional RSUs that were not been released due to rounding shall be released.

           (e)            If by the end of the second business day preceding any date set forth after “Time Vested RSUs Release Date” on the signature page (or the next two anniversaries thereof in the circumstances contemplated by Paragraph 2(b)(i) hereof) all of the information required by the Company to determine whether the Goal for the prior year was met is not available, or if by the end of the second business day preceding any date set forth after “Performance RSUs Release Date” on the signature page, all of the information required by the Company to determine the “Aggregate Percentage Achievement” is not available, then such date shall be three business days after the Certification Date or such shorter period after the Certification Date as the Company shall select.  If Inside Mortgage Finance no longer reports flow NIW for the companies included in the calculation last reported by IMF on or prior to the date of this Agreement because data for one or more of such companies is not available to Inside Mortgage Finance, and if such information is not provided by MICA or publicly reported, then the Committee may calculate the Flow Market Share of the Share Achievement Percentage using such objective metrics as it deems appropriate.

3.             [Reserved]

4.            Transfer After Release Date; Securities Law Restrictions; Holding Period.

(a)           Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary herein, the Employee agrees and acknowledges with respect to any Stock delivered in settlement of RSUs that has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) and that, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, absent such registration cannot be publicly sold or otherwise disposed of, (i) he will not sell or otherwise dispose of such Stock except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and any applicable state securities laws, or in a transaction which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, is exempt from such registration, and (ii) a legend will be placed on the certificates or other evidence for the Stock delivered in settlement of the RSUs to such effect.
 
(b)           If after “Holding Period” on the signature page “Applicable” appears, then the Employee agrees that, during the Holding Period, the Employee will not make a Sale of the Holding Period Shares. “Holding Period” means a period beginning on the Release Date and ending on the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of the Release Date and (ii) the first date on which the Employee is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Act (as such term is defined in the Annex).  “Holding Period Shares” means a number of shares of Stock for which a Release Date shall occur that are released on such Release Date equal to the lesser of (1) 25% of the aggregate number of RSUs that are released on the Release Date and (2) 50% of the difference between (i) the aggregate number of RSUs that are released on the Release Date and (ii) the aggregate number of shares that are withheld to satisfy withholding tax requirements under Paragraph 10(b) of this Agreement.  “Sale” means a transfer for value, except that, (i) the transfer to the Company of Holding Period Shares in payment of the exercise price of an option granted to the Employee by the Company shall not be a Sale if there is no Sale for the remainder of the Holding Period of a number of shares of Stock received upon exercise of such option that are not less than the number of Holding Period Shares so transferred in connection with such exercise, and (ii) an involuntary transfer, including Holding Period Shares converted in a merger, is not a Sale; it is understood that neither a pledge nor a gift, including to an entity in which the Employee has an interest (provided that in the case of such an entity, such entity does not make a Sale for the remainder of the Holding Period), is a transfer for value.
 
 
- 4 -

 
 

(c)           If after “Holding Period” on the signature page “Applicable” appears, then the Employee agrees that, during the Holding Period (for purposes of applying such definition to this Paragraph 4(c), Release Date means each date on which the Option is exercised), the Employee will not make a Sale of the Option Holding Period Shares. “Option Holding Period Shares” means a number of shares of Stock acquired at each exercise of the Option equal to the lesser of (1) 25% of the aggregate number of shares for which the Option is exercised, and (2) 50% of the difference between (i) the aggregate number of shares for which the Option is exercised and (ii) the aggregate number of shares that are withheld from the shares delivered on such exercise to satisfy withholding tax requirements applicable to such exercise, except that the Option Holding Period Shares shall not exceed the number of shares for which the Option is exercised minus the sum of the number of shares that are withheld to satisfy withholding tax requirements under Paragraph 10(b) of this Agreement and the number of shares transferred to the Company in payment of the exercise price of the Option.  The Option, if applicable, is the option granted to the Employee by the Company on January 28, 2004.

(d)           Except as otherwise provided in the parenthetical in clause (ii) of the definition of Sale, if a transfer that is not a Sale occurs, the Holding Period for the shares involved in such transfer shall terminate at the time of such transfer.

5.            Termination of Employment Due to Death.  If the Employee’s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries is terminated because of death prior to the Release Date, a Release Date shall be deemed to have occurred for all RSUs.

6.             Forfeiture of RSUs.

(a)           If the Employee’s employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries is terminated prior to the Release Date for any reason (including without limitation, disability or termination by the Company and all subsidiaries thereof, with or without cause) other than death, all RSUs shall be forfeited to the Company on the date of such termination unless otherwise provided in subparagraph (b) below, or unless the Management Development, Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors  (the “Management Development Committee”) or other Committee of such Board administering the Plan (the Management Development Committee or such other Committee is herein referred to as the “Committee”) determines, on such terms and conditions, if any, as the Committee may impose, that all or a portion of the cash or Stock, as applicable, deliverable on settlement of RSUs shall be released to the Employee and the restrictions of Paragraph 2 applicable thereto shall terminate.  Absence of the Employee on leave approved by a duly elected officer of the Company, other than the Employee, shall not be considered a termination of employment during the period of such leave.
 
 
- 5 -

 

The Release Date for the Time Vested RSUs and the Performance RSUs may occur on multiple dates, each of which is a Release Date for the number of RSUs determined as provided in Paragraphs 2(b) and (c).  Hence, any forfeiture of Time Vested RSUs or Performance RSUs applies only to the RSUs for which a Release Date had not yet occurred on the date of forfeiture.  The preceding sentence has been included in this Agreement for the purpose of avoiding any doubt that the result described in the preceding sentence would occur; therefore, such result will occur under prior agreements awarding restricted stock or RSUs to the Employee even though a comparable provision is not included in such agreements.

(b)           If the Employee’s employment with the Company and all of its subsidiaries terminates by reason of retirement after reaching age 62 and after having been employed by the Company or any subsidiary thereof for an aggregate period of at least seven years, such retirement shall not result in forfeiture of any Time Vested RSUs or Performance RSUs if (1) the Employee’s employment with the Company or one of its subsidiaries continues for no less than one year after the date of this Agreement, and (2) no later than the date on which employment terminates, the Employee enters into an agreement with the Company (which agreement shall be drafted by and acceptable to the Company) under which the Employee agrees not to compete with the Company and its subsidiaries during a period ending one year after the latest of the dates set forth after (i) “Time Vested RSUs Release Date” on the signature page, and (ii) “Performance RSUs Release Date” on the signature page, and the Employee complies with such agreement.  If the Employee enters into such a non-competition agreement and thereafter breaches the terms thereof, the RSUs shall be forfeited and the Employee shall return to the Company any cash or Stock, as applicable, awarded under this Agreement that was delivered to the Employee after the date on which such non-competition agreement was entered into.  If the conditions in the second preceding sentence are satisfied and the Employee complies with the terms of such agreement, upon the Employee’s death, the provisions of Paragraph 5 shall apply as if the Employee’s employment with the Company and its subsidiaries terminated because of such death.

(c)           Any (i) Performance RSUs for which a Release Date has not occurred by the latest date set forth after “Performance RSUs Release Date” on the signature page (as such date may be extended under Paragraph 2(e) hereof) and (ii) Time Vested RSUs for which a Release Date does not occur because the condition set forth after “Goal” on the signature page is not satisfied by the second anniversary of the latest date set forth after “Time Vested RSUs Release Date” on the signature page (as such date may be extended under Paragraph 2(e) hereof), shall be forfeited to the Company, unless in the case of (i) and (ii) the Committee determines otherwise as contemplated in subparagraph (a) above.

(d)           Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, if on any Release Date associated with a Stock-Settled RSU, there are insufficient shares of Common Stock available under the Plan to permit shares to be issued that would otherwise have been issued in connection with such Release Date, then only such shares as may be issued under the Plan shall be issued (allocated pro rata according to the number of shares that would otherwise have been issued in connection with such Release Date and, for each participant, rounded down to the next lower whole share) until additional shares become available under the Plan, at which time they shall be issued (pro rata as described above).  If sufficient shares have not become available before April 1, 2016, then any portion of any RSU that is then outstanding and unsettled shall be cancelled.
 
 
- 6 -

 

7.             Beneficiary.  (a) The person whose name appears on the signature page hereof after the caption “Beneficiary” or any successor designated by the Employee in accordance herewith (the person who is the Employee’s Beneficiary at the time of his death herein referred to as the “Beneficiary”) shall be entitled to receive the Stock or cash to be delivered in settlement of RSUs under Paragraph 5 as a result of the death of the Employee. The Employee may from time to time revoke or change his Beneficiary without the consent of any prior Beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee.  The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Employee’s death, and in no event shall any designation be effective as of a date prior to such receipt.

(b)           If no such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of an Employee’s death, or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Employee or if such designation conflicts with law, upon the death of the Employee, the Employee’s estate shall be entitled to receive the Stock or cash to be delivered in settlement of RSUs.  If the Committee is in doubt as to the right of any person to receive such property, the Company may retain the same and any distributions thereon, without liability for any interest thereon, until the Committee determines the person entitled thereto, or the Company may deliver such all of such property and any distributions thereon to any court of appropriate jurisdiction and such delivery shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Company therefor.
 
8.             Stock Legends.  If after “Holding Period” on the signature page “Applicable” appears, at the option of the Company, an appropriate legend may be placed on certificates for Stock delivered in settlement of RSUs noting the requirements to hold such Stock imposed by Paragraphs 4(b) and (c) of this Agreement.  When such requirements terminate, the Employee shall be entitled to have the foregoing legend removed from such certificates.

9.             Settlement; Voting Rights; Dividends and Other Distributions; Rights of RSUs.

(a)           Settlement.  Except to the extent forfeited as provided herein, on the RSU Settlement Date set forth on the signature page or determined as provided thereon, the property underlying RSUs shall be released and settled as follows:

(i)            Cash-Settled RSUs shall be settled by the payment of cash to the Employee or, in the case of his death, to his Beneficiary, in an amount equal to the product of (A) the reported average closing price of the Stock during the 15 trading days ending two trading days before the RSU Release Date and (B) the number referred to after “Time Vested Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page to the extent a Release Date has occurred with respect thereto (such number, the “Number”);
 
 
- 7 -

 

(ii)           Stock-Settled RSUs shall be settled by the issuance (or transfer from treasury) of shares of Stock equal to the number referred to after (i) “Performance Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page, and if applicable, (ii) “Time Vested Restricted Stock Units” on the signature page, in each case to the extent a Release Date has occurred with respect thereto, and certificates for such Stock shall be delivered to the Employee, or in the case of his death, to his Beneficiary.

(b)           Voting and Other Rights of RSUs.  RSUs represent only the right to receive as Stock or a payment in cash, on the terms provided herein.  The Employee with respect to RSUs (Stock-Settled or Cash-Settled) shall have no rights as a holder of Stock, including the right to vote or to receive dividends, until and then only in the case of those RSUs that are Stock-Settled, certificates for such Stock are actually delivered in settlement.

(c)           Dividend Rights.  Notwithstanding the preceding subparagraph, to the extent RSUs are settled on an RSU Settlement Date, the Company shall make a payment in cash equal to the aggregate amount that would have been paid as dividends on (i) in the case of RSUs that are Stock-Settled, the shares of Stock issued or transferred in settlement, and/or (ii) in the case of RSUs that are Cash-Settled, a number of shares of Stock equal to the Number, as if such shares had been outstanding on each dividend record date on and after the Dividend Start Date specified on the signature page and prior to the date on which settlement occurs.

10.           Tax Withholding.

(a)           Stock Settled RSUs

(i)             It shall be a condition of the obligation of the Company to deliver Stock in settlement of Stock-Settled RSUs, and the Employee agrees, that the Employee shall pay to the Company upon its demand, such amount as may be requested by the Company for the purpose of satisfying its liability to withhold federal, state, or local income or other taxes incurred by reason of the award of the Stock-Settled RSUs or the delivery of Stock in settlement of the Stock-Settled RSUs.

(ii)            If the Employee does not satisfy the withholding obligations prior to the Tax Date (as defined below) by paying sufficient cash to the Company or transferring ownership of a sufficient number of other shares of Stock to the Company as provided in Paragraph 10(c), then the withholding tax requirements arising from the settlement of RSUs in Stock shall be satisfied through a withholding by the Company of shares of Stock that would otherwise be delivered to the Employee.  In such event, the Company shall withhold that number of shares of Stock that would otherwise be delivered in settlement of RSUs, in each case, having a Fair Market Value (as such term is defined in the Plan) on the day prior to the Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld as a result of the settlement of RSUs in Stock.  As used herein, “Tax Date” means the date on which the Employee must include in his gross income for federal income tax purposes the fair market value of the Stock delivered in settlement of the RSUs, over the purchase price therefor.

(iii)           If the Employee desires to use cash or other shares of Stock to satisfy the withholding obligations set forth above, the Employee must:  (i) make an election to do so in writing on a form provided by the Company, (ii) deliver such election form to the Company by the deadline specified by the Company, and (iii) deliver to the Company the required cash or other shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value on the Tax Date (as defined above) equal to the amount required to be withheld.
 
 
- 8 -

 

(iv)           To the extent provided in the resolutions of the Committee awarding RSUs subject to this Agreement that are Stock-Settled, the Employee shall be entitled to have amounts withheld in excess of the minimum amount required to be withheld by the Company.

(b)           Cash Settled RSUs.  Payment of cash in settlement of Cash-Settled RSUs shall be subject to withholding of all applicable taxes.

11.           Adjustments in Event of Change in Stock or Fiscal Year.  In the event of any change in the outstanding shares of Stock (“capital adjustment”) for any reason, including but not limited to, any stock splits, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares or other similar event which, in the judgment of the Committee, could distort the implementation of the award of RSUs or the realization of the objectives of such award, the Committee shall make such adjustments in the Stock-Settled and Cash-Settled RSUs, or in the terms, conditions or restrictions of this Agreement as the Committee deems equitable, except that in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Stock that occurs after the date of this Agreement (collectively, “future capital adjustment”), the number of RSUs shall be proportionally adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares resulting from such future capital adjustment, any such adjustment rounded down to the next lower whole share.  In addition, if the Company changes its fiscal year from a year ending December 31, the Committee may make such adjustments in the Time Vested RSUs Release Date and the Performance RSUs Release Date as set forth on the signature page as the Committee deems equitable. The determination of the Committee as to any such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes of this Agreement.

12.           Change in Control.  If a “Change in Control of the Company” (as defined in the Annex attached hereto) occurs, notwithstanding anything herein, a Release Date shall be deemed to have occurred for all RSUs.  The Employee agrees that such Annex may be amended by the Company on one or more occasions without the consent or approval of the Employee if in the determination of the Committee such amendment is necessary or appropriate to conform the provisions of such Annex to Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1 et seq. or any position published by the IRS with respect to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The right of the Company to make such an amendment does not depend on whether the RSUs are subject to such Section but will enable the Company to have uniform provisions governing a change of control among all agreements having such change of control provisions, including those under which compensation is subject to such Section.  Any such amendment will become effective upon notice to the Employee.  The Company will seek to give the Employee notice of an amendment with reasonable promptness after the Committee has approved the amendment.

13.           Powers of Company Not Affected; No Right to Continued Employment.

(a)           The existence of the RSUs shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any combination, subdivision or reclassification of the Stock or any reorganization, merger, consolidation, business combination, exchange of shares, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any issue of bonds, debentures or stock having rights or preferences equal, superior or affecting any property to be issued in settlement of RSUs or the rights thereof, or dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.
 
 
- 9 -

 

(b)           Nothing herein contained shall confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employment of the Company or any subsidiary or interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any subsidiary to terminate the Employee’s employment at any time, subject, however, to the provisions of any agreement of employment between the Company or any subsidiary and the Employee.  The Employee acknowledges that a termination of his or her employment could occur at a time before which the Release Date occurs, resulting in the forfeiture of the RSUs by the Employee, unless otherwise provided herein.  In such event, the Employee will not be able to realize the value of the property that underlies the RSUs nor will the Employee be entitled to any compensation on account of such value.

14.           Interpretation by Committee.  The Employee agrees that any dispute or disagreement which may arise in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved by the Committee, in its sole discretion, and that any interpretation by the Committee of the terms of this Agreement or the Plan and any determination made by the Committee under this Agreement or the Plan may be made in the sole discretion of the Committee and shall be final, binding, and conclusive.  Any such determination need not be uniform and may be made differently among Employees awarded RSUs.

15.           Clawback.  If and to the extent the Committee deems it appropriate for such payment to be made, each Covered Employee shall pay the Company an amount equal to the Excess Compensation.  “Covered Employee” means an Employee who was a Section 16 Filer at an Affected Release Date regardless of whether such Employee ceased to be a Section 16 Filer thereafter. “Section 16 Filer” is a person who is required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Act as such requirement to so file is in effect at each Affected Release Date.  “Affected Release Date” means each Release Date on which, had a financial restatement that was made after such Release Date been in effect at such Release Date, the number of shares of Stock settled, or the amount of cash distributed, on account of RSUs would have been lower.  “Excess Compensation” means (i) the difference between the Income that was recognized by the Covered Employee on an Affected Release Date and the Income that would have been recognized had the financial restatement referred to in the definition of Affected Release Date then been in effect, except that such difference will be deemed to be zero for each Affected Release Date prior to the date on which Covered Employee was a Section 16 Filer, plus (ii) the value of any deduction to which the Covered Employee is entitled on account of the payment to the Company required by this Paragraph 15.  “Income” means income determined for federal income tax purposes minus the amount of federal, state and local income taxes and, to the extent applicable, the employee portion of Social Security and Medicaid payroll taxes, payable on account of such income.  The amount of federal, state and local income taxes and the value of any deduction contemplated by clause (ii) of the second preceding sentence shall be computed by assuming that Income is taxed at the highest marginal rate, with such rate for any state and local income taxes appropriately adjusted to reflect the benefit of an itemized federal deduction for such taxes (if in the case of local taxes, such taxes are eligible for such a deduction), which adjustment shall be made by assuming that no reduction in such deduction on account of the Covered Employee’s adjusted gross income applies.
 
 
- 10 -

 

16.           Miscellaneous.  (a) This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin applicable to contracts made and to be performed therein between residents thereof.

(b)           The waiver by the Company of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the same provision or waiver of any other provision hereof.

(c)           The RSUs shall be deemed to have been awarded pursuant to the Plan (in the case of Cash-Settled RSUs, to the extent provided in the Introduction) and the action of the Committee authorizing such awards; as a result, such awards are subject to the terms and conditions thereof.  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the provisions of the Plan or such authorization, the provisions of the Plan (to such extent) and/or such authorization shall prevail.  Any and all terms used herein, unless specifically defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.  A copy of the Plan is available on request of the Employee made in writing or by e-mail to the Company’s Secretary.

(d)           Any notice, filing or delivery hereunder or with respect to RSUs shall be given to the Employee at either his usual work location or his home address as indicated in the records of the Company, and shall be given to the Committee or the Company at 250 East Kilbourn Avenue, Milwaukee 53202, Attention: Secretary.  All such notices shall be given by first class mail, postage pre-paid, or by personal delivery.

(e)           This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employee, the Beneficiary and the personal representative(s) and heirs of the Employee, except that the Employee may not transfer any RSUs or any interest in any RSUs.
 
(f)           As a condition to the grant of the RSUs, the Employee must execute an agreement not to compete in the form provided to the Employee by the Company.
 
(g)          If any payment or benefit (or any acceleration of any payment or benefit) made or provided to the Employee or for the Employee’s benefit in connection with this Agreement or any other agreement between the Employee and the Company pursuant to which the Employee was awarded restricted stock, restricted stock units or stock options (the “Payments”) are determined to be subject to the interest charges and taxes imposed by Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any state, local, or foreign taxes of a similar nature, or any interest charges or penalties with respect to such taxes (such taxes, together with any such interest charges and penalties, are collectively referred to as the “Section 409A Tax”), then the Company shall pay the Employee, within 30 days after the date on which the Employee provides the Company with a written request for reimbursement thereof (accompanied by proof of taxes paid), but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the year in which the Employee remits the Section 409A tax to the Internal Revenue Service or other applicable taxing authority, an additional amount (the “Section 409A Gross-Up Payment”); provided, however, that any Section 409A Gross-Up Payment shall be reduced to the extent that the Section 409A Tax payable is due to the direct fault of the Employee.  The Section 409A Gross-Up Payment shall, subject to the proviso at the end of the previous sentence, be such that the net amount retained by the Employee after deduction of the Section 409A Tax (but not any federal, state, or local income tax or employment tax) and any federal, state, or local income tax, or employment tax upon the payment provided for by this Subsection 16(g) shall be equal to the Payments.  For purposes of determining the amount of the Section 409A Gross-Up Payment, the Employee shall be deemed to pay federal income tax and employment taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income and employment taxation in the calendar year in which the Section 409A Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of the Employee’s domicile for income tax purposes on the date the Section 409A Gross-Up Payment is made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes that may be obtained from the deduction of such state and local taxes.  The Company and the Employee shall reasonably cooperate with each other in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings concerning the existence or amount of liability for Section 409A Tax with respect to the Payments, and the Employee shall, if reasonably requested by the Company, contest any obligation to pay a Section 409A Tax for which a Section 409A Gross-Up Payment is owed.  If, as a result thereof, the Employee receives a tax refund or credit for any Section 409A Tax previously paid with respect to any Payments for which a Section 409A Gross-Up Payment was paid, the Employee shall return to the Company an amount equal to such refund or credit.
 
 
- 11 -

 
 
The end of Paragraph 16 is the end of the Incorporated Terms.  The remainder of the Agreement is contained in the Base Instrument.

 
- 12 -

 

ANNEX

Definition of “Change in Control of the Company” and Related Terms
 
1           Change in Control of the Company.  A “Change in Control of the Company” shall be deemed to have occurred if an event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred:

(i)           any Person (other than (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities or (D) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock in the Company (“Excluded Persons”)) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates after January 1, 2011, pursuant to express authorization by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) that refers to this exception) representing more than 50% of the total fair market value of the stock of the Company or representing more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

(ii)           during any 12 consecutive month period, the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Company then serving:  (A) individuals who, on January 1, 2011, constituted the Board and (B) any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A under the Act) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors on January 1, 2011, or whose initial appointment, election or nomination for election as a director which occurred after January 1, 2011was approved by such vote of the directors then still in office at the time of such initial appointment, election or nomination who were themselves either directors on January 1, 2011or initially appointed, elected or nominated by such majority vote as described above ad infinitum (collectively the “Continuing Directors”); provided, however, that individuals who are appointed to the Board pursuant to or in accordance with the terms of an agreement relating to a merger, consolidation, or share exchange involving the Company (or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company) shall not be Continuing Directors for purposes of this Agreement until after such individuals are first nominated for election by a vote of at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors and are thereafter elected as directors by the shareholders of the Company at a meeting of shareholders held following consummation of such merger, consolidation, or share exchange; and, provided further, that in the event the failure of any such persons appointed to the Board to be Continuing Directors results in a Change in Control of the Company, the subsequent qualification of such persons as Continuing Directors shall not alter the fact that a Change in Control of the Company occurred; or
 
 
Annex - Page 1 of 4

 

(iii)           a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Company with any other corporation is consummated or voting securities of the Company are issued in connection with a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Company (or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company) pursuant to applicable stock exchange requirements, other than (A) a merger, consolidation or share exchange which would result in the voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or share exchange continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of such entity or parent outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or share exchange, or (B) a merger, consolidation or share exchange effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person (other than an Excluded Person) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates after January 1, 2011, pursuant to express authorization by the Board that refers to this exception) representing at least 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(iv)           the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to a Person (in one transaction or a series of related transactions within any period of 12 consecutive months), other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to (a) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to its stock; (b) an entity, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (c) a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all of the outstanding stock of the Company; or (d) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding voting stock of the Company.  It is understood that in no event shall a sale or disposition of assets be considered to be a sale of substantially all of the assets unless the assets sold or disposed of have a total gross fair market value of at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately prior to such sale or disposition.
 
 
Annex - Page 2 of 4

 

2           Related Definitions.  For purposes of this Annex, the following terms, when capitalized, shall have the following meanings:

(i)       Act.  The term “Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(ii)       Affiliate and Associate.  The terms “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule l2b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Act.

(iii)       Beneficial Owner.  A Person shall be deemed to be the “Beneficial Owner” of any securities:

(a)           which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, (A) securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase, or (B) securities issuable upon exercise of Rights issued pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Amended and Restated Rights Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2009, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association (as successor Rights Agent), as amended from time to time (or any successor to such Rights Agreement), at any time before the issuance of such securities;

(b)           which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has the right to vote or dispose of or has “beneficial ownership” of (as determined pursuant to Rule l3d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Act), including pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security under this Subsection 2(iii)(b) as a result of an agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding: (A) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations under the Act and (B) is not also then reportable on a Schedule l3D under the Act (or any comparable or successor report); or
 
 
Annex - Page 3 of 4

 
 
(c)           which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except pursuant to a revocable proxy as described in Subsection 2(iii)(b) above) or disposing of any voting securities of the Company.

(iv)           Person.  The term “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, including any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity, or a group of any of the foregoing acting in concert.

(v)           Stock.  The term “stock” shall have the meaning contemplated by Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1 et seq.
 
 
 Annex - Page 4 of 4

ex10_6.htm

Exhibit 10.6

At the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on May 5, 2011, the Company’s shareholders approved the MGIC Investment Corporation 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”), including a structure and list of performance goals (the “listed goals”) for an annual bonus plan for the Company’s named executive officers (these officers are the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the next three highest paid executive officers) which conditions bonuses on satisfaction of one or more of the performance goals on that list (a bonus plan of this type is “a 162(m) Bonus Plan”). A copy of the 2011 Plan is included as Appendix B to our Proxy Statement filed on March 31, 2011.

The performance goal for our 162(m) Bonus Plan adopted by the Management Development, Nominating and Governance Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Committee”) for 2012 requires the sum of the loss ratio and the expense ratio for MGIC’s primary new insurance written for that year to be less than 100%. The loss ratio is incurred losses in 2012 for the Company’s 2012 primary new insurance written, divided by premiums earned in 2012 on that business, and the expense ratio is the expenses of the Company’s insurance operations in 2012 divided by the Company’s net premiums written in 2012. If this goal is met, then the Committee will have discretion to make a subjective determination of bonuses, within the bonus maximums provided in the 2011 Plan, based on an assessment of shareholder value, return on investment, primary business drivers (loss ratio, expense ratio and market share), loss mitigation, management organization, capital position, effective dealings with federal and state regulatory agencies and the profitability of our mix of new business. With the exception of the targeted levels for the loss ratio, expense ratio and market share specified above, no specific targets were established for any of these bonus criteria for 2012.
 
 


 
ex21.htm

EXHIBIT 21

MGIC INVESTMENT CORPORATION
DIRECT AND INDIRECT SUBSIDIARIES(1)
 
1.
MGIC Assurance Corporation
2.
MGIC Australia Pty Limited(2)
3.
MGIC Credit Assurance Corporation
4.
MGIC Indemnity Corporation
5.
MGIC Insurance Services Corporation
6.
MGIC Investor Services Corporation
7.
MGIC Mortgage and Consumer Asset I, LLC(3)
8.
MGIC Mortgage and Consumer Asset II, LLC(3)
9.
MGIC Mortgage Reinsurance Corporation
10.
MGIC Mortgage Services, LLC
11.
MGIC Reinsurance Corporation
12.
MGIC Reinsurance Corporation of Vermont(4)
13.
MGIC Reinsurance Corporation of Wisconsin
14.
MGIC Residential Reinsurance Corporation
15.
MIC Reinsurance Corporation of Wisconsin
16.
MIC Reinsurance Corporation
17.
MGICA Pty Limited(2)
18.
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation
19.
eMagic.com LLC

The names of certain entities that would not in the aggregate be a significant subsidiary are omitted.

(1)
Except as otherwise noted in a footnote, all companies listed are 100% directly or indirectly owned by the registrant and all are incorporated in Wisconsin.
 
 
(2)
Organized under Australian law.
 
 
(3)
Organized under Delaware law.
 
 
(4)
Organized under Vermont law.
 
 

ex23.htm

EXHIBIT 23

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements listed below of MGIC Investment Corporation of our reports dated February 29, 2012 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedules and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.

1.
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-101621)
 
2.
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-123777)
 
3.
Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-157691)
 
4.
Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-166175)
 
5.
Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-177920)

 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin
February 29, 2012
 
 

ex31_1.htm
EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Curt S. Culver, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MGIC Investment Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
(a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
(b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 29, 2012
 
/s/ Curt S. Culver
 
Curt S. Culver
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 

ex31_2.htm

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, J. Michael Lauer, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MGIC Investment Corporation;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
(a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
(b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:  February 29, 2012
 
/s/ J. Michael Lauer
 
J. Michael Lauer
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
 


ex32.htm

EXHIBIT 32

SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS
 
The undersigned, Curt S. Culver, Chief Executive Officer of MGIC Investment Corporation (the “Company”), and J. Michael Lauer, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S. C. Section 1350, that to our knowledge:

(1)
the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
Date: February 29, 2012
 
/s/ Curt S. Culver
 
Curt S. Culver
Chief Executive Officer
 
   
   
/s/ J. Michael Lauer
 
J. Michael Lauer
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 

ex99_6.htm
EXHIBIT 99.6

Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation
250 East Kilbourn Avenue
P.O. Box 488, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0488
 

Mortgage Trust Supplemental
Policy Endorsement
 

 
Policy Issued To:
Attached to and Forming Part of Policy No.: _________
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
8250 Jones Branch Drive
McLean, VA 22102
Effective Date of Endorsement: October 31, 1999
 


The purpose of this Endorsement is to replace the individual Aggregate Loss Limit, which is determined only on the basis of this Policy, with an Existing or Future Aggregate Loss Limit determined on the basis of mortgage loans insured under other mortgage trust supplemental policies issued by the Company to the Insured which are identified on the Exhibit to this Endorsement, as well as on the basis of Loans insured under this Policy. This Endorsement will amend and replace the Aggregate Loss Limit in effect as of the close of business on the Effective Date of this Endorsement as described in this Endorsement.

1.
For purposes of this Endorsement, the following definitions will apply:

“Endorsement Effective Date” is the Effective Date of Endorsement identified above.

“Existing Policies” means this Policy and certain other mortgage trust supplemental policies issued to the Insured and effective as of the Endorsement Effective Date, all of which are identified on the Exhibit to this Endorsement. [Such Exhibit identifies 11 such policies.  Each policy was endorsed with this Endorsement.]

“Existing Aggregate Loss Limit” means the sum of the products of (a) the respective Total Initial Principal Balance of each Existing Policy as of the Endorsement Effective Date and as identified on the Exhibit to this Endorsement, multiplied by (b) the respective Aggregate Loss Percentage for such Existing Policy.

“Future Aggregate Loss Limit” means at any date the product of (a) the Combined Total Initial Principal Balance at such date, multiplied by (b) the Future Aggregate Loss Percentage.

“Combined Aggregate Losses” means the sum of the Aggregate Losses (as defined in each Existing Policy) paid under all of the Existing Policies.

“Combined Total Initial Principal Balance” means the sum of (a) the Total Initial Principal Balance as of the Endorsement Effective Date of Loans (as defined in each Existing Policy) insured under all Existing Policies, and (b) the Total Initial Principal Balance of Loans which become insured under all Existing Policies, including this Policy, after the Endorsement Effective Date. [With respect to clause (b), separate Pools (as that term is defined under “Total Initial Principal Balance” on the third page after this page, which page is identified at the top of such page as [Face of the Policy]) were insured, principally under one of the Existing Policies, after the October 31, 1999 effective date of this Endorsement through and including 2008.]

“Future Aggregate Loss Percentage” means, for purposes of determining the Future Aggregate Loss Limit, sixty-nine hundredths of one percent (0.69%)

2.
As of the Endorsement Effective Date, the following terms shall replace the corresponding amounts, percentages and other terms in effect under this Policy, including any Annex and Supplements to any Annex under this Policy:

 
 

 

 
a.
Total Initial Principal Balance: As of the Endorsement Effective Date, $X. Thereafter, the Combined Total Initial Principal Balance.

 
b.
Aggregate Loss Percentage: As of the Endorsement Effective Date for each Existing Policy, its respective Aggregate Loss Percentage. Thereafter, for purposes of determining the Future Aggregate Loss Limit, the Future Aggregate Loss Percentage.

 
c.
Aggregate Loss Limit: As of the Endorsement Effective Date, The Existing Aggregate Loss Limit. Thereafter, the greater of (i) the Existing Aggregate Loss Limit, or (ii) the Future Aggregate Loss Limit. For purposes of determining the remaining Existing or Future Aggregate Loss Limit, all Combined Aggregate Losses shall be applied to reduce it as Aggregate Losses.

3.
This Endorsement will also amend any Annex and Supplements to an Annex to this Policy (a) by deleting the definition of an “80-10-10 Loan, “ the Primary Policy requirements, and all other terms applicable to 80-10-10 Loans and by adding the following to any Annex and Supplements for any mortgage loan submitted for coverage under this Policy with a closing date after July 29, 1999, and (b) by retaining any existing references in any Annex and Supplements to the definition of an 80-10-10 Loan, the Primary Policy requirements, and all other terms applicable to 80-10-10 Loans, for any mortgage loans submitted for coverage under this Policy with a Loan closing date on or before July 29, 1999:

“For purposes of this Policy, an “80-10-10 Loan” shall be a mortgage loan (1) which has a ratio of original principal balance to Value in excess of 75%, (2) with subordinate financing used to facilitate purchase of (or refinancing of another loan on) the Property, and (3) which was closed after July 29, 1999. An 80-10-10 Loan may not be insured under this Policy.”

4.
The Company and the Insured agree that it is their intention that, from the Effective Date of this Endorsement through December 31, 2000, the Company will submit commitments to, and respond to requests for commitments from mortgage lenders for insurance of Loans under this Policy and other Existing Policies. Such commitments shall be in addition to any outstanding commitments for coverage on Existing Policies in effect as of the Effective Date of this Endorsement.

For such period through December 31, 2000, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to issue or accept proposals for, such commitments for the insurance of Loans with $X billion of Initial Principal Balance purchase by the Insured through June 30, 2001, on terms substantially similar to the terms under which coverage has been agreed to on new commitments issued to mortgage lenders since October 31, 1999, and as may need to be modified to meet the terms of this Endorsement, and to submit such commitments to the Insured for its approval and acceptance. The Insured agrees, through December 31, 2000 to use its best efforts to approve such commitments and accept additions to this Policy as submitted by the Company, for such coverage on Loans purchased by the Insured through June 30, 2001.

In no event shall the Company be required to insure, or the Insured be required to accept coverage on, Loans under this Policy and all other Existing Policies with a Total Initial Principal Balance exceeding $X billion.

Nothing herein contained shall be held to vary, alter, waive or extend any of the terms and conditions of the Policy, except as expressly set forth above. All terms capitalized herein will have the meaning set forth in the Policy, except as otherwise defined herein.

 
 

 

The above Endorsement is agreed to by the Company and the Insured, as of the Endorsement Effective Date.

MORTGAGE GUARANTY INSURANCE CORPORATION

By:
   
     
Name:
   
     
Title:
   
     
Date:
   

FEDERAL HOME LOAN MORTGAGE CORPORATION

By:
   
     
Name:
   
     
Title:
   
     
Date:
   
 
 
 

 
 
[Face of the Policy]
 
Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation
250 East Kilbourn Avenue
P.O. Box 488, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0488
 

Restated to include several endorsements

Mortgage Trust
Supplemental Policy

Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation (a stock insurance company hereinafter called the "Company") agrees to pay to the Insured identified below, in consideration of the premiums to be paid as specified in this Policy and in reliance on the Insured's Application for coverage under this Policy any Loss due to the Default by a Borrower on a Loan, subject to the terms and conditions in this Policy and the Aggregate Loss Limit contained herein.

Insured's Name and Mailing Address:
Policy Number:
   
 
Insured ID No.:
   
Security:
Effective Date of Policy:
Premiums:

Total Initial Principal Balance: [The initial principal balance of a pool of Loans with specified characteristics purchased by Freddie Mac during the period referred to under “Period for Loan Approval and for Including Loans in the Security” below (a “Pool”), which period was generally a specified calendar year or a portion of a calendar year.  For one of the Existing Policies, a new Pool was created each year through and including 2008.]

Aggregate Loss Percentage:

Aggregate Loss Limit:

Period for Loan Approval and for Including Loans in the Security: [A specified calendar year or a portion of a calendar year.  As indicated under “Total Initial Principal Balance,” for one of the Existing Policies, a new Pool was created each year through and including 2008.]

Loan-to-Value Ratio of Loans Requiring Primary Policy, Coverage Percentage for Primary Policy, and Period of Primary Coverage:

Terms and Conditions of Policy (Form Number):

Endorsements:

Termination of Coverage Period, the date on which coverage of Loans ceases and terminates under this Policy: [Generally, ten years from a specified date in the calendar year for the particular Pool referred to under “Period for Loan Approval and for Including Loans in the Security” above (the “Termination Date”).  In 2009, for Termination Dates that had not yet occurred as of a specified date, the Termination Date was changed to August 31 of the year in which the Termination Date determined under the prior sentence would have occurred.]


In Witness Whereof, the Company has caused its Corporate Seal to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by its duly authorized officers to become effective binding on the Company.

MORTGAGE GUARANTY INSURANCE CORPORATION

President
[Corporate Seal]
Secretary
 
 

Authorized Representative
 


 
 

 

 
Table of Contents
Mortgage Trust Supplemental Policy

1
Definitions
     
 
1.1
Aggregate Loss
 
1.2
Aggregate Loss Limit
 
1.3
Aggregate Loss Percentage
 
1.4
Application
 
1.5
Appropriate Proceedings
 
1.6
Approval of Coverage
 
1.7
Approved Sale
 
1.8
Borrower
 
1.9
Claim
 
1.10
Claim Amount
 
1.11
Default
 
1.12
Environmental Condition
 
1.13
Good and Merchantable Title
 
1.14
Initial Principal Balance
 
1.15
Insured
 
1.16
Loan
 
1.17
Loan Effective Date
 
1.18
Loss
 
1.19
Perfected Claim
 
1.20
Person
 
1.21
Physical Damage
 
1.22
Policy
 
1.23
Possession of the Property
 
1.24
Primary Policy
 
1.25
Property
 
1.26
Qualified
 
1.27
Residential
 
1.28
Schedule
 
1.29
Security
 
1.30
Servicer
 
1.31
Settlement Period
 
1.32
Total Initial Principal Balance
 
1.33
Value
 
1.34
Transmittal
 
1.35
Loan File
     
2
Obtaining Coverage and Payment of Premiums
     
 
2.1
Approval of Coverage
 
2.2
Representations of the Insured
 
2.3
Company's Remedies for Misrepresentation
 
2.4
Premiums and Term of Coverage
 
2.5
Termination for Nonpayment of Premium
 
2.6
Payment of Premiums
 
2.7
Continuation or Cancellation by the Insured of Coverage of a Loan
 
2.8
Cancellation of Policy by the Insured
 
2.9
Schedule to be Furnished to the Company
     
3
Changes in Various Loan Terms and Servicing; Co-ordination and Duplication of Insurance Benefits
     
 
3.1
Loan Modifications

 
 

 

 
3.2
Open End Provisions
 
3.3
Assumptions
 
3.4
Change of Servicing
 
3.5
Loan Assignment
 
3.6
Co-ordination and Duplication of Insurance Benefits
     
4
Exclusions From Coverage
     
 
4.1
Balloon Payment
 
4.2
Effective Date
 
4.3
Incomplete Construction
 
4.4
Fraud, Misrepresentation and Negligence
 
4.5
Non-Approved Servicer
 
4.6
Physical Damage (Other than Relating to Pre-Existing Environmental Conditions)
 
4.7
Pre-Existing Environmental Conditions
 
4.8
Down Payment
 
4.9
First Lien Status
 
4.10
Breach of the Insured's Obligations or Failure to Comply with Terms
 
4.11
Exclusion Under Primary Policy
 
4.12
Primary Policy
     
5
Conditions Precedent to Payment of Claim
     
 
5.1
Maintenance of Primary Policy
 
5.2
Notice of Default
 
5.3
Monthly Reports
 
5.4
Company's Option to Accelerate Filing of a Claim
 
5.5
Voluntary Conveyance
 
5.6
Appropriate Proceedings
 
5.7
Mitigation of Damages
 
5.8
Advances
 
5.9
Claim Information and Other Requirements
 
5.10
Acquisition of Good and Merchantable Title Not Required
 
5.11
Procedures for the Company's Approval of a Sale of a Property by the Insured
 
5.12
Foreclosure Bidding Instructions Given by the Company
 
5.13
Collection Assistance
     
6
Loss Payment Procedure
     
 
6.1
Filing of Claim
 
6.2
Calculation of Claim Amount
 
6.3
Payment of Loss; Company's Options
 
6.4
Calculation of Settlement Period
 
6.5
Payment by the Company After the Settlement Period
     
7
Additional Conditions
     
 
7.1
Proceedings of Eminent Domain
 
7.2
Pursuit of Deficiencies
 
7.3
Subrogation
 
7.4
Policy for Exclusive Benefit of the Insured
 
7.5
Effect of Borrower Insolvency or Bankruptcy on Principal Balance
 
7.6
Arbitration of Disputes; Suits and Actions Brought by the Insured
 
7.7
Release of Borrower; Defenses of Borrower
 
7.8
Amendments; No Waiver; Rights and Remedies; Use of Term "Including"
 
7.9
No Agency
 
7.10
Successors and Assigns
 
7.11
Applicable Law and Conformity to Law
 
7.12
Notice
 
7.13
Reports and Examinations
 
7.14
Electronic Media

 
 

 

Terms and Conditions

1
Definitions

 
1.1
Aggregate Loss means, at any given time, the total of all Losses, including advance payments of Loss and partial payments of Loss with respect to a Default, paid by the Company reduced by the net proceeds received by the Company upon disposal of all Loans (if the Loan is acquired by the Company in settlement of a Claim) and Properties, and also reduced by any other net recoveries made in its sole discretion by the Company, including recoveries made by exercise of subrogation rights, with respect to any Loan or the related Property or Borrower. For purposes hereof, the term "net proceeds" shall consist of the sale price received by the Company, reduced by any expenses, payments or costs incurred by the Company in the ownership, maintenance and disposition of a Loan or a Property, including all expenses of the type which would have been includable in a Claim for Loss, interest paid by the Company on borrowings for the acquisition and ownership of the Loan or the Property (not to exceed the interest payable at the interest rate due on the Loan which would have been includable in the Claim), brokerage commissions, title insurance expenses, recording fees, and other costs and expenses of closing the sale of the Loan or the Property; and expenses regarding the physical condition of the Property in order to make it ready for sale.

 
1.2
Aggregate Loss Limit means the Total Initial Principal Balance multiplied by the Aggregate Loss Percentage or such other amount set forth on the face of this Policy, as may be adjusted under Section 2.3, and represents the maximum aggregate amount payable by the Company under this Policy. When the Aggregate Losses paid by the Company under the Policy are an amount equal to the Aggregate Loss Limit, the liability of the Company to pay any additional Losses ceases until the Aggregate Losses are reduced below the Aggregate Loss Limit.

 
1.3
Aggregate Loss Percentage means that percentage identified on the face of this Policy.

 
1.4
Application means a request for coverage, including assumption of coverage, under this Policy for a Loan on a form or in a format provided by the Company, and all other statements, documents or information furnished to the Company by the Insured or any other Person in connection with the insuring of the Loan. An Application will include information, if so furnished to the Company, contained in the Borrower's Loan application, appraisal, verifications of income and deposit, plans and specifications for the Property, and all other exhibits and documents, and will include all data and information so furnished by electronic means.

 
1.5
Appropriate Proceedings means any legal or administrative action by the Insured affecting either a Loan or title to a Property, including:

 
a.
Preserving a deficiency recovery by making a bid at the foreclosure sale and pursuing a deficiency judgment until the end of the Settlement Period, where appropriate and permissible and where directed by the Company; or

 
b.
Enforcing the terms of the Loan as allowed by the laws where the Property is located; or

 
c.
Acquiring Good and Merchantable Title to the Property, as may be required under this Policy, but excluding such title as may be acquired by a voluntary conveyance from the Borrower; or

 
d.
Asserting the Insured's interest in the Property in a Borrower's bankruptcy.

 
1.6
Approval of Coverage means the document issued by the Company evidencing the Company's approval of a Loan for insurance under this Policy, subject to the terms and conditions contained in the form of such approval and in this Policy.

 
1.7
Approved Sale means

 
a.
A sale of a Property because of a Default (whether such sale is before or after foreclosure) to which the Company has given prior approval; or

 
 

 

 
b.
A foreclosure sale of the Property to a Person other than the Insured at a price exceeding the amount directed by the Company under Section 5.12, or if no amount is directed, the minimum amount as defined in Section 5.12(a); or

 
c.
Acquisition of a Property by someone other than the Insured by exercise of rights of redemption, if the Insured has complied with Section 5.12; or

 
d.
Acquisition of a Property or Loan pursuant to a Primary Policy.

 
1.8
Borrower means any Person legally obligated to repay the debt obligation created by a Loan, including any co-signer or guarantor of the Loan.

 
1.9
Claim means the timely filed written request, made on a form or in a format provided or approved by the Company, to receive the benefits of this Policy.

 
1.10
Claim Amount means the amount calculated in accordance with Section 6.2 of this Policy.

 
1.11
Default means the failure by a Borrower (a) to pay when due an amount equal to or greater than one (1) monthly regular periodic payment due under the terms of a Loan or (b) to pay all amounts due on acceleration of the Loan by the Insured after breach by the Borrower of a due-on-sale provision in the Loan, granting the Insured the right to accelerate the Loan upon transfer of title to, or an interest in, the Property and to institute Appropriate Proceedings. Violation by the Borrower of any other term or condition of the Loan which is a basis for Appropriate Proceedings shall not be considered to be a Default.

A Loan is deemed to be in Default for that month as of the close of business on the installment due date for which a scheduled monthly payment has not been made or as of the close of business on the due date stated in the notice of acceleration given pursuant to the due-on-sale provision in the Loan. The Loan will be considered to remain in Default until filing of a Claim so long as such periodic payment has not been made or such basis for Appropriate Proceedings remains. For example, a Loan is "four (4) months in Default" if the monthly installments due on January 1 through April 1 remain unpaid as of the close of business on April 1 or if a basis for acceleration and Appropriate Proceedings exists for a continuous period of four months.

 
1.12
Environmental Condition means the presence of environmental contamination, including nuclear reaction or radioactive waste, toxic waste, or poisoning, contamination or pollution of earth or water subjacent to the Property or of the atmosphere above the Property; or the presence, on or under a Property, of any "Hazardous Substance" as that term is defined by the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 9601, et. seq., as amended from time to time) or as defined by any similar state law, or of any "Hazardous Waste" or "Regulated Substance" as those terms are defined by the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Sec. 6901, et. seq., as amended from time to time) or as defined by any similar state law. Environmental Condition does not mean the presence of radon, lead paint, or asbestos.

 
1.13
Good and Merchantable Title means title to a Property free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements and rights of redemption, except for any of the following or as permitted in writing by the Company:

 
a.
Any lien established by public bond, assessment or tax, when no installment, call or payment of or under such bond, assessment or tax is delinquent;

 
b.
Any municipal and zoning ordinances and exceptions to title waived by the regulations of federal mortgage insurers and guarantors with respect to mortgages on one-to-four family residences in effect on the date on which the Loan was closed and all documents were executed; and

 
c.
Any other impediments which will not have a materially adverse effect on either the transferability of the Property or the sale thereof to a bona fide purchaser.

Good and Merchantable Title will not exist if (i) there is any lien pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or similar federal or state law, as in effect from time to time, providing for liens in connection with the removal and clean-up of environmental conditions, or if notice has been given of commencement of proceedings which could result in such a lien, or (ii) there are limitations on ingress and egress to the Property or on use of utilities. Any action or proceeding after a foreclosure sale relating to establishing a deficiency judgment will not be considered in determining whether the Insured has acquired Good and Merchantable Title.

 
 

 

 
1.14
Initial Principal Balance means the unpaid principal balance of a Loan at the Loan Effective Date.

 
1.15
Insured means:

 
a.
The Person designated on the face of this Policy; or

 
b.
Any Person (1) to whom this Policy and coverage of all (but not fewer than all) Loans under this Policy has been assigned and (2) of whom the Company has been notified.

Any Person becoming the Insured under this Policy shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Policy to the same extent as any previous Insured hereunder including, without regard to the extent of the knowledge or responsibility of such Person, with respect to matters occurring before such Person became an Insured.

 
1.16
Loan means any note, bond, or other evidence of indebtedness secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, or other similar instrument, which constitutes or is equivalent to a first lien or charge on a Property and which the Company has approved for insurance, which secures or is represented by the Security, to which coverage under this Policy has been extended, and which must be included on the Schedule.

 
1.17
Loan Effective Date means the date a Loan first becomes insured under this Policy, as determined by the Company and as the Company may notify the Insured, which shall be no later than the end of the period for inclusion in the Security set forth on the face of this Policy.

 
1.18
Loss means the liability of the Company with respect to a Loan for payment of a Perfected Claim which is calculated in accordance with Section 6.3, but subject to the Aggregate Loss Limit. A Loss will be deemed to have occurred when a Default on a Loan occurs, even though the amount of Loss is not then either presently ascertainable or due and payable.

 
1.19
Perfected Claim means a Claim received by the Company which contains all information or proof required by the Company and for which all requirements of this Policy applicable to payment of a Claim are satisfied.

 
1.20
Person means any individual, corporation, partnership, association or other entity.

 
1.21
Physical Damage means any tangible injury to a Property, whether caused by accident, natural occurrence, or any other reason, including damage caused by defects in construction, land subsidence, earth movement or slippage, fire, flood, earthquake, riot, vandalism or any Environmental Condition.

 
1.22
Policy means this contract of insurance and all Applications, Approvals of Coverage, Endorsements and Schedules which are incorporated in this Policy, related to Loans insured under this Policy.

 
1.23
Possession of the Property means, if the Company elects to acquire the Property, physical and undisputed occupancy and control of the Property at the time of acquisition.

 
1.24
Primary Policy means a policy, deemed acceptable to the Company, issued by a mortgage guaranty insurance company or government agency or instrumentality, approved by the Company, providing the coverage defined by Section 5.1. A policy shall be deemed acceptable to the Company if it has been approved as the standard form of policy for insuring an individual mortgage loan sold to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Federal National Mortgage Association.

 
1.25
Property means a Residential real property and all improvements thereon which secure a Loan, together with all easements and appurtenances, all rights of access, all rights to use common areas, recreational and other facilities, and all of their replacements or additions.

 
 

 

 
1.26
Qualified means the Company is duly qualified under applicable state laws to write the insurance provided by this Policy and is approved as an insurer (a) by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation if this Policy is issued to it, (b) by the Federal National Mortgage Association if this Policy is issued to it, or (c) by either the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Federal National Mortgage Association if this Policy is issued to any other Person (so long as mortgage guaranty insurers are approved by either the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or the Federal National Mortgage Association).

 
1.27
Residential means a type of building or a portion thereof which is designed for occupancy by not more than four (4) families, or a single-family condominium, or a unit in a planned unit development.

 
1.28
Schedule is the listing or listings of Loans insured under this Policy, as amended from time to time to include additional Loans, which shall be prepared by the Insured and furnished to the Company as from time to time requested by the Company.

 
1.29
Security means the bond, certificate or other security instrument, or pool or group of loans, designated or referred to on the face of this Policy.

 
1.30
Servicer means that Person acting on behalf of the Insured (or on behalf of the Insured's designee, if any) to service the Loan and of whom the Company has been notified. The Servicer acts as the representative of the Insured (and the Insured's designee, if any) and will bind the Insured and its designee for all purposes of this Policy, including providing information to the Company, receiving any notices, paying premiums, accepting Loss payments, and performing any other acts under this Policy. References in this Policy to a Servicer's obligations will not be construed as relieving the Insured or its designee of responsibility for the Servicer's performance.

 
1.31
Settlement Period means the thirty (30) day period as determined under Section 6.4, at the end of which a Loss is payable by the Company; provided that if the Company pays a Loss prior to expiration of such thirty (30) day period, the Settlement Period ends with such payment.

 
1.32
Total Initial Principal Balance means the sum of the Initial Principal Balances of all the Loans insured under this Policy.

 
1.33
Value means the lesser of the sales price of a Property (only applicable in the case of a Loan to finance the purchase of such Property) or appraised value of the Property as set forth by the Company in the Approval of Coverage or Schedule.

 
1.34
Transmittal means the information and format designated as such by the Company which requests or directs the Company to insure the Loan identified therein, which may be identified by the title "Transmittal" and which includes all data and information and all exhibits and documents furnished in connection therewith to the Company. Whenever the term "Application" is used in this Policy, the term "Transmittal" and its definition will be substituted therefor.

 
1.35
Loan File means, with respect to a Loan, copies of all documents (including all data and information in electronic format) created or received in connection with the origination and closing of the Loan, including the Borrower's loan application, purchase contract, appraisal, credit report, verifications of employment, income and deposit, and HUD-1 or other settlement statement.

As used herein, the masculine, feminine and neuter gender and the singular and plural number shall each equally include the other, as the context shall require.

2
Obtaining Coverage and Payment of Premiums

 
2.1
Approval of Coverage --- This Policy shall automatically extend to each Loan which is made in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Policy. Approval of any Loan will be in the form of an Approval of Coverage subject to the terms and conditions of both this Policy and the Approval of Coverage, as the case may be. In order to obtain coverage under this Policy for a Loan, a duly completed Transmittal must be submitted to the Company within thirty (30) days after the Loan is made (or such longer period as allowed by the Company), and the Company shall then issue an Approval of Coverage, if all applicable requirements are satisfied. In order to be insured under this Policy, a Loan must be entered on the Schedule, and included in the Security within the time period set forth on the face of this Policy.

 
 

 

With respect to any determination made by the Company with respect to issuance of coverage of a mortgage loan under this Policy, the Insured will be responsible for notifying the applicant in compliance with any applicable state or federal laws or regulations, including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act.

 
2.2
Representations of the Insured --- The Insured represents to the Company that:

 
a.
all statements made and information provided to the Company in a Transmittal or in an Approval of Coverage (including as such is related to continuation of coverage upon assumption of a Loan) are supported by statements and information in the Loan File; and

 
b.
all statements made and information provided to the Company in the Transmittal or in an Approval of Coverage when provided to the Company or in the Loan File when the Loan is closed are not false or misleading in any material respect as of such date(s) and do not omit any fact necessary in order to make such statements and information not false or misleading in any material respect as of such date(s).

The foregoing representations will apply to all statements and information provided to the Company in the Transmittal, Approval of Coverage, or Loan File, whether made or submitted by the Insured, the Borrower or any other Person, and will be deemed to have been made and provided for and on behalf of the Insured. The foregoing representations shall be effective whether or not they are made by the Insured or other Person with the intent to deceive or mislead, or with the knowledge that they are not true and correct.

It is understood and agreed that such statements and information in the Transmittal, Approval of Coverage, or Loan File in the aggregate are, and in certain instances individually may be, material to the Company's decision to offer, provide or so continue coverage of the related Loan; the Company issues the related Approval of Coverage or continues coverage in reliance on the accuracy and completeness of such statements and information submitted to it; and the Company’s reliance on the representations in this Section 2.2 survive the issuance of an Approval of Coverage or such continuation of coverage and any later review or audit of the Insured's files by the Company. Without otherwise limiting the scope of this Section 2.2, a breach of Section 4.8 relating to down payment will be deemed a material misrepresentation for purposes of this Section 2.2.

 
2.3
Company's Remedies for Misrepresentation , If any of the Insured's misrepresentations made with respect to such Loan as described in Section 2.2 are materially false or misleading with respect to a Loan, the Company will have, at its option, the right to defend against a Claim, or to the extent permitted by applicable law, to cancel or rescind coverage of such Loan under this Policy retroactively to commencement of coverage (or if the misrepresentation occurs with respect to continuation of coverage upon assumption of a Loan, to so defend, cancel or rescind retroactively to the date of such continuation). In the case of such cancellation or rescission, the Company shall return at that time all paid premiums applicable to such Loan retroactively to such applicable date. In the case of rescission of coverage retroactively to the Loan Effective Date, the Aggregate Loss Limit shall be adjusted as if such Loan had not been insured.

 
2.4
Premiums and Term of Coverage

 
a.
Within the period specified by the Company on the face of this Policy, the Insured must forward to the Company the appropriate first premium applicable to a Loan. Payment of the applicable first premium shall be a condition precedent to coverage being initially extended to the Loan. Coverage shall remain in effect for the period covered by the applicable first premium. Tender of the first premium for a Loan will constitute a representation for purposes of Section 2.2 by the Insured that any special conditions included by the Company in the related Approval of Coverage have been satisfied and that no payment which is then due under the Loan is more than thirty (30) days past due.

 
 

 

 
b.
The Company will not rescind or cancel coverage, or deny or adjust a Claim for Loss, with respect to a Loan on the basis of a failure to satisfy such special condition (other than a special condition relating to completion of construction, as described in Section 4.3 or to rehabilitation or repairs) if the Borrower has made twenty-four (24) consecutive full installment payments of principal, interest and impound or escrow amounts as called for by the Loan from the Borrower's own funds. A payment will be considered to be "consecutive" only if it is made prior to the date the next scheduled installment becomes due. The "Borrower's own funds" will include any funds used by the Borrower for the purpose of making installment payments, but will not include funds provided directly or indirectly by any Person (other than the Borrower) who is or was a party to the Loan or the related Property transaction, unless expressly set forth in the Application.

 
2.5
Termination for Nonpayment of Premium

The Company must give the Insured prior notice of the due date for payment of the applicable premium payable for coverage of all Loans insured under this Policy. The entire premium for all Loans must be paid within the grace period for payment specified on the face of this Policy. Such premium shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate applicable principal balance of all Loans, and irrespective of whether a Loan is in Default or whether Good and Merchantable Title for a Loan has been acquired by the Insured. Upon payment of the entire premium for all Loans within such grace period, this Policy will be in effect for the applicable period of coverage and a Default on a Loan occurring within said grace period which is not cured, and which results in a Claim being filed, will be covered.

If the entire premium for all Loans is not paid within the grace period, the coverage of the Policy and the Company's liability as to all Loans will terminate effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the first day following the date through which the applicable premium has been paid and as a result, any existing or future Defaults on any of the Loans will not be covered under this Policy.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Insured shall remain obligated to continue coverage in effect and pay any premium which is due, as required by Section 2.7 of this Policy.

 
2.6
Payment of Premiums

At the request of the Company, the Insured shall provide the information and documentation upon which all premium calculations are based; if the Insured fails to provide the information and documentation requested by the Company, the Company shall calculate the applicable premium based on the information used for the most recent prior premium calculation, with the Company's only refund obligation being to refund any excess premium, without interest thereon, upon the Insured providing such information (but only if provided within twelve (12) months after the premium due date) as may be necessary to compute the correct premium as of its due date and without the Insured being relieved of its obligation to pay any further premium if the premium so calculated was less than the correct premium due. Except as expressly provided in this Policy, there shall be no refund of premium under this Policy. If the Aggregate Losses paid by the Company under this Policy equal the Aggregate Loss Limit, then the total premium due under this Policy is due and shall remain due; provided, however, that the premium shall continue to be calculated and paid in the manner specified on the face of this Policy. The Company shall have a right of offset for any such unpaid premium against any payment of a Loss on any Loan.

The Insured acknowledges that the Company deposits premium checks immediately upon receipt and agrees that the receipt and deposit of a premium check by the Company after the time specified in this Policy for receipt, does not constitute a waiver of the requirements of this Policy for timely receipt or an acceptance of premium by the Company. The Company will have the right to return such late premium payment as applicable to a Loan, but only within sixty (60) days after receipt, in which case coverage will be canceled retroactively to the applicable Loan Effective Date for a late initial premium, or to the last day of the period covered by the previous premium payment for subsequent premium payment which becomes due. Receipt, deposit and retention of a premium check will not constitute a waiver of any defenses with respect to any other matters which the Company may have under this Policy.

 
 

 

 
2.7
Continuation or Cancellation by the Insured of Coverage of a Loan

Subject to payment of the applicable premiums with respect to the Loans insured under this Policy, coverage of a Loan shall continue until, and automatically cease upon, the first to occur of the following events:

 
a.
The Loan is paid in full; or

 
b.
The Loan no longer secures or no longer is represented by the Security; or

 
c.
The Company pays the Insured the Loss with respect to the Loan; or

 
d.
The Insured cancels the Policy pursuant to Section 2.8; or

 
e.
The date on which coverage of this Policy terminates, as indicated on the face of this Policy.

Except as a result of cancellation pursuant to Section 2.8, the Insured may not cancel coverage of a Loan.

In the event coverage does not continue and ceases for any of the foregoing reasons, a Default existing at the time coverage is discontinued or ceases shall remain covered under this Policy, but the Company shall have no liability for any Claims arising out of any future Default. Notwithstanding coverage of such existing Default, the provisions of Section 3.5 shall continue to apply and limit assignment of coverage of a Loan.

Except as provided in Section 2.8, there shall be no refund of premium on cancellation by the Insured of coverage of a Loan or if coverage of a Loan is not continued.

 
2.8
Cancellation of Policy by the Insured , The Insured may cancel this Policy upon thirty (30) days written notice thereof to the Company if the Company shall cease to be Qualified or the total outstanding unpaid principal balances of all Loans has been reduced to no more than 10 percent (10%) of the Total Initial Principal Balance. The Company shall use diligent efforts to remain Qualified. There shall be no other right of cancellation of this Policy by the Insured. There shall be no refund of premium on cancellation of this Policy by the Insured except if cancellation occurs because the Company is not Qualified. In such case, a pro rata refund shall be paid retroactively to the date of cancellation.

 
2.9
Schedule to be Furnished to the Company , Within thirty (30) days after request by the Company during the period identified on the face of this Policy for including Loans in the Security, and within ninety (90) days after the end of such period, the Insured shall deliver to the Company the Schedule of Loans, identifying all of the Loans then insured under this Policy and other information called for by the Schedule. Such Schedule shall be consistent with the information contained in the Company's records and shall be subject to whatever changes are necessary to make the Schedule correct. If the Insured fails to provide the Schedule within the required time, the Company shall be entitled to prepare the Schedule and the Schedule as prepared by the Company will be binding on the Insured.

3
Changes in Various Loan Terms and Servicing; Co-ordination and Duplication of Insurance Benefits

 
3.1
Loan Modifications , Unless advance written approval is provided by, or obtained from, the Company, the Insured may not make any change in the terms of a Loan, including the borrowed amount, interest rate, term or amortization schedule of the Loan, except as such change is permitted by terms of the Loan without the approval of the Insured; nor make any change in the Property or other collateral securing the Loan; nor release the Borrower from liability on a Loan.

 
3.2
Open End Provisions , The Insured may increase the principal balance of a Loan, provided that the written approval of the Company has been obtained. The Insured will pay the Company the additional premium due at the then prevailing premium rate.

 
3.3
Assumptions , If a Loan is assumed with the Insured's approval, the Company's liability for coverage under this Policy will terminate as of the date of such assumption, unless the Company approves the assumption in writing. The Company will not unreasonably withhold approval of an assumption. It is understood that coverage will continue, and that the restriction of this Section 3.3 will not apply, if under the Loan or applicable law the Insured cannot exercise a "due-on-sale" clause or is obligated to consent to such assumption under the Loan or applicable law.

 
 

 

 
3.4
Change of Servicing , If the servicing rights for a Loan are sold, assigned or transferred, coverage of the Loan hereunder will continue provided that written notice of the new Servicer is given to the Company and the new Servicer is approved in writing by the Company, and subject, nevertheless, to all of the terms and conditions hereof and to all defenses which the Company may have had prior to any such sale, assignment or transfer. The Company shall be automatically deemed to have approved as a Servicer any person to whom the Company has issued a master policy, which has not been canceled, providing for residential mortgage guaranty insurance.

 
3.5
Loan Assignment , Unless advance written approval is obtained from the Company (which approval shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company), or this Policy and coverage of all Loans under this Policy are assigned to an Insured as described in Section 1.15, if a Loan is sold, assigned, or transferred by the Insured, the coverage of such Loan under this Policy may not and will not be assigned to such purchaser, assignee, or transferee and coverage of such Loan under this Policy shall automatically terminate upon such purchase, assignment or transfer. If the Company does give such approval, the Company shall thereafter, for all purposes under this Policy, including for purposes of calculating premiums and the Aggregate Loss Limit, disregard such sale, assignment or transfer, and continue to treat the Insured as the only Person with any interest in such Loan and the Insured agrees that it and any such purchaser, assignee, or transferee shall make all such arrangements as between or among themselves as may be appropriate in light of this restriction on the transfer of such coverage.

 
3.6
Co-ordination and Duplication of Insurance Benefits , The coverage under this Policy shall be excess over any Primary Policy and any other insurance which may apply to the Property or to the Loan, regardless of the type of or the effective date of such other coverage.

4
Exclusions From Coverage

The Company will not be liable for, and this Policy will not apply to, extend to or cover the following:

 
4.1
Balloon Payment , Any Claim arising out of or in connection with the failure of the Borrower to make any payment of principal and/or interest due under a Loan, (a) as a result of the Insured exercising its right to call the Loan (other than when the Loan is in Default) or because the term of the Loan is shorter than the amortization period, and (b) which is for an amount more than twice the regular periodic payments of principal and interest that are set forth in the Loan (commonly referred to as a "balloon payment"). This exclusion will not apply if the Insured, the owner of the Loan, or other Person acting on either's behalf offers the Borrower, in writing, a renewal or extension of the Loan or a new loan which (i) constitutes a first lien, (ii) is at rates and terms generally prevailing in the marketplace (but otherwise subject to Section 3.1), (iii) is in an amount not less than the then outstanding principal balance, (iv) has no decrease in the amortization period, and (v) is offered regardless of whether the Borrower is then qualified under the Insured's or owner's underwriting standards. This exclusion also will not apply if the Borrower is notified of the availability of such renewal or extension of the Loan or new loan and does not accept the renewal, extension or new loan.

 
4.2
Effective Date , Any Claim resulting from a Default existing at the Loan Effective Date or occurring after lapse or cancellation of coverage of a Loan.

 
4.3
Incomplete Construction , Any Claim when, as of the date of such Claim, construction of a Property is not completed in accordance with the construction plans and specifications upon which the appraisal of the Property at origination of the Loan was based.

 
4.4
Fraud, Misrepresentation and Negligence , (a) Any Claim not otherwise within the scope of Section 2.3 where there was fraud or misrepresentation by the Insured with respect to the Loan, and the fraud or misrepresentation (1) materially contributed to the Default resulting in such Claim; or (2) increased the Loss, except that if the Company can reasonably determine the amount of such increase, such Claim will not be excluded, but the Loss will be reduced to the extent of such amount.

 
 

 

(b) Any Claim where there was negligence by the Insured with respect to the Loan, which (1) was material to either the acceptance of the risk or the hazard assumed by the Company; (2) materially contributed to the Default resulting in such Claim; or (3) increased the Loss, except that if the Company can reasonably determine the amount of such increase, such Claim will not be excluded, but the Loss will be reduced to the extent of such amount.

 
4.5
Non-Approved Servicer , Any Claim occurring when the Servicer, at time of Default or thereafter, is not approved in writing; provided that this exclusion shall only apply if the Company notifies the Insured if a Servicer is no longer approved and if within ninety (90) days thereafter the Insured does not complete or cause to complete a transfer of servicing to a new Servicer approved by the Company.

 
4.6
Physical Damage (Other than Relating to Pre-Existing Environmental Conditions) , Any Claim where, at any time after the Loan Effective Date, Physical Damage to a Property (other than reasonable wear and tear), occurs or manifests itself subject to the following provisions:

 
a.
This exclusion shall not apply if the Company in good faith determines that the aggregate cost of restoring all such Physical Damage is less than fifteen hundred dollars ($1,500), or such higher amount as the Company may provide from time to time.

 
b.
This exclusion shall not apply if the Insured has restored the Property in a timely and diligent manner to its condition (except reasonable wear and tear) as of the Loan Effective Date. In lieu of requiring restoration of the Property, the Company may, at its option, reduce the Claim Amount by an amount equal to the cost of such restoration.

 
c.
For purposes of this Section 4.6, the Property subject to restoration will consist only of the land, improvements or personal property deemed part of the real property under applicable law; and chattel items affixed to the real property and identified in the appraisal of the Property at the time the Loan was made, whether or not they are deemed part of the real property.

 
d.
Cost estimates relied upon by the Company in connection with this Section 4.6 shall be provided in writing by an independent party selected by the Company. The Company will furnish the Insured with any such written cost estimates, if requested by the Insured.

 
4.7
Pre-Existing Environmental Conditions , Any Claim where there is an Environmental Condition which existed on the Property (whether or not known by the Person submitting an Application for coverage of the Loan) as of the Loan Effective Date, subject to the following provisions:

 
a.
This exclusion will not apply if the existence of such Environmental Condition, or the suspected existence of such Environmental Condition, was specifically disclosed to the Company in the Application relating to the Property.

 
b.
This exclusion will apply only if such Environmental Condition (1) was a principal cause of the Default, and (2) has made the principal Residential structure on the Property uninhabitable. A structure will be considered "uninhabitable" if generally recognized standards for residential occupancy are violated or if, in the absence of such standards, a fully informed and reasonable person would conclude that such structure was not safe to live in without fear of injury to health or safety.

 
c.
This exclusion will not apply if the Environmental Condition is removed or remedied in a timely and diligent manner in accordance with applicable governmental standards for safe residential occupancy.

 
4.8
Down Payment --- Any Claim involving a Loan which is for the purchase of the Property, and for which the Borrower did not make a down payment as described in the Transmittal or Loan File.

 
4.9
First Lien Status , Any Claim, if the mortgage, deed of trust or other similar instrument executed by the Borrower and insured hereunder did not provide the Insured at origination with a first or equivalent lien on the Property.

 
 

 

 
4.10
Breach of the Insured's Obligations or Failure to Comply with Terms , Any Claim involving or arising out of any breach by the Insured of its obligations under, or its failure to comply with the terms of, this Policy or of its obligations as imposed by operation of law, if the breach or failure:

 
a.
Materially contributed to the Default resulting in such Claim; or

 
b.
Except for a breach described in Section 2.3, increased the Loss; provided that if the Company can reasonably determine the amount of such increase, such Claim will not be excluded, but the Loss will be reduced to the extent of such amount.

 
4.11
Exclusion Under Primary Policy , Any Claim to the extent the related claim was excluded under any Primary Policy.

 
4.12
Primary Policy , With respect to any Claim, and subject to Section 5.1, the amount of the full percentage option claim payment which the insurer under any Primary Policy should have paid, but which was not paid, disregarding the reason or cause for the denial or failure of such insurer to pay under such Primary Policy, or whether the Insured fails to obtain a Primary Policy as required by Section 5.1.

5
Conditions Precedent to Payment of Claim

It is a condition precedent to the Company's obligation to pay a Loss that the Insured comply with all of the following requirements:

 
5.1
Maintenance of Primary Policy , The Insured is required to maintain a Primary Policy issued by a mortgage guaranty insurance company which is approved by the Company, and which provides coverage against loss resulting from a Borrower's Default on any Loan that has a ratio of the principal balance of the Loan to the Value of the Property at the time of origination in excess of the percentage set forth on the face of this Policy. The Primary Policy shall, at a minimum, provide coverage on the amount of the Loan in excess of the percentage of the Value or other coverage percentage set forth on the face of this Policy and must remain in force until the outstanding principal balance of the Loan or other coverage percentage is reduced to the percentage of the Value or on such other basis set forth on the face of this Policy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Primary Policy is required but there is no Primary Policy in force, the Company shall accept the Claim and compute the Loss as if such a Primary Policy were in force as provided in Section 6.2; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable pursuant to this Policy for any portion of such Primary Policy claim.

It is the primary responsibility of the Insured to provide appropriate servicing and mitigation of delinquencies through its Primary Policy, if applicable. The Insured shall not take, or fail to take, any action which would impair its rights under a Primary Policy unless it shall first have given prompt written notice to the Company of any conflict between the Primary Policy and this Policy or any circumstance under which its rights under the Primary Policy might be impaired. The risk of collection of a claim payment under any Primary Policy and the risk of the insolvency of the issuer of any Primary Policy are risks of the Insured and are not covered under this Policy.

 
5.2
Notice of Default , The Insured must give the Company written notice:

 
a.
Within forty-five (45) days of the Default, if it occurs when the first payment is due under the Loan; or

 
b.
Within ten (10) days after:

 
1.
The date when the Borrower has become no more than four (4) months in Default on the Loan; or

 
2.
The date when any Appropriate Proceedings which affect the Loan or the Property or the Insured's or Borrower's interest therein have been started;

whichever occurs first.

 
 

 

If the Insured fails to give the notice of Default to the Company within the time period specified in this Section 5.2, any additional interest accruing or advances incurred or accruing during the period of such failure shall not be includable in the Claim Amount.

 
5.3
Monthly Reports , Following a notice of Default on the Loan, the Insured must give the Company monthly reports on forms or in a format acceptable to the Company on the status of the Loan and on the servicing efforts undertaken to remedy the Default. These monthly reports may be furnished less frequently if allowed in writing by the Company, and must continue until the Borrower is no longer in Default, the Appropriate Proceedings terminate, or until the Insured has acquired the Property.

 
5.4
Company's Option to Accelerate Filing of a Claim , At any time following a notification of Default on a Loan, and before the Insured has obtained Good and Merchantable Title to the Property, the Company, directly or through its assignee (as purchaser of the Loan), shall have the right to purchase the Loan from the Insured, free and clear of all liens, claims or encumbrances, for a purchase price equal to the Loss calculated under Section 6.3(a) of this Policy, (but without deduction for a Primary Policy payment which has not yet become payable) and under the following terms and conditions:

 
a.
Within twenty (20) days after notice to the Insured (or such longer period specified by the purchaser in its notice) that the Company or its assignee has elected to purchase the Loan pursuant hereto, the Insured shall tender and deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchaser, to be held in escrow by the Purchaser against receipt of the purchase price as set forth herein above within ten (10) days after such tender and delivery of all of the following:

 
1.
one or more assignments (as shall be necessary or appropriate) to the purchaser, containing customary representations and warranties, duly and properly executed and in recordable form, of all of the Insured's ownership right, title and interest in and to the Loan and related documents (including private mortgage insurance coverage) and, unless expressly specified as being not subject to assignment or transfer, seller/servicing agreements relating to the Loan;

 
2.
the note, bond or other instrument evidencing the Loan, properly endorsed in blank;

 
3.
an assignment, to the purchaser, of coverage with respect to such Loan under this Policy, subject to all of the terms and conditions contained herein; and

 
4.
any and all documents executed or delivered by or to the Borrower under, or any holder of, such Loan, including the following:

 
i)
originals (or, if publicly recorded, certified copies) of mortgages, deeds of trust or other security instruments or assignments thereof;

 
ii)
originals (or acceptable duplicates) of policies of title insurance or opinions of title and surveys;

 
iii)
originals (or acceptable duplicates) of certificates and/or policies evidencing private mortgage insurance and hazard insurance; and

 
iv)
copies of state and/or federal disclosure and/or consumer credit documents.

 
b.
Upon purchase of the Loan by the purchaser pursuant to the foregoing terms, all rights of the Insured under this Policy shall be transferred to the purchaser, and payment to an Insured of the amount specified herein shall be a full and final discharge of the Company's obligations to such Insured with respect to such Loan. The Company shall have the right to assign its right to purchase a Loan pursuant to this Section 5.4 to any Person, subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

 
5.5
Voluntary Conveyance , The Insured may only accept a conveyance of the Property from the Borrower in lieu of foreclosure or other proceeding if the prior written approval of the Company has been obtained. Such approval shall not be considered as an acknowledgement of liability by the Company with respect to such Loan.

 
 

 

 
5.6
Appropriate Proceedings , The Insured must begin Appropriate Proceedings no later than when the Loan becomes six (6) months in Default unless the Company provides written instructions that some other action be taken. Such instructions may be general or applicable only to specific Loans. The Company reserves the right to direct the Insured to institute Appropriate Proceedings at any time after Default. When either defending against or bringing Appropriate Proceedings, the Insured must report their status to the Company as reasonably and expeditiously as possible.

In conducting Appropriate Proceedings, the Insured must:

 
a.
Diligently pursue the Appropriate Proceedings once they have begun;

 
b.
Apply for the appointment of a receiver and assignment of rents, if permitted by law and requested by the Company;

 
c.
Furnish the Company with copies of all notices and pleadings filed or required in the Appropriate Proceedings, except as the Company may waive such requirement in writing;

 
d.
Act and bid at the foreclosure sale in accordance with Section 5.12 so that its ability to preserve, transfer and assign to the Company its rights against the Borrower are not impaired; and so that the rights of the Company under this Policy against the Borrower are fully protected. Such rights include any rights to obtain a deficiency judgment, subject to the Company's compliance with Sections 7.2 and 7.3 relating to establishing a deficiency; and

 
e.
When requested by the Company, furnish the Company with a written statement indicating the estimated potential Claim Amount (as computed under Section 6.2) at least fifteen (15) days before the foreclosure sale.

 
5.7
Mitigation of Damages , The Insured must actively cooperate with and assist the Company to prevent and mitigate the Loss, including good faith efforts by the Insured to obtain a cure of the Default, collect amounts due under the Loan, inspect and appraise the Property and effectuate the early disposition of the Property. The Company must administer this Policy in good faith.

Without limiting the right of the Company to direct the Insured with respect to disposition of the Property, the Company may direct the Insured: to list the Property for sale at a price to be established; to select the agents or brokers with whom the Property is listed; without limiting the Insured's obligation under this Policy to restore a Property, to expend funds and complete work on the Property for the purpose of making the Property ready for sale at the listed price, provided that such expenditures are includable in the Claim for Loss; to assist in obtaining access of the Company to the Property; and to otherwise assist in the prompt disposition of the Property, pursuant to an Approved Sale at the price established by the Company. If the Company so requests, the Insured shall permit the Company to cooperatively assist the Insured in the collection of monies due under the Loan, including activities such as obtaining information from the Borrower, attempting to develop repayment schedules acceptable to the Insured, conducting Property inspections, and requesting appraisals of the Property. The Insured shall make available to the Company such information relating to the Insured's collection efforts as the Company shall reasonably request.

 
5.8
Advances , The Insured must advance:

 
a.
Normal and customary hazard insurance premiums and real estate property taxes, in each case as due and payable;

 
b.
Reasonable and necessary Property protection and preservation expenses approved by the Company, which shall not include expenditures to remove an exclusion from coverage under Section 4;

 
c.
Reasonable costs to complete Appropriate Proceedings and eviction and moving of occupants, including related court expenses and attorney's fees; and

 
 

 

 
d.
Expenses to prepare the Property for sale and to sell the Property, including the expenses described in Section 5.7, as approved in advance by the Company.

 
5.9
Claim Information and Other Requirements , The Insured must provide the Company with:

 
a.
All information reasonably requested by the Company;

 
b.
A completed form furnished by or acceptable to the Company for payment of a Claim;

 
c.
If the Property is not being acquired by the Company: (1) a copy of (i) an executed trustee's or sheriff's deed (which may be unrecorded) conveying Good and Merchantable Title to the Property to the Insured, or (ii) a deed from the Borrower (which may be unrecorded) if a voluntary conveyance has been approved by the Company, conveying to the Insured the title that was required by the Company in the approval of the conveyance; (2) a copy of the sale contract and closing statement or evidence of sale pursuant to foreclosure or the Primary Policy; and (3) such other information requested by the Company evidencing an Approved Sale of the Property;

 
d.
If the Property is being acquired by the Company:

 
1.
A recordable deed in normal and customary form containing the customary warranties and covenants conveying to the Company or its designee Good and Merchantable Title to the Property;

 
2.
If required by the Company, a title insurance policy acceptable to the Company or an attorney's opinion of title acceptable to the Company, confirming that the Insured has and can convey to the Company Good and Merchantable Title to the Property; and

 
3.
Possession of the Property, but only if the Company has required such Possession in writing; and

 
e.
If requested by the Company, access to the Property after completion of foreclosure, which may be requested before or after filing of the Claim.

 
5.10
Acquisition of Good and Merchantable Title Not Required , The Insured will not be required to acquire Good and Merchantable Title to a Property if (a) the Company requires an early Claim filing pursuant to Section 5.4; or (b) the Property is sold pursuant to an Approved Sale.

 
5.11
Procedures for the Company's Approval of a Sale of a Property by the Insured

 
a.
The Insured must submit to the Company for approval any offer to purchase a Property which it receives. The Company shall then promptly either approve or not approve such offer or direct the Insured to submit a counteroffer.

 
b.
At the time it presents an offer, the Insured must also provide the Company with a good faith estimate of gross proceeds and expenses in sufficient detail for the Company to calculate the estimated net proceeds. The Company may require any changes to the offer or direct the marketing of the Property or expenditures by the Insured for restoration of the Property as a condition to its approval.

 
c.
If the Company approves the offer submitted by the Insured, it must also advise the Insured of the estimated net proceeds which it has calculated. The estimated net proceeds calculated by the Company will be the estimated gross sales proceeds to be received by the Insured less all reasonable estimated expenses submitted by the Insured and approved by the Company in its approval of the offer which have been or are expected to be paid by the Insured in obtaining and closing the sale of the Property.

 
d.
If the Company approves the offer, the Loss payable by the Company under this Section 5.11 will be the actual net amount as calculated below. The actual net amount will be the Claim Amount calculated under Section 6.2, reduced by the actual net proceeds realized by the Insured from the sale of the Property. The actual net proceeds will be determined in the same manner as the estimated net proceeds, but on the basis of the actual sales proceeds. For purposes of computing a Loss, such actual net proceeds shall not be less than the estimated net proceeds calculated by the Company or as otherwise approved by the Company.

 
 

 

 
e.
The Company shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of expenses submitted to it after its approval of an offer. Expenses paid to Persons employed or controlled by the Insured or the Servicer of the Loan or their internal costs will not be allowed in calculation of either the estimated or actual net proceeds.

 
f.
If requested by the Company, the Insured shall advise the Company of the name of the real estate broker or other Person marketing the Property and authorize such broker or other Person to release marketing information about the Property to the Company, if requested by the Company.

 
g.
The Insured shall actively cooperate with the Company and comply with all reasonable requests and directions of the Company in effecting a sale of the Property.

 
5.12
Foreclosure Bidding Instructions Given by the Company , The Insured will be entitled to bid at the foreclosure sale held as part of the Appropriate Proceedings any amount which it determines necessary to obtain Good and Merchantable Title to the Property, unless otherwise directed by the Company. The Company will be entitled to direct the Insured to bid an amount to be determined by the Insured within a minimum and maximum range, as follows:

 
a.
The minimum amount shall not be less than the fair market value of the Property, but if there has been Physical Damage to the Property which affects its fair market value (as determined before such Physical Damage) by more than ten percent (10%), the fair market value of the Property shall be its fair market value after restoration of the Property.

 
b.
The maximum amount shall not exceed the greater of (1) the fair market value of the Property as determined under subparagraph (a) above, or (2) the estimated Claim Amount.

 
c.
For purposes of this Section 5.12, fair market value shall be determined as of a date acceptable to the Company by an opinion of an independent real estate broker, or by an independent appraiser, in either case selected by or acceptable to the Company.

The Insured is not required to acquire Good and Merchantable Title if it has bid in accordance with this Section 5.12, whether or not pursuant to directions from the Company.

 
5.13
Collection Assistance , If the Company so requests, the Insured shall permit the Company to cooperatively assist the Insured in the collection of monies due under the Loan, including obtaining information from the Borrower, attempting to develop payment schedules acceptable to the Insured, conducting Property inspections and requesting appraisals of the Property.

6
Loss Payment Procedure

 
6.1
Filing of Claim

 
a.
If a Primary Policy is required pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, unless the Company directs acceleration of the filing of a Claim under Section 5.4, the Insured must submit and settle its claim under the Primary Policy before a Claim may be filed under this Policy. If the Insured negotiates a claim settlement on a basis other than on conditions stated in the Primary Policy, the Insured must obtain the prior written consent of the Company to such settlement. A Claim must be filed with the Company on a form provided or approved by the Company within sixty (60) days after the later of the following and only after both of the following conditions have been satisfied: (1) the date the claim has been settled and paid under the Primary Policy; and (2) either (i) the date the Insured has conveyed title to the Property pursuant to an Approved Sale, or (ii) the date the Company notifies the Insured that it will acquire the Property in settlement of the Claim, whichever is applicable.

 
 

 

If a claim under the Primary Policy has not been settled within six (6) months after the Insured has satisfied all reasonable requirements for filing of such claim, the Claim under this Policy may, notwithstanding any provision of this Policy to the contrary, be filed and the Claim shall be calculated and paid on the basis of the claim payment amount which the Insured should have received under such Primary Policy, as provided in Section 6.2(vii).

 
b.
If a Primary Policy is not required pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, unless the Company directs acceleration of the filing of a Claim under Section 5.4, a Claim must be filed with the Company on a form provided or approved by the Company within sixty (60) days after either of the following conditions, whichever is applicable, have been satisfied: (1) the Insured has conveyed title to the Property pursuant to an Approved Sale or (2) the date the Company notifies the Insured that it will acquire the Property in settlement of the Claim.

 
c.
If the Insured is not required to have Good and Merchantable Title to file a Claim as described in Section 5.10, then in lieu of the Approved Sale or acquisition notice by the Company in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b), the Claim shall be filed within sixty (60) days after the applicable event in Section 5.10.

 
d.
If the Insured fails to file a Claim within the applicable time, the Insured will not be entitled to, and the Company will not be obligated for, any payment under this Policy for amounts, including additional interest and expenses, which would otherwise be claimable, but which accrue or are incurred after the sixty (60) day period for filing of a Claim.

If the Insured fails to file a Perfected Claim within one hundred eighty (180) days after the filing of the Claim (or within such longer period of time as the Company may allow in writing), the Insured will no longer be entitled to payment of a Loss and the Company will not be obligated to make any payment under this Policy.

 
6.2
Calculation of Claim Amount , Subject to the requirement for a Primary Policy, if any, and to the Aggregate Loss Limit then applicable, the Claim Amount will be an amount equal to the sum of:

 
a.
The amount of unpaid principal balance due under the Loan as of the date of Default without capitalization of delinquent interest, penalties or advances; and

 
b.
The amount of accrued and unpaid interest due on the Loan, computed at the contract rate stated in the Loan on the unpaid principal balance at the date of Default (without adjustment for the proceeds of Primary Policy coverage or an Approved Sale), through the date that the Loss is paid by the Company, but excluding applicable late charges, penalty interest or other changes to the interest rate by reason of Default; and

 
c.
The amount of advances incurred by the Insured under Section 5.8 prior to filing of the Claim (except to Persons employed or controlled by the Insured or the Servicer of the Loan or their other internal costs) provided that such advances, other than attorney's fees, must have first become due and payable after the Default, and payment of such advances must be prorated through the date the Loss is paid by the Company; and

 
d.
Amounts required to be paid to the Insured pursuant to Sections 6.5, 7.2 and 7.5, if applicable.

less:

 
(i)
The amount of all rents and other payments (excluding net proceeds of an Approved Sale of the Property and the proceeds of fire and extended coverage insurance) collected or received by the Insured, which are derived from or in any way related to the Property;

 
(ii)
The amount of cash remaining in any escrow account as of the last payment date;

 
(iii)
The amount of cash or other collateral to which the Insured has retained the right of possession as security for the Loan;

 
 

 

 
(iv)
The amount paid under applicable fire and extended coverage policies which is in excess of the cost of restoring and repairing the Property, if the Property is damaged, and which has not been paid to the Borrower or applied to the payment of the Loan as required by the terms of the Loan;

 
(v)
The amounts of any payments of Loss previously made by the Company;

 
(vi)
The net proceeds upon an Approved Sale of the Property other than from acquisition pursuant to a Primary Policy;

 
(vii)
The greater of the amount of any claim payment pursuant to a Primary Policy which the Insured received, or which the Insured should have received in order for the exclusion under Section 4.11 or 4.12 of this Policy not to have applied; and

 
(viii)
Any other amounts claimed by the Insured to the extent they are excluded from the Claim Amount by reason of Section 4.

 
6.3
Payment of Loss; Company's Options , Within the Settlement Period, but only if the Insured has satisfied all requirements for a payment of Loss and if the Company has received a Perfected Claim, the Company shall at its sole option exercise its:

 
a.
Property acquisition settlement option. If the Company has elected to acquire the Property, pay to the Insured as the Loss the Claim Amount calculated in accordance with Section 6.2 for the Company's acquisition of the Property; or

 
b.
Approved sale option. If there has been an Approved Sale, pay to the Insured as the Loss the Claim Amount calculated in accordance with Section 6.2.

When the Aggregate Loss paid by the Company under this Policy is an amount equal to the Aggregate Loss Limit, the liability of the Company to pay any additional Claims for Losses ceases until the Aggregate Loss is reduced below the Aggregate Loss Limit, at which time this Section 6.3 will again apply to any previously Perfected Claims.

 
6.4
Calculation of Settlement Period , The Settlement Period will be a thirty (30) day period after the Company's receipt of a Claim, calculated as follows:

 
a.
No later than the twentieth (20th) day after filing of a Claim, the Company may notify the Insured of additional documents or information which it requires for processing the Claim. The thirty (30) day period will be suspended until the Company receives such additional documents and information. The Company may request additional documents and information after such twenty (20) day period, and the Insured must use reasonable efforts to satisfy such request.

 
b.
The Company may notify the Insured at any time after completion of foreclosure and before closing of an Approved Sale (or, if applicable, before the Company acquires the Property) that it will require access to the Property sufficient to inspect, appraise and evaluate the Property. If the Company does not notify the Insured by that date, its right to such access will be deemed waived. If such notice is given, the Insured will use its best efforts to provide access to the Company. If access is not then available and if the thirty day period has commenced, such thirty (30) day period will be suspended from the date such notice was given until the Company receives notice from the Insured that access is available to it. If access is in fact not available when sought by the Company after such notice from the Insured, the Company will promptly notify the Insured of such unavailability, and the passage of the thirty (30) day period will remain suspended as if the Insured's notice of availability had not been given to the Company.

 
c.
If the Company has elected to acquire the Property in settlement of a Claim, the thirty (30) day period also will be suspended if necessary for there to be a period of ten (10) days after the date on which the Insured satisfies all conditions to acquisition, including any required restoration of the Property, for the Insured to deliver a recordable deed and title policy or opinion evidencing Good and Merchantable Title (not subject to any rights of redemption, unless the Company waives such requirement) and, if applicable, to deliver Possession of the Property.

 
 

 

 
d.
If the thirty (30) day period is suspended for more than one reason, the resulting suspended periods will only be cumulative if in fact they occur at different times; to the extent they occur simultaneously, they will not be cumulative.

 
6.5
Payment by the Company After the Settlement Period , If the Company has not paid a Loss during the Settlement Period, then (a) the Company will include in its payment of Loss, if a Loss is ultimately payable, simple interest on the amount payable accruing after the Settlement Period to the date of payment of Loss at the applicable interest rate or rates which would have been payable on the Loan during such period, and (b) the Company will no longer be entitled to acquire the Property as an option for payment of the Loss.

The Company must either pay the amount of applicable Loss (including any additional applicable interest as computed above) or deny the Claim in its entirety within (a) one hundred twenty (120) days after expiration of the Settlement Period, or (b) if the Settlement Period has not expired, no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after filing of the Claim. If at a later date it is finally determined by agreement between the Insured and the Company (or by completion of legal or other proceedings to which the Insured and the Company are parties) that the Company was not entitled to deny all or a portion of the Claim, the Company will include in any resulting subsequent payment of Loss interest as calculated above through the date of such payment on the amount of Loss which the Company was not entitled to deny.

Added by Endorsement: The Company and the Insured may agree in writing to circumstances and conditions under which the Company may agree to acquire the Properties in settlement of Claims, and, if the Company does not acquire Properties, the circumstances and conditions under which the Company may not require that the Insured obtain various approvals and consents, or follow directions, from the Company, as set forth in the Policy, with respect to the making of advances, sale of the Property or other matters pertaining to the acquisition or disposition of the Property.

7
Additional Conditions

 
7.1
Proceedings of Eminent Domain , In the event that part or all of a Property is taken by eminent domain, or condemnation or by any other proceedings by federal, state or local governmental unit or agency, the Insured must require that the Borrower apply the maximum permissible amount of any compensation awarded in such proceedings to reduce the principal balance of the Loan, in accordance with the law of the jurisdiction where the Property is located.

 
7.2
Pursuit of Deficiencies

 
a.
The Insured will be entitled to pursue Appropriate Proceedings, or shall at the direction of the Company pursue Appropriate Proceedings through the end of the Settlement Period, which may result in the Borrower becoming liable for a deficiency after completion of the Insured's acquisition of a Property. Such pursuit may not be directed by the Company unless such deficiency is estimated to exceed $7,500. If the Company proposes to pursue a deficiency judgment, it will notify the Insured at least thirty (30) days before the foreclosure sale. If the Insured pursues the deficiency judgment, without direction from the Company, the Company shall nonetheless be subrogated to such deficiency judgment rights to the extent permitted by Section 7.3.

 
b.
The following provisions will apply if, in completing Appropriate Proceedings there are additional expenses advanced pursuant to Section 5.8 or additional interest accrued on the Loan, to the extent not payable under a Primary Policy, due to (1) an additional redemptive period or a delay in acquisition of title, which period or delay is directly related to establishing the deficiency judgment or (2) legal proceedings which are necessary to establish and pursue the deficiency judgment and which would not otherwise be the custom and practice used.

 
i.
If the deficiency judgment is to be established for the account of the Company, the Company must pay the Insured at the time of payment of the Claim, the full amount of:

 
a.)
such additional expenses advanced pursuant to Section 5.8 by the Insured; and

 
 

 

 
b.)
such additional interest accrued on the unpaid principal balance of the Loan at the contract rate stated in the Loan, but excluding applicable late charges, penalty interest, or other changes to the interest rate by reason of Default.

 
ii.
All of the additional interest, expenses, attorney's fees and court expenses described in subparagraph (i) above will be accrued or advanced only through acquisition of Good and Merchantable Title, including any additional redemptive period or such shorter time period as may be applicable under Section 5.10.

 
7.3
Subrogation , Subject to Section 7.2(a), and only to the extent that the Company is entitled under applicable law to pursue such deficiency rights, the Company will be subrogated, upon payment of the Loss, in the amount thereof and with an equal priority to all of the Insured's rights of recovery against a Borrower and any other Person relating to the Loan or to the Property, to the extent such rights remain after settlement of the claim under an applicable Primary Policy. The Insured must execute and deliver at the request of the Company such instruments and papers and undertake such actions as may be necessary to transfer, assign and secure such rights. The Insured shall refrain from any action, either before or after payment of a Loss, that prejudices such rights. However, if the Property is located in one of the following states and consists of a single-family dwelling occupied by a Borrower, the Company shall not have subrogation rights against any Borrower as set forth in this Section 7.3 and no Borrower shall be liable to the Company for any deficiency arising from a foreclosure sale. The states are: Alabama, Arizona, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Ohio, Texas, Virginia, Wisconsin and Wyoming.

 
7.4
Policy for Exclusive Benefit of the Insured , An Approval of Coverage, this Policy and the coverage provided under this Policy will be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Insured and permitted assigns, and in no event will any Borrower or other Person be deemed a party to, or an intended beneficiary of, such Approval of Coverage, this Policy or any coverage hereunder.

 
7.5
Effect of Borrower Insolvency or Bankruptcy on Principal Balance , If under applicable insolvency or bankruptcy law, a Loan's principal balance secured by a Property is reduced (after all appeals of such reduction are final or the time for such appeals has lapsed without appeal), the portion of such principal balance of the Loan not secured by the Property, and related interest, will be includable in the Claim Amount, as provided in this Section 7.5.

If a Default occurs on the Loan, the Insured has acquired Good and Merchantable Title to the Property as required by this Policy, and all other requirements for filing of a Claim are complied with, the Insured will be entitled to include in the Claim Amount (a) the amount of the principal balance of the Loan which was deemed unsecured under applicable insolvency or bankruptcy law, less any collections or payments on such unsecured principal balance received by the Insured, and (b) interest thereon at the rate and as computed in Section 6.2, from the date of Default giving rise to the Claim (but for no prior period), whether payable directly or by an addition to the principal balance which is includable in the Claim Amount, and (c) reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Insured which are associated with the amount by which the principal balance of the Loan became unsecured.

 
7.6
Arbitration of Disputes; Suits and Actions Brought by the Insured

 
a.
[Deleted]

 
b.
No suit or action brought by the Insured against the Company with respect to the Company's liability for a Claim under this Policy shall be sustained in any court of law or equity unless the Insured has substantially complied with the terms and conditions of this Policy, and unless the suit or action is commenced within three (3) years (five (5) years in Florida or Kansas) after the Insured has acquired Good and Merchantable Title to the Property, an Approved Sale of the Property is completed, or other basis for filing a Claim arises, whichever is applicable to a Loan. The foregoing requirement for substantial compliance shall not be applicable to the extent that such substantial compliance is at issue in the suit or action. No such suit or action with respect to a Claim may be brought by the Insured against the Company until sixty (60) days after such acquisition of Good and Merchantable Title or Approved Sale, as applicable to a Loan.

 
 

 

 
c.
If a dispute arises concerning the Loan which involves either the Property or the Insured, the Company has the right to protect its interest by defending the suit, even if the allegations contained in such suit are groundless, false or fraudulent. The Company is not required to defend any lawsuit involving the Insured, the Property or the Loan.

 
7.7
Release of Borrower; Defenses of Borrower , The Insured's execution of a release or waiver of the right to collect any portion of the unpaid principal balance of a Loan or other amounts due under the Loan will release the Company from its obligation with respect to such Loan to the extent and amount of said release. If, under applicable law, the Borrower successfully asserts defenses which have the effect of releasing, in whole or in part, the Borrower's obligation to repay the Loan, or if for any other reason the Borrower is released from such obligation, the Company will be released to the same extent and amount from its liability under this Policy, except as provided by Section 7.5.

 
7.8
Amendments; No Waiver; Rights and Remedies; Use of Term "Including"

 
a.
The Company reserves the right to amend the terms and conditions of this Policy from time to time; provided, however, that any such amendment will be effective only after the Company has given the Insured written notice thereof by endorsement setting forth the amendment. Such amendment will only be applicable to those Loans where the date of the related Approval of Coverage was issued on or after the effective date of the amendment.

 
b.
No condition or requirement of this Policy will be deemed waived, modified or otherwise compromised unless that waiver, modification or compromise is stated in a writing properly executed on behalf of the Company. Each of the conditions and requirements of this Policy is severable, and a waiver, modification or compromise of one will not be construed as a waiver, modification or compromise of any other.

 
c.
No right or remedy of the Company provided for by this Policy will be exclusive of, or limit, any other rights or remedies set forth in this Policy or otherwise available to the Company at law or equity.

 
d.
As used in this Policy, the term "include" or "including" will mean "include or including, without limitation."

 
7.9
No Agency , Neither the Insured, any Servicer, nor any of their employees or agents (including the Persons underwriting the Loan on behalf of the Insured), will be deemed for any reason to be agents of the Company. Neither the Company, nor any of its employees or agents, will be deemed for any reason to be agents of any Insured or Servicer.

 
7.10
Successors and Assigns , This Policy will inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Company and the Insured and their respective successors and permitted assigns, it being recognized that assignment by the Insured of this Policy and its benefits is limited by Sections 1.15 and 3.5.

 
7.11
Applicable Law and Conformity to Law , All matters under this Policy will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction in which the office of the original Insured under this Policy is located. Any provision of this Policy which is in conflict with any provision of the law of such jurisdiction is hereby amended to conform to the provisions required by that law.

 
7.12
Notice , All claims, premium payments, tenders, reports, other data and any other notices required to be submitted to the Company by the Insured must be sent to the Company at MGIC Plaza, 250 East Kilbourn Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53202. The Company may change this address by giving written notice to the Insured. Unless the Insured otherwise notifies the Company in writing, all notices to the Insured must be sent to the address on the face of this Policy or, if the Insured is not located at such address, to the last known address of the Insured.

 
 

 

All notices under this Policy, whether or not identified in this Policy as required to be in writing, will be effective only if in writing and only upon receipt thereof. Written notices may instead be given in the form of telecopy or, if acceptable to the Company (for notices given to the Company) or to the Insured (for notices given to the Insured) in the form of computer tape or computer-generated or any other electronic message. A telecopy or such tape or message shall be effective only when received. The Company and the Insured may mutually agree that notices will be sent to any additional Person. Except as expressly agreed to by the Company and the Insured, no liability shall be incurred by the Company for the failure to give a notice to a Person other than the Insured.

 
7.13
Reports and Examinations , The Company may request, and the Insured must provide, such files, reports or information as the Company may deem necessary pertaining to any Loan, and the Company will be entitled to inspect the files, books and records of the Insured or any of its representatives pertaining to such Loan.

 
7.14
Electronic Media , The Company and the Insured may, from time to time, deliver or transfer information, documents or other data between them by electronic media acceptable to them. In addition, the Company and the Insured may maintain information, documents or other data on electronic media or other media generally accepted for business records, including microfiche. Such electronic or other media will be as equally acceptable for all purposes between the Insured and the Company as information, documents or other data maintained in printed or written form.